TWI416055B - Refrigerator - Google Patents

Refrigerator Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI416055B
TWI416055B TW097101639A TW97101639A TWI416055B TW I416055 B TWI416055 B TW I416055B TW 097101639 A TW097101639 A TW 097101639A TW 97101639 A TW97101639 A TW 97101639A TW I416055 B TWI416055 B TW I416055B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
shelf
door
refrigerator
storage
door pocket
Prior art date
Application number
TW097101639A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW200842300A (en
Inventor
Yoshiki Oohashi
Shuzo Kamimura
Takeshi Shimizu
Kiyotaka Tabira
Naoki Yamanaka
Tatsuya Kawasaki
Taro Yamaguchi
Original Assignee
Panasonic Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2007032792A external-priority patent/JP2008051487A/en
Priority claimed from JP2007032779A external-priority patent/JP2008051483A/en
Priority claimed from JP2007032771A external-priority patent/JP2008051481A/en
Priority claimed from JP2007032778A external-priority patent/JP5344793B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2007032783A external-priority patent/JP4368895B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2007032770A external-priority patent/JP2008051480A/en
Priority claimed from JP2007032789A external-priority patent/JP2008051486A/en
Priority claimed from JP2007032788A external-priority patent/JP2008051485A/en
Priority claimed from JP2007236172A external-priority patent/JP2009068748A/en
Application filed by Panasonic Corp filed Critical Panasonic Corp
Publication of TW200842300A publication Critical patent/TW200842300A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI416055B publication Critical patent/TWI416055B/en

Links

Classifications

    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F25REFRIGERATION OR COOLING; COMBINED HEATING AND REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS; HEAT PUMP SYSTEMS; MANUFACTURE OR STORAGE OF ICE; LIQUEFACTION SOLIDIFICATION OF GASES
    • F25DREFRIGERATORS; COLD ROOMS; ICE-BOXES; COOLING OR FREEZING APPARATUS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F25D25/00Charging, supporting, and discharging the articles to be cooled
    • F25D25/02Charging, supporting, and discharging the articles to be cooled by shelves
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F25REFRIGERATION OR COOLING; COMBINED HEATING AND REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS; HEAT PUMP SYSTEMS; MANUFACTURE OR STORAGE OF ICE; LIQUEFACTION SOLIDIFICATION OF GASES
    • F25DREFRIGERATORS; COLD ROOMS; ICE-BOXES; COOLING OR FREEZING APPARATUS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F25D27/00Lighting arrangements
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F25REFRIGERATION OR COOLING; COMBINED HEATING AND REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS; HEAT PUMP SYSTEMS; MANUFACTURE OR STORAGE OF ICE; LIQUEFACTION SOLIDIFICATION OF GASES
    • F25DREFRIGERATORS; COLD ROOMS; ICE-BOXES; COOLING OR FREEZING APPARATUS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F25D23/00General constructional features
    • F25D23/02Doors; Covers
    • F25D23/04Doors; Covers with special compartments, e.g. butter conditioners
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F25REFRIGERATION OR COOLING; COMBINED HEATING AND REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS; HEAT PUMP SYSTEMS; MANUFACTURE OR STORAGE OF ICE; LIQUEFACTION SOLIDIFICATION OF GASES
    • F25DREFRIGERATORS; COLD ROOMS; ICE-BOXES; COOLING OR FREEZING APPARATUS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F25D2323/00General constructional features not provided for in other groups of this subclass
    • F25D2323/02Details of doors or covers not otherwise covered
    • F25D2323/021French doors
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F25REFRIGERATION OR COOLING; COMBINED HEATING AND REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS; HEAT PUMP SYSTEMS; MANUFACTURE OR STORAGE OF ICE; LIQUEFACTION SOLIDIFICATION OF GASES
    • F25DREFRIGERATORS; COLD ROOMS; ICE-BOXES; COOLING OR FREEZING APPARATUS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F25D2325/00Charging, supporting or discharging the articles to be cooled, not provided for in other groups of this subclass
    • F25D2325/021Shelves with several possible configurations
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F25REFRIGERATION OR COOLING; COMBINED HEATING AND REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS; HEAT PUMP SYSTEMS; MANUFACTURE OR STORAGE OF ICE; LIQUEFACTION SOLIDIFICATION OF GASES
    • F25DREFRIGERATORS; COLD ROOMS; ICE-BOXES; COOLING OR FREEZING APPARATUS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F25D2500/00Problems to be solved
    • F25D2500/02Geometry problems

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Combustion & Propulsion (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Thermal Sciences (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Refrigerator Housings (AREA)
  • Devices That Are Associated With Refrigeration Equipment (AREA)

Abstract

To provide a refrigerator that has excellent storage efficiency and convenience. The refrigerator (51) includes a refrigerator compartment (53) having an opening in a front plane, in which items are stored, and a shelf plate (80) disposed to span between the left side-surface and the right side-surface of the refrigerator compartment (53) in a bridging manner, and having different horizontal depths on the left and right. With this, the inoperative space present in the refrigerator compartment (53) can be filled up by a horizontally deep portion of the shelf plate (80), and the two storage areas of the shelf plate (80), that is, the horizontally deep area and the horizontally shallow area can be used separately.

Description

冰箱refrigerator 技術領域Technical field

本發明關於貯貯藏室內具有架板的冰箱。The present invention relates to a refrigerator having a shelf in a storage compartment.

背景技術Background technique

習知技術提出有冰箱構造於門收納架與室內收納架載置收納物,並因應收納目的而變化其大小之分配的技術(參照例如專利文獻1)。In the prior art, there is a technique in which a storage structure is placed on a door storage rack and an indoor storage rack, and the size of the storage is changed in accordance with the purpose of storage (see, for example, Patent Document 1).

第1圖及第2圖表示專利文獻1所記載之習知冰箱1。第1圖表示將冰箱1予以開門之狀態的立體圖,第2圖表示冰箱1之橫剖面圖。The conventional refrigerator 1 described in Patent Document 1 is shown in Figs. 1 and 2 . Fig. 1 is a perspective view showing a state in which the refrigerator 1 is opened, and Fig. 2 is a cross-sectional view showing the refrigerator 1.

以隔熱箱體形成之冰箱1以其內部作為貯藏空間而於最上部具有最大的冷藏室2,其下側具有蔬果室3。The refrigerator 1 formed of the heat insulating box has the largest refrigerating chamber 2 at the uppermost portion and the vegetable and fruit chamber 3 at the lower side with the inside as a storage space.

於蔬果室3之下側,配置了自動製冰裝置之製冰室4與溫度切換室5併設著,冷凍室6獨立配置於最下部。又,於此等各貯藏室之開口部設置著可自由開關之各個專用的門。On the lower side of the vegetable and fruit chamber 3, an ice making chamber 4 in which an automatic ice making device is disposed is provided in parallel with the temperature switching chamber 5, and the freezing chamber 6 is independently disposed at the lowermost portion. Further, each of the storage compartments is provided with a dedicated door that can be freely opened and closed.

如第1圖所示,冷藏室2內配置複數架14且形成有涵跨複數段之收納空間。形成冷藏室2之內面具備有照明裝置16。照明裝置16係用以照亮冷藏室2內的裝置,如第2圖所示,具有燈16a與照明蓋16b。As shown in Fig. 1, a plurality of racks 14 are disposed in the refrigerating compartment 2, and a storage space having a plurality of culverts is formed. The inner surface of the refrigerating compartment 2 is formed with an illumination device 16. The illuminating device 16 is for illuminating the device in the refrigerating compartment 2, as shown in Fig. 2, and has a lamp 16a and an illumination cover 16b.

又,冷藏室2之開口部設置有可自由旋動之分別以鉸鏈11樞支著其外端側之上下部的左門12及右門13。亦即,冰 箱1具有所謂從中向左右分開方式門。Further, the opening portion of the refrigerating chamber 2 is provided with a left door 12 and a right door 13 which are pivotally supported by the hinge 11 on the outer upper side and the lower portion thereof, respectively. That is, ice The tank 1 has a so-called door that is separated from the center to the left and right.

在此說明,所謂從中向左右分開方式門,如第1圖及第2圖所示,係具有左門與右門,左門於左側具有旋動軸,右門於右側具有旋動軸,而從左門與右門之交界朝左右開啟的門。Here, the method of separating the door from the center to the left and right, as shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, has a left door and a right door, the left door has a rotation axis on the left side, and the right door has a rotation axis on the right side, and the left door and the right door. The door that opens to the left and right.

又,如第1圖及第2圖所示之冰箱1,不僅左門與右門之橫寬度為相同者,且也有左門與右門之橫寬度不同者。Further, as shown in the first and second refrigerators, not only the horizontal widths of the left and right doors are the same, but also the lateral widths of the left and right doors are different.

於左門12及右門13配置有多數門袋20且形成有涵跨複數段的收納空間。又,各門具有複數凸部19a,門袋20建構成可自由裝卸地卡合於凸部19a。A plurality of door pockets 20 are disposed on the left door 12 and the right door 13 and a storage space having a plurality of culverts is formed. Further, each of the doors has a plurality of convex portions 19a, and the door pocket 20 is configured to be detachably engaged with the convex portions 19a.

又,如第2圖所示,設置於最下段之門袋21由後段收納部22與前段收納部23構成,於與門袋21對向之貯藏室內部配置有架14。被載置於架14之收納物被照明裝置16照亮。Further, as shown in FIG. 2, the door pocket 21 provided at the lowermost stage is constituted by the rear stage housing portion 22 and the front stage housing portion 23, and the frame 14 is disposed inside the storage chamber facing the door pocket 21. The contents placed on the rack 14 are illuminated by the illumination device 16.

前段收納部23可從後段收納部22簡單地裝卸,門僅能開啟至90度範圍的情形下,可將前段收納部23拆下之後,將冰箱2之開口弄寬而可易於放入取出貯藏物。The front storage portion 23 can be easily attached and detached from the rear storage portion 22, and when the door can be opened only to a range of 90 degrees, the front storage portion 23 can be removed, and the opening of the refrigerator 2 can be widened for easy loading and removal. Things.

又,門開啟達90度以上時,安裝前段收納部23可增加收納量。亦即,冰箱1的使用者能因應門可開啟至何種程度而決定是否使用前段收納部23。Further, when the door is opened up to 90 degrees or more, the front storage portion 23 can be installed to increase the storage amount. That is, the user of the refrigerator 1 can decide whether or not to use the front-stage storage portion 23 in response to the extent to which the door can be opened.

專利文獻1:特開2005-282897號公報Patent Document 1: JP-A-2005-282897

發明之揭示Invention disclosure

如上所述,習知之冰箱1在設置於冷藏室2之前面之門 的內側,設置門袋20等複數的門袋,用以謀求增加收納量及提昇收納性。As described above, the conventional refrigerator 1 is placed in front of the refrigerator compartment 2 On the inner side, a plurality of door pockets such as the door pocket 20 are provided for increasing the storage amount and improving the storage property.

在此說明,門袋設於對使用者易放進取出的位置,從便利性的觀點,主要在於收納保特瓶與瓶類等。又,近年來也有保特瓶等的大型化而要求門袋的大型化。因此,具體上門袋之深度方向的寬度有變大的趨勢。Here, the door pocket is provided at a position where it is easy for the user to put in and take out, and from the viewpoint of convenience, mainly, the storage bottle and the bottle are accommodated. In addition, in recent years, there has been an increase in the size of the bottle, and the size of the door pocket has been increased. Therefore, the width of the specific upper door pocket in the depth direction tends to become large.

然而,上述習知構成中,將門袋大型化的情形下,必須建構成以冰箱1之左端或右端為中心而使一側的門旋轉並開啟時,冷藏室2內的架14及抽屜15不會干擾到門袋。亦即,勿須將架14及抽屜15之深度方向的長度設得短。However, in the above-described conventional configuration, in the case where the door pocket is enlarged, it is necessary to construct the frame 14 and the drawer 15 in the refrigerator compartment 2 when the door of one side is rotated and opened with the left end or the right end of the refrigerator 1 as the center. Will interfere with the door pocket. That is, it is not necessary to set the length of the frame 14 and the drawer 15 in the depth direction to be short.

而且,為使一側之門的門袋與另一側之門的門袋不相互干擾,亦必須將各個門袋收納於各個門之開關時之旋轉軌跡以內。Moreover, in order to prevent the door pocket of the door on one side from the door pocket of the door on the other side from interfering with each other, it is necessary to accommodate each of the door pockets within the rotation trajectory of the switch of each door.

因此,例如第2圖所示,兩個門袋21之間及架14與兩門袋21之間,或兩個門袋21與抽屜15之間的無效空間之無效空間25變大。Therefore, for example, as shown in Fig. 2, the invalid space 25 between the two door pockets 21 and between the frame 14 and the two door pockets 21, or between the two door pockets 21 and the drawer 15, becomes large.

亦即,習知之冰箱存在有隨著門袋的大型化,冰箱內之無效空間會增加的課題。In other words, there is a problem that the refrigerator in the conventional refrigerator increases the size of the door pocket and increases the ineffective space in the refrigerator.

而且,具有第2圖所示之由前段收納部與後段收納部構成之門袋之冰箱的情形下,一旦於冰箱之使用環境上,壁等存在於左右,則如上述,要取出放入物品時,則要拆下前段收納部。In the case of the refrigerator having the door pocket formed by the front storage portion and the rear storage portion shown in FIG. 2, if the wall or the like is present on the right and left in the use environment of the refrigerator, the article is taken out as described above. At the time, the front storage section is removed.

此情形下,門袋之收納量減少,其結果亦會有冰箱內之收容量減少了的問題。In this case, the storage amount of the door pocket is reduced, and as a result, there is a problem that the storage capacity in the refrigerator is reduced.

又,具有從中向左右分開方式之門的冰箱的情形下,如上所述各個門之門袋必須設成可收納於旋轉軌跡內的形狀及大小。因此,門袋之深度方向尺寸愈長則愈接近三角形。Further, in the case of a refrigerator having a door that is separated from the center to the left and right, as described above, the door pocket of each door must be shaped and sized to be accommodated in the rotation locus. Therefore, the longer the dimension of the door pocket in the depth direction, the closer to the triangle.

如此一來,也會有保特瓶與盒裝牛乳等收納物無法有效地收納於門袋如此收納量減少及收納性變差的課題。In this case, there is a problem that the storage contents such as the bottle and the packaged milk cannot be efficiently stored in the door pocket, and the storage amount is reduced and the storage property is deteriorated.

又,如此伴隨著門袋大型化而使無效空間增大及收納性變差的問題,不限於具有從中向左右分開方式之門的冰箱,於具有所謂單片開啟式之門的冰箱亦存在此等問題。Moreover, the problem that the ineffective space is increased and the storability is deteriorated as the size of the door pocket increases is not limited to a refrigerator having a door that is separated from the center to the left and right, and is also present in a refrigerator having a so-called single-piece open door. And other issues.

所謂單片開啟式之門,係藉著設於構成冰箱本體之隔熱箱體之右端部或左端部的鉸鏈而被隔著箱體支撐的狀態下,將平行於前述隔熱箱體之高度方向的直線作為旋動軸而旋動的門。The single-piece open door is parallel to the height of the heat insulating box in a state of being supported by the case by a hinge provided at the right end or the left end of the heat insulating box constituting the refrigerator body. A straight line in the direction is a door that is rotated as a rotating shaft.

又,光從內部照射被載置於架之收納物,因此有從利用者觀看時產生影而不易觀看收納物的問題。如此地收納物產生影而不易觀看的問題,不限於具有從中向左右分開方式之門的冰箱,於具有所謂單片開啟式之門的冰箱亦存在此問題。Further, since the light is irradiated from the inside to the storage object placed on the rack, there is a problem in that the image is generated when viewed from the user and the storage object is not easily viewed. The problem that the storage object is shadowed and not easy to view is not limited to a refrigerator having a door that is separated from the center to the left and right, and this problem also exists in a refrigerator having a so-called single-piece open door.

本發明係要解決上述習知技術之課題的發明,目的在於提供收納效率及便利性高的冰箱。The present invention is to solve the above problems of the prior art, and an object of the invention is to provide a refrigerator having high storage efficiency and convenience.

為了解決上述習知課題,本發明之冰箱具有於前面具有開口部且可貯藏物品的貯藏室、及從前述貯藏室之左側面至右側面設置成架橋狀且左右之深度尺寸不同的架板。In order to solve the above-described conventional problems, the refrigerator of the present invention has a storage compartment having an opening at the front and storing the articles, and a shelf having a bridge body shape from the left side surface to the right side surface of the storage compartment and having different depth dimensions on the right and left sides.

如此一來,能以架板之左側或右側之深度尺寸長的部分來填充貯藏室內之習知構成無效空間的部分。亦即,可達到無效空間較習知小。In this way, it is possible to fill the portion of the storage compartment that constitutes the ineffective space in a portion having a long depth dimension on the left or right side of the shelf. That is, it is less common to achieve invalid space.

又,以架板之深度尺寸為左右不同的狀態,例如能將架板分為兩個收納領域使用,即,可分為深度尺寸長的領域與短的領域來使用。因此,可達到例如在深度尺寸長之側的領域放置較大型食品等有效率地區分收納,且可提昇對使用者的放入取出性。Further, in a state in which the depth dimension of the shelf is different from left to right, for example, the shelf can be divided into two storage areas, that is, it can be divided into a field having a long depth and a short field. Therefore, it is possible to efficiently store the large-sized food such as a large-sized food in the field of the side of the deep dimension, and it is possible to improve the take-out property to the user.

又,可將架之深度尺寸設得非常大,因此亦具有可簡單地放入取出附有把手之鍋等較長尺寸之收納物的便利性。Further, since the depth dimension of the rack can be made very large, it is also convenient to easily put in a long-sized storage object such as a pot with a handle.

又,且可具有能開閉地閉塞前述貯藏室之前述開口部的門、及具有當前述門關閉時按照前述架板之深度尺寸加以對應的深度尺寸,且呈內側突出狀地設於前述門內壁的突出部。Further, the door may have a door that can open and close the opening of the storage compartment, and a depth dimension corresponding to a depth dimension of the shelf when the door is closed, and is protruded inside from the door. The protrusion of the wall.

如此一來,本發明之冰箱,架板之前端面與例如實現為門袋之突出部沿著配置。因此,能以架板之左側或右側之深度尺寸長的部分來填充貯藏室內之習知構成無效空間的部分。In this way, in the refrigerator of the present invention, the front end face of the shelf is disposed along with, for example, a projection formed as a door pocket. Therefore, it is possible to fill the portion of the storage compartment that constitutes the ineffective space in a portion having a long depth dimension on the left or right side of the shelf.

如上所述,可將內門面與架板之間所形成的空間設得極小,即可將無效空間設得極小,而能增加貯藏室內之收納空間。As described above, the space formed between the inner facade and the shelf can be made extremely small, so that the ineffective space can be set to be extremely small, and the storage space in the storage compartment can be increased.

又,可設成將貯藏室內之收納領域分為例如實現為門袋之突出部的收納領域及上述架板上之兩個領域等明顯的 三個領域,使用者可因應收納物的大小與目的而選擇收納位置。亦即可實現有效率地區分收納。Moreover, it is possible to divide the storage area in the storage compartment into, for example, a storage area that is realized as a protruding portion of the door pocket, and two areas on the above-mentioned shelf plate. In three areas, the user can select the storage location depending on the size and purpose of the storage. It can also achieve efficient division and storage.

又,前述架板亦可設成具有以曲面連續性地連結前述架板之左側的前端部與右側之前端部的落差部。Further, the shelf plate may be provided with a stepped portion that continuously connects the front end portion of the left side of the shelf plate and the front end portion of the right side with a curved surface.

如上所述,以使存在於架板之前端面的落差具有曲面,而能使例如架板之前端部分放置食品等物時發生之應力集中與偏斜得以緩和。As described above, in order to make the drop existing in the front end surface of the shelf plate have a curved surface, stress concentration and deflection which occur when, for example, a food or the like is placed at the front end portion of the shelf plate can be alleviated.

亦即,即使較重的收納物置於架板的情形下,也不至於大的彎曲或破裂,而能達到使用者可安心且安全地使用冰箱。That is, even if the heavier storage object is placed in the shelf, it is not greatly bent or broken, and the user can safely and safely use the refrigerator.

又,以將落差部形成平滑的曲面,亦即形成波浪狀,且將對向於架板之貯藏室內面之邊形成平面狀的狀態,可使噴出冷氣之管等構成簡單,因此變得觀看性也良好且設計性也優良。Further, the step of forming a smooth curved surface, that is, forming a wavy shape, and forming a planar shape on the side of the storage compartment facing the shelf, makes it possible to form a tube for discharging cold air and the like, thereby making it easy to view The sex is also good and the design is also excellent.

又,前述架板可設成於前端面之至少包含前述落差部的部分具有緣材。Further, the shelf plate may be provided with a rim material at a portion of the front end surface including at least the step portion.

藉此,例如藉著緣材可補強落差部。又,例如以不銹鋼作為緣材的狀態,也可將緣材作為架板之裝飾板使用。如此一來,在視覺上最顯眼位置之架板的前端部分於觀看之下可美觀化,而能將架板作成設計性優異的構件。Thereby, the drop portion can be reinforced by, for example, the edge material. Further, for example, in a state in which stainless steel is used as the edge material, the edge material may be used as a decorative sheet for the shelf. In this way, the front end portion of the shelf in the most visually conspicuous position can be aesthetically pleasing under viewing, and the shelf can be made into a member having excellent design.

又,前述架板更於左端面與右端面具有緣材,前述架板藉由前述左端面之緣材與前述右端面之緣材而支撐於前述貯藏室之左側面及右側面。Further, the frame plate has a rim material on the left end surface and the right end surface, and the frame plate is supported by the left side surface and the right side surface of the storage chamber by the edge material of the left end surface and the edge material of the right end surface.

如上所述,架板本體不設置卡止部等,即能將架板設 置於貯藏室。As described above, the shelf body is not provided with a locking portion or the like, that is, the shelf plate can be provided Place in the storage room.

又,前述架板於包含前述前端面之全周具有緣材,而構成前述架板藉由前述緣材而可支撐於前述貯藏室之左側面及右側面以及前述貯藏室之內面。Further, the shelf plate has a rim material on the entire circumference including the front end surface, and the frame plate is supported by the left side surface and the right side surface of the storage chamber and the inner surface of the storage chamber by the edge material.

如此一來,例如可設成從架板之全周圍保護或補強架板,且可使架板穩定地被支撐在貯藏室。In this way, for example, it can be provided to protect or reinforce the shelf from the entire circumference of the shelf, and the shelf can be stably supported in the storage compartment.

又,前述架板可由具有透明性之材料構成。Further, the aforementioned shelf may be made of a material having transparency.

例如以將架板作成較薄的平板狀的狀態,而使視覺上最今人在意之架的前邊不具壓迫感,並以具有透明性的狀態而使貯藏室整體之無壓迫感且不損及寬闊感。又,貯藏室內設有照明的情形下,光線可普及貯藏室整體。For example, in the state in which the shelf is made into a thin flat plate, the front side of the frame that is most visually pleasing to the eye does not have a sense of oppression, and the transparency of the storage room makes the entire storage room feel uncompressed without damaging it. Broad sense. Moreover, in the case where lighting is provided in the storage room, the light can spread the entire storage room.

又,前述架板可為玻璃製。Further, the aforementioned shelf may be made of glass.

如此一來,例如可不損及冰箱之架板的美觀而能提昇架板的強度。In this way, for example, the strength of the shelf can be improved without damaging the aesthetics of the shelf of the refrigerator.

又,前述緣材能以插入成形而固定於前述架板。Further, the edge material can be fixed to the frame plate by insert molding.

藉此,例如可提昇緣材與架板之固定力。亦即,藉由緣材而將架板設於冷藏室的情形下,架板可更穩定地被支撐在冷藏室。Thereby, for example, the fixing force of the edge material and the shelf can be improved. That is, in the case where the shelf is placed in the refrigerating compartment by the edge material, the shelf can be supported more stably in the refrigerating compartment.

又,前述緣材可具有能使前述架板支撐在前述貯藏室之左側面、右側面或內面的卡止部。Further, the edge material may have a locking portion that enables the frame to be supported on the left side surface, the right side surface, or the inner surface of the storage chamber.

藉此,例如玻璃製之架板本體不必設置卡止部即可將架板設置於冷藏室。Thereby, for example, the shelf body made of glass can be provided in the refrigerator compartment without providing a locking portion.

又,前述架板可為樹脂製,設於前述架板之前端面的緣材可為金屬製。Further, the frame plate may be made of resin, and the edge material provided on the front end surface of the frame plate may be made of metal.

藉此,能以易於成型之樹脂來製作架板,且,藉著緣材可在食品等收納物的保持上使架板具有充分的強度。Thereby, the shelf can be produced from the resin which is easy to mold, and the shelf can have sufficient strength to hold the shelf in the storage of the food or the like by the edge material.

又,可設成前述貯藏室於其底面,且於前述突出部下方,且係架板之深度尺寸短於前述架板之前述落差部之側之空間的下方位置設有收納容器。Further, the storage chamber may be provided with a storage container at a bottom surface thereof and below the protruding portion, and a depth dimension of the tie frame is shorter than a space on a side of the falling portion of the shelf.

如上所述,於因門袋朝冷藏室突出的狀態所產生之冷藏室底面之無效空間設置收納容器,藉此可有效地使用該無效空間。As described above, the storage container is provided in the ineffective space of the bottom surface of the refrigerating compartment due to the state in which the door pocket protrudes toward the refrigerating compartment, whereby the ineffective space can be effectively used.

又,可有效率地將適於收納於架板及門袋之小的漿油瓶等小物件予以收納。亦即,可提昇冰箱整體的收納效率,且能達到更有效率地區分收納。Moreover, small objects such as small oil bottles suitable for storage in the shelf and the door pocket can be efficiently stored. That is to say, the storage efficiency of the entire refrigerator can be improved, and the storage can be achieved more efficiently.

又,可更具有能產生冰的製冰裝置,前述收納容器為對前述製冰裝置供應水的供水容器,且可自由裝卸地安裝於前述貯藏室。Further, an ice making device capable of generating ice may be further provided, and the storage container is a water supply container that supplies water to the ice making device, and is detachably attached to the storage chamber.

如上所述,上述收納容器可作為供水容器使用,由於呈可自由裝卸的狀態,因此可易於進行洗淨等保養維護。As described above, the storage container can be used as a water supply container, and since it can be detachably attached, maintenance and maintenance such as washing can be easily performed.

又,前述架板可設成能以深度方向中間部分割成前方架板與後方架板。Further, the shelf plate may be formed to be divided into a front shelf plate and a rear shelf plate at an intermediate portion in the depth direction.

藉此,由於可僅抽出架板的前半部分,因此可創造出對應收納物高度的空間。又,架板存在的狀態無法載置高度較高的收納物,而要卸下若干個收納架來確保高度時,由於收納架存在有較習知深度長的部分,因此可解決難以從冰箱內抽出的課題。Thereby, since only the front half of the shelf plate can be taken out, a space corresponding to the height of the storage object can be created. Moreover, the state in which the shelf is present cannot be placed on the storage item having a high height, and when a plurality of storage shelves are to be removed to ensure the height, since the storage frame has a portion having a relatively long depth, it is difficult to solve the problem from the refrigerator. The problem that was drawn.

又,可更具有將前述前方架板支撐於前述後方架板之 下方而呈架橋狀,並分別呈內側突出狀地設置於前述貯藏室之右側面及左側面的支撐部。Moreover, the front frame plate can be further supported on the rear frame plate. The lower side is in the form of a bridge, and is respectively provided on the right side surface and the left side support portion of the storage chamber in a projecting manner inside.

藉此,可達到與上述同樣的效果。但是,由於可將經卸下之前側架板安裝於後側架板的下側,因此不會有要如何將經卸下之前側架板置於何收納處的困擾。而且,因前側架板與後側架板之距離而能創造出新的高度較低之收納物的收納空間,因此,可不浪費地利用空間。Thereby, the same effect as described above can be achieved. However, since the front side frame that has been removed can be attached to the lower side of the rear side frame, there is no trouble in how to place the front side frame to be removed. Further, since the distance between the front side frame and the rear side frame can create a new storage space for the storage item having a lower height, the space can be utilized without waste.

又,而且以具有與前述架板之未分割形狀為相同形狀,且從前述貯藏室之右側面至左側面設置成架橋狀的載置架板為佳。Further, it is preferable to have a mounting frame having the same shape as the undivided shape of the above-described shelf, and having a bridge shape from the right side surface to the left side surface of the storage chamber.

必須卸下架板來收納的收納物的重量較重,因此以將前述收納物載置於不分割之載置架板的狀態可實現穩定的收納。Since it is necessary to remove the shelf to store the weight of the storage object, the storage object can be stably placed in a state in which the storage object is placed on the unmounted carrier.

又,而且可建構成具有從下方支撐前述架板之左右端緣,且沿深度方向延伸並呈內側突出狀地設於貯藏室之兩側面之導軌狀支撐部、及突出設置於前述架板之左右兩端緣之中間部,且以將前述架板載置於前述支撐部的狀態而與前述支撐部之下部卡合的卡止片,而前述支撐部於深度方向之中間部具有可解除與前述卡止片之卡合,且可使卡止片通過上方的缺口部。Further, a rail-shaped support portion having left and right end edges supporting the frame plate from below and extending in the depth direction and projecting inwardly on both side surfaces of the storage chamber, and protrudingly disposed on the frame plate may be formed. a locking piece that engages with a lower portion of the support portion in a state where the frame plate is placed on the support portion in an intermediate portion of the left and right end edges, and the support portion is releasable in an intermediate portion in the depth direction The locking piece is engaged, and the locking piece can pass through the upper notch.

藉此,不必完全抽出架板即可解除架板與支撐部的卡合,不必將架板朝冰箱前方大幅地抽出即可抽出架板。亦即,採用存在有深度尺寸長之部分之架板的情形下,由於變更安裝架板的位置,要將架板抽出冰箱外時之抽出距離 變長,而能達到解決一旦冰箱之前方不存在與冰箱之深度方向同程度的空間時,則難以變更架板之安裝位置的課題。特別是可達到解決在門不完全打開的狀態設置冰箱的情形下,架板會與門本體與門袋干涉,架板不能完全卸下,因此無法變更架板之安裝位置的課題。Thereby, the engagement between the shelf and the support portion can be released without completely withdrawing the shelf plate, and the shelf plate can be extracted without having to draw the shelf plate toward the front of the refrigerator. That is, in the case where a shelf having a portion having a long depth is present, the distance at which the shelf is pulled out of the refrigerator due to the change of the position of the mounting plate is changed. When it is lengthened, it is possible to solve the problem that it is difficult to change the mounting position of the shelf when there is no space in the same direction as the depth direction of the refrigerator before the refrigerator. In particular, in the case where the refrigerator is installed in a state where the door is not fully opened, the shelf plate interferes with the door body and the door pocket, and the shelf cannot be completely removed, so that the problem of the mounting position of the shelf cannot be changed.

又,亦可建構成前述支撐部,於貯藏室之上下方向並設多數個,且鄰接之前述支撐部之上方側之缺口部,配置於一面使載置於下方側之支撐部之前述架板之卡止片朝下方側之缺口部通過,而一面將後端緣帶上那般地將前述架板傾斜時,前述後端緣可通過的位置。Further, the support portion may be configured to be provided in a plurality of upper and lower sides of the storage chamber, and the notch portion on the upper side of the adjacent support portion may be disposed on the support plate on the support portion placed on the lower side. The position at which the rear end edge can pass when the locking piece passes toward the notch portion on the lower side, and the frame plate is inclined when the rear end edge is brought up.

藉此,可於一個冰箱實現具有將設置多數支撐部並多設置架板之安裝位置而具有可極細地調節高度的優點、及在冰箱內將架板傾斜而可將用以抽出架板之空間弄小之反對的效果。Thereby, it is possible to realize an installation position in which a plurality of support portions are provided and a plurality of support plates are provided in one refrigerator, and the height can be adjusted extremely finely, and the shelf plate can be tilted in the refrigerator to extract the space for the shelf plate. Get the effect of small opposition.

又,可建構成前述支撐部係與形成前述貯藏室之內箱一體成形者。Further, it is possible to construct the support portion and the inner box forming the storage chamber integrally formed.

藉此,可將支撐部之構造上的強度設得高,又,支撐部之內部填充隔熱材的情形更可將構造上的強度設得高。 而且,可將支撐部之上下方向的厚度設得薄,因此可獲得可使架板傾斜移動之空間更寬廣。又,由於容易形成支撐部,因此也可達到降低冰箱的製造成本。Thereby, the structural strength of the support portion can be set high, and in the case where the inside of the support portion is filled with the heat insulating material, the structural strength can be set high. Further, since the thickness of the support portion in the upper and lower directions can be made thin, it is possible to obtain a wider space for tilting the frame. Moreover, since the support portion is easily formed, the manufacturing cost of the refrigerator can be reduced.

又,可建構成前述門為從中向左右對開兩扇式。Moreover, the door can be constructed to be two-span type from the center to the left and right.

又,可建構成前述從中向左右對開兩扇式之門具有左門與右門,而前述落差部具有之曲面,係具有對應前述左 門及前述右門之中之前述內門面與前述裹面之距離短者之旋轉軌跡之弧的曲面者。Further, the door can be constructed to have a left door and a right door, and the left side door and the right door are provided, and the step portion has a curved surface corresponding to the left side. The curved surface of the arc of the rotation trajectory of the short inner door between the door and the aforementioned right door.

落差部以設成如此的形狀,可防止於門之開關時架板與突出部干涉,且可使落差部更接近突出部。亦即,可將兩門之突出部與架板之間產生之從中向左右對開兩扇式之門特有的無效空間設得極小,而能增加貯藏室之收納空間。The falling portion is formed in such a shape that it is possible to prevent the frame from interfering with the protruding portion when the door is opened and closed, and to bring the falling portion closer to the protruding portion. That is to say, the ineffective space unique to the two-door door between the two door protrusions and the shelf plate can be extremely small, and the storage space of the storage room can be increased.

又,亦可建構成從中向左右對開兩扇式之門具有左門與右門,前述左門及前述右門均具有前述突出部的收納袋,前述左門具有之收納袋的深度尺寸與前述右門具有之收納袋的深度尺寸不同,前述架板之深度尺寸較短之側的前端面與深度尺寸較長之收納袋相對向,前述架板之深度尺寸較長之側的前端面與深度尺寸較短之收納袋相對向。Further, it is also possible to construct a storage bag having a left door and a right door from the center to the left and right, and the left door and the right door each have the protruding portion, and the left door has a depth dimension of the storage bag and a storage bag having the right door The front end surface of the side having the shorter depth dimension of the frame plate is opposite to the storage bag having a long depth dimension, and the front end surface of the side plate having the longer depth dimension and the storage bag having a shorter depth dimension Relative.

亦即,本發明之冰箱,門之內門面之與裹面距離長之側,即,架板之深度方向尺寸長之側與易產生無效空間之側對向。That is, in the refrigerator of the present invention, the side of the door inside the door and the side of the wrap are long, that is, the side of the frame which is long in the depth direction is opposed to the side which is easy to generate the ineffective space.

因此,可將內門面與架板之間產生的空間,即可將無效空間設得極小,而能增加貯藏室內之收納空間。Therefore, the space generated between the inner facade and the shelf can be set to minimize the ineffective space, and the storage space in the storage compartment can be increased.

又,使用者例如可利用上述架板上之兩個領域,且更可分別使用所謂深度方向長之收納袋與深度方向短之收納袋之大小兩個收納領域,可達到非常高的便利性。Further, for example, the user can use two fields on the above-described shelf, and it is also possible to use two storage areas of a so-called storage bag having a long depth direction and a storage bag having a short depth direction, and it is possible to achieve a very high convenience.

又,亦可建構成前述左門之左右方向的寬度與前述右門之左右方向的寬度不同,前述左門及前述右門之中,左右方向之寬度較另一側寬之門具有之收納袋的深度尺寸,設成較另一側之收納袋之深度方向尺寸長。Further, a width in the left-right direction of the left door may be different from a width in the left-right direction of the right door, and a depth dimension of the storage bag having a width in the left-right direction and a width wider than the other side of the left door and the right door may be It is set to be longer in the depth direction than the storage bag on the other side.

如此一來,以將旋轉半徑較另一側之門短之橫寬短之門之收納袋設得小的狀態,可防止該收納袋與另一側之門干涉,且以將該另一側之門之收納袋設得大的狀態,能將兩收納袋之收納量的合計提昇至預定量。In this way, the storage bag having the door having the shorter rotation width than the door on the other side is set to a small state, thereby preventing the storage bag from interfering with the door on the other side, and the other side is The storage bag of the door is set to a large state, and the total amount of storage of the two storage bags can be increased to a predetermined amount.

又,以設置旋轉半徑小的門而提昇明的開啟容易度,又,在打開著橫寬長之門的情形下,易觀覽貯藏室內,收納物之進出變得容易。In addition, it is easy to open the door in the storage room by opening the door having a small width and opening, and it is easy to access the storage item.

亦即,可因應使用者的目的而分開使用左右門的開與關。而且,可減少貯藏室之開口部全面性地開放的機會而亦可節省節源。That is, the opening and closing of the left and right doors can be used separately for the purpose of the user. Moreover, the opportunity for the opening of the opening of the storage compartment to be fully opened can be reduced, and the source of the saving can be saved.

又,亦可建構成前述門為單開式。Moreover, it is also possible to construct the door as a single opening type.

又,亦可建構成以於前述門內壁設置前述突出部,而能使包含前述門之前述突出部之前述貯藏室側之面即內門面與前述貯藏室之裹面的距離左右不同,前述架板之深度尺寸較短之側的前端面與前述內門面至前述裹面之距離較長之側的前述內門面相對向,前述架板之深度尺寸較長之側的前端面與前述內門面至前述裹面之距離較短之側的前述內門面相對向。Further, the protruding portion may be provided on the inner wall of the door, and the distance between the inner surface of the storage chamber side including the protruding portion of the door and the wrapping surface of the storage chamber may be different. a front end surface of a side of the shelf having a shorter depth dimension is opposite to the inner side surface of the side where the distance from the inner side surface to the front side of the wrap surface is longer, and a front end surface of the side of the rack having a longer depth dimension and the inner side surface The aforementioned inner facades on the side of the shorter distance from the aforementioned wrap surface are opposed to each other.

亦即,本發明之冰箱,門之內門面至裹面之距離長之側,即架板之深度尺寸長之側與易產生無效空間之側對向。That is, in the refrigerator of the present invention, the side of the door from the inside of the door to the side of the long side of the wrap, that is, the side of the depth dimension of the shelf is opposed to the side which is easy to generate an ineffective space.

因此,可將內門面與架板之間產生的空間,即可將無效空間設得極小,而能增加貯藏室內之收納空間。Therefore, the space generated between the inner facade and the shelf can be set to minimize the ineffective space, and the storage space in the storage compartment can be increased.

又,亦可建構成前述突出部為收納袋,前述收納袋之左右方向之寬度與前述架板之左右方向的寬度相同,以前 述收納袋之深度尺寸為左右不同而使前述內門面與前述裹面的距離為左右不同。Further, the protruding portion may be configured to be a storage bag, and a width of the storage bag in the left-right direction is the same as a width of the shelf in the left-right direction. The depth dimension of the storage bag is different from left to right, and the distance between the inner top surface and the wrap surface is different from left to right.

藉此,使用者例如可利用上述架板上之兩個領域,且更可分別使用在收納袋左右並排存在之大小兩個收納領域,可達到非常高的便利性。Thereby, the user can use two fields on the above-mentioned shelf plate, and can also use two storage areas of the size of the storage bag side by side, and can achieve very high convenience.

又,亦可建構成前述冰箱係本體由隔熱箱體構成,前述門係單開式門,藉著設於前述隔熱箱體之右端部或左端部之鉸鏈而支撐於前述隔熱箱體,以平行於前述隔熱箱體之高度方向的直線作為旋動軸來旋動,前述內門面之右側及左側之中,接近前述旋動軸之側之前述內門面至前述裹面的距離,短於距離前述旋動軸遠之側之前述內門面至前述裹面的距離。Further, the refrigerator main body may be configured by a heat insulating box, and the door single-opening door may be supported by the heat insulating box by a hinge provided at a right end portion or a left end portion of the heat insulating box body. a straight line parallel to the height direction of the heat insulating box is used as a rotating shaft, and the distance between the inner side surface of the right side and the left side of the inner side surface and the inner side of the rotating shaft is close to the wrapping surface. It is shorter than the distance from the aforementioned inner surface to the aforementioned wrap surface on the side farther from the aforementioned rotation axis.

亦即,可建構成將收納袋之接近旋動軸之側之深度尺寸設得較長,而將距旋動軸遠之側之深度尺寸設得較短。That is, it can be constructed such that the depth dimension of the side of the storage bag close to the rotation axis is set longer, and the depth dimension of the side farther from the rotation axis is set shorter.

於具有單開式之門的冰箱,一般將所謂門袋之收納袋之一予以大型化的情形下,會將深度尺寸設得長。但是,若是考量門之開與關,則門袋之深度尺寸僅可設得長至某程度。In the case of a refrigerator having a single-open door, generally, one of the storage bags of the so-called door pocket is enlarged, and the depth dimension is set to be long. However, if the door is opened and closed, the depth of the door pocket can only be set to a certain extent.

因此如上所述,以將距門袋之旋動軸遠之側之深度尺寸設得短的狀態,而使門袋不會造成門開與關的不便。而且,以將距門袋之旋動軸近之側之深度尺寸設得長的狀態,而能將門袋整體的收納量提昇至預定量。Therefore, as described above, the depth dimension of the side farther from the rotation axis of the door pocket is set to be short, so that the door pocket does not cause inconvenience of opening and closing the door. Further, by setting the depth dimension of the side closer to the rotation axis of the door pocket to be long, the storage amount of the entire door pocket can be increased to a predetermined amount.

又,亦可建構成前述突出部為收納袋,前述收納袋之左右方向的寬度短於前述架板之左右方向的寬度,而且, 設於前述門內壁之接近前述旋動軸之側且前述架板之深度尺寸較長之側的前端面,與距前述旋動軸遠之側之前述內門面相對向。Further, the protruding portion may be a storage bag, and a width of the storage bag in the left-right direction is shorter than a width of the shelf in the left-right direction, and A front end surface of the inner wall of the door close to the side of the rotation shaft and having a longer depth dimension of the frame plate faces the inner surface of the side farther from the rotation axis.

亦即,亦可具有橫寬為短的收納袋,此情形下,可將架板之深度尺寸長之側設得較深度尺寸長。因此,可增加架板的面積而能將更多的物品置於架板。That is, it is also possible to have a storage bag having a short width, and in this case, the side of the depth dimension of the shelf can be set to be longer than the depth. Therefore, the area of the shelf can be increased to place more items on the shelf.

又,而且,亦可建構成具有設於距前述門內壁之前述旋動軸遠之側之小物品收納物用之立袋,且前述架板之深度尺寸較長之側之前端面,與距前述旋動軸遠之側之前述內門面即前述立袋之貯藏室側之面相對向。Further, a standing bag for a small article storage object provided on a side farther from the rotation axis of the door inner wall, and a front end face and a distance from the side of the frame plate having a longer depth dimension may be formed. The inner side of the far side of the rotating shaft, that is, the side of the storage compartment side of the standing bag, faces each other.

如上所述,本發明之冰箱亦可於距旋動軸遠之側之內門面具有使裝有調味料之罐等豎立保持之小物品收納用之立袋。As described above, the refrigerator of the present invention can also have a standing bag for accommodating small items such as cans containing seasonings on the inner side of the side farther from the rotation axis.

於此情形下,不相當變更冰箱整體之可收納量,且可有效率地將不適於收納於架板及收納袋之小物品予以收納。In this case, the amount of storage of the entire refrigerator is not changed, and small items that are not suitable for storage in the shelf and the storage bag can be efficiently stored.

又,亦可建構成具有對應前述架板之形狀而深度尺寸左右不同的抽屜。Further, it is also possible to construct a drawer having a shape corresponding to the shape of the above-mentioned shelf and having different depth dimensions.

以具有如此的抽屜而能利用抽屜之深度尺寸長的部分來填入習知無效空間,而能提昇收納效率。又,因深度尺寸之不同而能將兩個收納領域分開使用,可達到提昇利用者的便利性。With such a drawer, it is possible to fill a conventional ineffective space by using a portion having a long depth of the drawer, and the storage efficiency can be improved. Moreover, since the two storage areas can be used separately depending on the depth size, the convenience of the user can be improved.

又,而且可建構成前述抽屜具有獨立且深度尺寸不同 之左抽屜部與右抽屜部。Moreover, it can be constructed to have the aforementioned drawers having independent and different depth dimensions. Left drawer and right drawer.

如上所述,門於內壁具有門袋。以對應具有抽屜之形狀的門袋而能減少以抽屜與門袋包圍之無效空間,可達到提昇收納效率。As mentioned above, the door has a door pocket on the inner wall. The door pocket with the shape of the drawer can reduce the ineffective space surrounded by the drawer and the door pocket, thereby improving the storage efficiency.

又,而且可建構成具有分別安裝於前述貯藏室之左側面及右側面並對應前述架板之形狀而從深度方向的不同位置,且以發光二極體作為光源來照射前述貯藏室內的照明裝置。Moreover, it is also possible to construct a lighting device having different positions from the depth direction, which are respectively attached to the left side surface and the right side surface of the storage chamber and corresponding to the shape of the shelf plate, and illuminating the storage chamber with the light emitting diode as a light source. .

如此一來,照明裝置分別安裝於貯藏室之左側面及右側面,且從較架板之前端面前方以發光二極體作為光源來照射冷藏室內。藉此,於架板之收納物將不會產生影,利用者易看見收納物,可提昇便利性。又,發光二極體比習知燈泡的消耗電力小,又可長久使用。因此可達到節省能源化。In this way, the illumination devices are respectively mounted on the left side surface and the right side surface of the storage compartment, and the light-emitting diodes are used as a light source to illuminate the refrigerator compartment from the front end surface of the front shelf. Thereby, the storage object on the shelf will not be affected, and the user can easily see the storage object, thereby improving convenience. Moreover, the light-emitting diode has a smaller power consumption than the conventional light bulb and can be used for a long time. Therefore, energy saving can be achieved.

又,能以光照射落差部,可提昇利用者打開冰箱之門時的美觀。Moreover, the falling portion can be irradiated with light, and the appearance of the user when opening the door of the refrigerator can be improved.

又,亦可建構成前述架板具有性狀不同的領域。Further, it is also possible to construct an area in which the above-mentioned shelf plates have different properties.

又,亦可建構成前述架板具有色調不同的領域。Further, it is also possible to construct an area in which the above-mentioned shelf plates have different color tones.

又,亦可建構成前述架板具有大小不同的領域。Further, it is also possible to construct a field in which the above-mentioned shelf plates have different sizes.

在此說明所謂性狀乃指例如色調與尺寸。例如以具有色調不同的領域,可提昇從正面觀看貯藏室時的美觀。又,例如以具有尺寸不同的領域,而以接合其構成各領域之尺寸不同之板來製造架板。因此,可與其他製品及構件共用而能刪減製造成本。The term "trait" is used herein to mean, for example, hue and size. For example, in a field having a different color tone, the appearance when the storage room is viewed from the front can be improved. Further, for example, in a field having a different size, a frame is manufactured by joining plates which are different in size in each field. Therefore, the manufacturing cost can be reduced by sharing with other products and components.

又,前述架板係多數配置於前述貯藏室內的上下方向,且可設置成與多數的前述架板之前端面之深度方向的位置相同。Further, the plurality of shelf plates are disposed in the vertical direction of the storage compartment, and may be disposed at the same position as the depth direction of the front end faces of the plurality of shelf plates.

亦即,亦可建構成設置於冷藏室之多數架板為相同形狀。此情形下,能以相同構件來構成多數架板,能抑制製造成本。That is, it is also possible to construct a plurality of shelf plates disposed in the refrigerator compartment in the same shape. In this case, a plurality of shelf plates can be formed by the same member, and the manufacturing cost can be suppressed.

又,各架板之落差部於上下成整列。因此於使用者打開貯藏室會有統一感,且構成設計性優良者。Moreover, the falling portions of the respective shelf plates are aligned in the upper and lower rows. Therefore, when the user opens the storage room, there is a sense of unity and the design is excellent.

又,亦可建構成前述貯藏室為冷藏室,且位於形成前述冰箱之本體之隔熱箱體的最上部。Further, it is also possible to construct the storage compartment as a refrigerating compartment and to be located at the uppermost portion of the heat insulating box forming the main body of the refrigerator.

藉此,能將使用頻率最高且放入各式各樣形狀之收納物的冷藏室配置於使用者最易利用的目線位置,能更提昇冰箱的使用方便性。As a result, the refrigerating compartment having the highest frequency of use and having the storage contents of various shapes can be disposed at the eye line position which is most easily used by the user, and the usability of the refrigerator can be further improved.

又,亦可建構成使前述前方架板與後方架板之相對面在上下方向搭接。Further, the front surface of the front frame and the rear frame may be overlapped in the vertical direction.

藉此,於收納具重量之食品時即使架彎曲,亦因使前述前方架板與後方架板之相對面在上下方向搭接,故可使前方架板、後方架板相合而能提高強度。Thereby, even if the frame is bent when the food of the weight is stored, the opposing surface of the front frame and the rear frame are overlapped in the vertical direction, so that the front frame and the rear frame can be combined to improve the strength.

又,亦可建構成可具有卡止前方架板與後方架板之卡止機構。Further, it is also possible to construct a locking mechanism that can lock the front frame and the rear frame.

藉此,前方架板與後方架板被確實地固定而能防止前方架板與後方架板之錯開,可強化將前方架板與後方架板一體化使用時之確實性。Thereby, the front frame and the rear frame are reliably fixed, and the front frame and the rear frame can be prevented from being displaced, and the reliability of the front frame and the rear frame can be enhanced.

又,亦可建構成具有於拆卸前述前方架板時可將前述 前方架板支撐於前述後方架板之上方或下方的支撐部,且更具有卡止前述前方架板的卡止機構。Moreover, the structure can also be constructed to have the aforementioned front frame plate The front shelf supports the support portion above or below the rear shelf plate, and further has a locking mechanism for locking the front shelf.

藉此,可確保於拆卸前方架板時之前述架板的收納場所,可提昇使用方便性且能確實防止收納前方架板時的不正確。Thereby, it is possible to secure the storage place of the above-mentioned shelf when the front shelf is removed, and it is possible to improve the usability and to prevent the incorrectness in the case of accommodating the front shelf.

又,亦可建構成具有可使前述前方架板裝設或脫離時,前述後方架板不易鬆開的固定機構。Further, it is also possible to construct a fixing mechanism having a rear frame which is less likely to be loosened when the front frame is attached or detached.

藉此,於前述架板之裝設或脫離動作時後方架板不會鬆開,而能確實地僅進行前方架板的裝設或脫離動作。Thereby, the rear shelf plate is not loosened during the mounting or disengaging operation of the shelf, and the installation or disengagement operation of the front shelf can be reliably performed.

又,亦可建構成將後方架板之深度尺寸設為L,將前方架板之最小深度尺寸設為M,將前方架板之最大深度尺寸設為N時,則構成N>L>M的關係。Moreover, it is also possible to configure the depth dimension of the rear shelf to be L, to set the minimum depth dimension of the front shelf to M, and to set the maximum depth dimension of the front shelf to N, to form N>L>M. relationship.

藉此,可確保前方架板與後方架板分割時之分別之架的強度,且可達到一體化使用時之左右尺寸的最適化。Thereby, the strength of the respective frames when the front shelf and the rear shelf are divided can be ensured, and the right and left dimensions can be optimized for integration.

又,亦可建構成前方架板與後方架板分別由玻璃板與周緣部樹脂構件所構成。Further, the front frame and the rear frame may be formed of a glass plate and a peripheral portion resin member.

藉此,可達到提昇架之設計性與實際使用時的使用方便性。Thereby, the design of the lifting frame and the ease of use in actual use can be achieved.

又,且亦可建構成具有可堵塞成開關前述貯藏室之前述開口部的門、及朝內側突出狀地設於前述門內壁的突出部,前述門為涵跨前述貯藏室之大約全高並被分割出的左右門,前述架板配置於較前述突出部更近貯藏室內側,且在配置於左右之前述門之前述突出部間形成之空間的箱內側後方形成最大的深度。Further, a door having a door that can be blocked to open and close the storage compartment and a protruding portion that is protruded inwardly from the inner wall of the door may be formed, and the door is about the full height of the storage compartment. The left and right doors are divided, and the shelf is disposed closer to the storage compartment than the protruding portion, and forms a maximum depth behind the inside of the case disposed in a space formed between the protruding portions of the left and right doors.

藉此,可極力將從中向左右對開兩扇方式所特有之左右兩門之交合處後方形成之無效空間設得小,而在門袋保持其原有大小的情形下,增加貯藏室內之架板的深度,亦即構成可增加收納空間。In this way, the ineffective space formed by the rear of the left and right doors, which is unique to the left and right sides, can be set small, and the shelf of the storage room is increased while the door pocket maintains its original size. The depth, that is, the composition, can increase the storage space.

即,可將對於貯藏室內之收納為無效空間變更為收納空間而增加收納量,且具有該形成最大深度部分可置入一般冰箱無法置入之長的收納物(例如一公升的瓶子等)的優點。In other words, it is possible to change the storage space for the storage space in the storage compartment to the storage space, and to increase the storage amount, and to have the longest storage portion (for example, a one liter bottle or the like) that can be placed in the general refrigerator. advantage.

又,前述架板可於前邊的前後方向設有落差,以使載置收納物之載置面之深度尺寸於寬度方向不同。Further, the shelf plate may be provided with a drop in the front-rear direction of the front side so that the depth dimension of the mounting surface on which the storage object is placed is different in the width direction.

藉此,可將架板劃分為兩個收納區域,即,可設置深度尺寸大的區域,與相反之小的區域,可改善對收納物之大小,且特別是對長度方向的可撓性,因此可飛躍地提昇對使用者之收納效率與進出性。Thereby, the shelf plate can be divided into two storage areas, that is, an area having a large depth dimension can be provided, and an area opposite to the smaller one can improve the size of the storage object, and particularly the flexibility in the longitudinal direction. Therefore, the storage efficiency and accessibility of the user can be greatly improved.

又,可將落差構成滑溜的波浪狀,且能將貯藏室後方設成平面狀,因此噴出冷氣之管等可簡單地構成而形成觀看性良好且設計性亦優者。Further, since the drop can be formed into a sloping wave shape and the rear of the storage compartment can be formed in a planar shape, the tube for discharging the cold air or the like can be easily configured to have good visibility and excellent design.

又,亦可建構成前述架板於配置在左門、右門之兩突出部間形成之空間的後方設置前述落差,能以前述落差為交界而於前後方向將一側的深度設得大,並將另一側的深度設得小。Further, the above-described frame may be formed to be disposed behind the space formed between the two protruding portions of the left door and the right door, and the depth may be set to be larger in the front-rear direction with the difference as the boundary. The depth on the other side is set small.

藉此,可將與兩門袋之間形成之空間及架板與門袋之間形成之空間,即可將對於收納為無效空間設得極小,可增加貯藏室之收納空間,且可將貯藏室區分為收納空間較 小的門袋、另一方面為收納空間較大之門袋與架板的三個區域,以因應收納物之大小與目的來收納的狀態而能達到效率良好的區分收納。Thereby, the space formed between the two-door bag and the space formed between the shelf plate and the door pocket can be used to minimize the storage space, and the storage space of the storage room can be increased, and the storage space can be stored. Room is divided into storage space On the other hand, the small door pocket and the three areas of the door pocket and the shelf which have a large storage space can be efficiently and efficiently accommodated in accordance with the size and purpose of the storage.

藉此,以對門袋及架板的形狀下功夫而將從中向左右對開兩扇方式之門具有之貯藏室內的無效空間設得極小的狀態,而能飛躍性地增加門袋及貯藏室內之架板的收納空間。而且,以設成可因應保特瓶與料理罐等各式樣種類之收納物形狀、大小、目的來區分收納的狀態,亦能達到提昇收納性。In this way, in the shape of the door pocket and the shelf, the ineffective space in the storage compartment that is opened from the middle to the left and right is set to a minimum, and the door pocket and the storage compartment can be dramatically increased. The storage space of the board. In addition, it is possible to improve the storage property by distinguishing the state of storage depending on the shape, size, and purpose of the storage items of various types such as the bottle and the can.

又,依據以使用者為中心而構成之門之旋轉半徑小所達致之門的容易開啟90度與貯藏室內之能見度,進而提昇收納物之進出性,且因應需要而以分開使用左右門之開關的狀態,而不必將貯藏室整體開放即可達到目的,可達到節省能源。Moreover, according to the door opened by the user, the door having the small radius of rotation can easily open 90 degrees and the visibility of the storage room, thereby improving the ingress and egress of the storage object, and separately using the left and right doors as needed. The state of the switch can be achieved without having to open the entire storage compartment to achieve energy savings.

又,亦可建構成相對於左右任何一方之前述突出部的形狀,於前述架板之前邊設置深度方向之凹部而形成前述落差。Further, it is also possible to form a shape of the protruding portion with respect to either of the left and right sides, and to provide a recess in the depth direction before the frame plate to form the aforementioned difference.

藉此,以沿著門袋之形狀的形態而形成架板的狀態,可實現無效空間的極小化,特別是藉著於更深度之大的門袋側施予上述形狀,從門之旋轉產生更大的無效空間而論,效果變得更大。Thereby, the state in which the shelf is formed along the shape of the door pocket can minimize the ineffective space, and in particular, by applying the above shape to the side of the door pocket which is deeper, the rotation of the door is generated. In the case of larger invalid space, the effect becomes even bigger.

又,亦可建構成相對於左右兩門之前述突出部的形狀,於前述架板設置兩個凹部而形成前述落差。Further, the shape of the protruding portion with respect to the left and right doors may be formed, and two recesses may be provided in the shelf to form the difference.

藉此,相對於左右門袋之間產生之無效空間,可於架 板前方設置落差,因此在增加貯藏室內之收納空間方面可謂效率最好的形態。Thereby, the invalid space generated between the left and right door pockets can be used There is a drop in front of the board, so it is the most efficient form to increase the storage space in the storage compartment.

又,左右門之合對部後方之架板前邊會產生突狀的落差,因此可設成較習知眼見為之一新者。Moreover, there is a sudden drop in the front side of the shelf behind the right and left doors, so that it can be set as a new one.

又,亦可建構成前述門於左門與右門之寬度方向的尺寸上不同,寬度方向小之前述門之前述突出部,與寬度方向大之前述門之前述突出部相比,深度尺寸設得較小。Further, the door may be formed to have a different size in the width direction of the left door and the right door, and the protruding portion of the door having a smaller width direction may be formed in a depth dimension as compared with the protruding portion of the door having a larger width direction. small.

藉此,寬度方向小之門之旋轉軌跡的半徑變小,以其狀態來論貯藏室內之無效空間亦會增加的話,將寬度方向小之門之深度尺寸設得小而使無效空間小,且使架板朝前前方延長的狀態而可增加貯藏室內全部收納空間的情形較具效果。Thereby, the radius of the rotation trajectory of the door having a small width direction becomes small, and if the invalid space in the storage chamber is also increased by the state, the depth dimension of the door having a small width direction is set small, and the invalid space is small, and It is more effective to increase the total storage space in the storage compartment by extending the shelf toward the front and front.

又,以將門袋之深度設得小,即使例如僅開啟90度的情形下,打開門時可獲得大的正前方寬度,可較輕鬆地確認貯藏室內之收納物,且具有可使載置於架板之收納物更簡單地進出的便利性。Further, in order to set the depth of the door pocket to be small, even if, for example, only 90 degrees is opened, a large front width can be obtained when the door is opened, and the storage in the storage compartment can be easily confirmed, and the storage can be placed. The convenience of the storage of the shelf is simpler.

又,將可放入各式各樣的收納物之貯藏室大致區分為收納量非常少的門袋、收納量非常多的門袋、設有深度不同之落差的架板的三個領域,且將平時常使用之物品收納於大的門側的狀態,較大的物品亦可進出,因此大部分的門開關僅以開關門側即足夠,因此可提昇使用者的使用方便性。In addition, the storage room in which various storage items can be placed is roughly classified into three types of door pockets having a very small storage amount, door pockets having a large storage amount, and shelf plates having different depths, and When the articles that are normally used are stored in the large door side, large items can be moved in and out. Therefore, most of the door switches are sufficient only to open and close the door side, thereby improving the user's usability.

又,亦可建構成前述架板多數配置於前述貯藏室之上下方向,而將自上段至下段之架板的前述前邊設於深度方 向約相同位置。Moreover, it is also possible to construct the frame plate, which is disposed in the upper and lower directions of the storage compartment, and the front side of the shelf plate from the upper section to the lower section is set in the depth direction. To the same position.

藉此,從上段的架板至下段的架板具有落差且約在相同位置,因此使用者有打開門時眼見的統一感,且設計性亦優異。Thereby, the shelf from the upper shelf to the lower shelf has a drop and is about the same position, so that the user has a sense of unity when the door is opened, and the design is also excellent.

又,從將架板設成相同形狀,能以相同構件來構成多數架板,而能達到更廉價的成本。Moreover, since the shelf plates are provided in the same shape, a plurality of shelf plates can be formed by the same members, and a lower cost can be achieved.

亦可建構成前述架板係以具有透明性之平板狀材質來構成。It is also possible to construct the above-mentioned shelf plate by a flat material having transparency.

藉此,以設成較薄的平板狀,而於視覺上最被在意之架的前邊不會具有壓迫感,且具有透明性而能消除貯藏室整體的壓迫感且不損及寬闊感。暫時打開照明時光可照及貯藏室整體。Therefore, it is set to have a thin flat plate shape, and it does not have a feeling of pressure on the front side of the frame which is most visually noticeable, and has transparency, and can suppress the pressure feeling of the entire storage room without impairing the feeling of wideness. Temporarily turning on the lighting time can take care of the entire storage room.

亦可建構成前述架板之左邊、右邊及後邊之中至少一邊支撐於前述貯藏室之左側面、右側面或內面,且前邊部設置涵跨前述架板之約全寬的補強構件。At least one of the left side, the right side and the rear side of the shelf plate may be supported to support the left side surface, the right side surface or the inner surface of the storage compartment, and the front side portion is provided with a reinforcing member that spans about the full width of the shelf plate.

藉此,以於架板的前邊設置用以防止因設置落差所造成之應力集中與歪斜的補強構件,而能防止因收納物所造成之彎曲與破裂,能安心使用。Thereby, a reinforcing member for preventing stress concentration and skew due to a drop is provided on the front side of the shelf, and it is possible to prevent bending and cracking due to the stored object, and to use it with peace of mind.

又,補強構件以不銹鋼材來設置,也可作為化妝板使用,視覺上最顯著處之處觀看時具美觀性,設計性亦優良。In addition, the reinforcing member is provided in a stainless steel material, and can also be used as a cosmetic board, and is visually most noticeable in appearance and excellent in design.

亦可建構成前述貯藏室為冷藏室,且位於形成前述冰箱本體之隔熱箱體之最上部位置。The storage compartment may be constructed as a refrigerating compartment and located at an uppermost position of the heat insulating box forming the refrigerator body.

藉此,可將使用頻率最高且可置入各種形狀之收納物的冷藏室配置於使用者最易使用之目線位置,且可提昇使 用便利性。Thereby, the refrigerating chamber which has the highest frequency of use and can be placed in various shapes of the storage object can be disposed at the eye line position which is the easiest to use by the user, and can be lifted and raised. With convenience.

本發明之冰箱以對架板及門袋的形狀下功夫,而能將貯藏室內的無效空間設得極小。藉此能飛躍性地增加門袋及貯藏室內之架板的收納空間。The refrigerator of the present invention works hard on the shape of the shelf and the door pocket, and can set the ineffective space in the storage compartment to be extremely small. Thereby, the storage space of the door pocket and the shelf of the storage room can be dramatically increased.

又,以於貯藏室內之架板的前端設置前後方向之落差的狀態,使深度尺寸長之領域與深度尺寸短之領域形成在架板上。Further, in the state in which the front end of the shelf of the storage compartment is provided with a difference in the front-rear direction, a field having a long depth dimension and a region having a short depth dimension are formed on the shelf.

亦即,使用者可因應保特瓶與料理罐等各式樣種類之收納物形狀、大小、目的,而從架板上之兩個領域及門袋來選擇收納處。而且,在門袋具有大小兩個領域的情形下,可從4個領域之中選擇收納處。亦即,從使用者的觀點,可達到因應收納物之形狀等的區分收納,可提昇冰箱的便利性。In other words, the user can select the storage area from the two fields of the shelf and the door pocket in accordance with the shape, size, and purpose of the storage items of the various types of the bottle and the cooking can. Moreover, in the case where the door pocket has two fields of size, the storage area can be selected from among four fields. In other words, from the viewpoint of the user, the storage of the shape of the storage object can be achieved, and the convenience of the refrigerator can be improved.

又,由於可將架板之深度尺寸設得極大,因此具有如具有把手之鍋等較長的尺寸之收納物亦可簡單地進出的便利性。Moreover, since the depth dimension of the shelf plate can be made extremely large, it is convenient to have a storage article having a long size such as a pan having a handle, and can easily enter and exit.

又,從利用者來看的情形下,架之收納物的正面不易產生影,而易觀看架之收納物。因此可提昇利用者的便利性。Further, in the case of the user, the front side of the storage object of the rack is less likely to cause shadows, and it is easy to view the storage contents of the rack. Therefore, the convenience of the user can be improved.

又,將上述落差設成平滑的波浪狀,並配置於使用者之目線位置那般地構成貯藏室配置的話,眼看之下呈現美觀而提昇冰箱整體的設計性。又,藉著架板具有色調不同的領域而提昇貯藏室內的設計性。Further, when the above-described drop is formed into a smooth wavy shape and arranged in the storage room position of the user's eye line position, it is aesthetically pleasing to enhance the design of the entire refrigerator. Moreover, the design of the storage compartment is enhanced by the fact that the shelf has different areas of color tone.

又,即使架板變大的情形亦可容易地將架板裝設於支撐部或從支撐部拆卸而可提昇冰箱的便利性。特別是即使不將冰箱前方之空間設得充分大的情形下,亦可容易地將架板予以裝設或予以拆卸而可提昇冰箱的便利性。Moreover, even if the shelf is large, the shelf can be easily attached to or detached from the support, and the convenience of the refrigerator can be improved. In particular, even if the space in front of the refrigerator is not sufficiently large, the shelf can be easily attached or detached, and the convenience of the refrigerator can be improved.

又,因應收納物之形態、而提昇操作性、且包含可靠性,而可改變架之深度尺寸度、架間之高度,因此例如高度高之收納物亦可收納,而能提昇冰箱之收納性、使用方便性。In addition, the operability and the reliability are included in the form of the storage object, and the depth dimension of the rack and the height between the racks can be changed. Therefore, for example, the storage item having a high height can be stored, and the storage property of the refrigerator can be improved. , ease of use.

如上所述,本發明可提供較習知冰箱更高收納效率及高便利性的冰箱。As described above, the present invention can provide a refrigerator having higher storage efficiency and higher convenience than conventional refrigerators.

圖式簡單說明Simple illustration

第1圖係打開習知之冰箱之冷藏室門時的立體圖。Fig. 1 is a perspective view showing the opening of a refrigerator compartment door of a conventional refrigerator.

第2圖係習知之冰箱之冷藏室橫剖面圖。Figure 2 is a cross-sectional view of a refrigerator compartment of a conventional refrigerator.

第3圖係本發明之實施樣態1之冰箱的正面圖。Fig. 3 is a front view of the refrigerator of the embodiment 1 of the present invention.

第4A圖係打開實施樣態1之冰箱之門之狀態的立體圖。Fig. 4A is a perspective view showing a state in which the door of the refrigerator of the embodiment 1 is opened.

第4B圖係實施樣態1之冰箱之冷藏室之部分立體圖。Fig. 4B is a partial perspective view of the refrigerator compartment of the refrigerator of the embodiment 1.

第4C圖係實施樣態1之冰箱之冷藏室具有之小物品盒的立體圖。Fig. 4C is a perspective view of a small item box having a refrigerator compartment of the refrigerator of the embodiment 1.

第4D圖係實施樣態1之冰箱之冷藏室具有之冷藏盒的立體圖。Fig. 4D is a perspective view of the refrigerating case of the refrigerating compartment of the refrigerator of the embodiment 1.

第5圖係實施樣態1之冰箱的縱剖面圖。Fig. 5 is a longitudinal sectional view showing a refrigerator in the first embodiment.

第6圖係實施樣態1之冰箱的橫剖面圖。Figure 6 is a cross-sectional view of the refrigerator in the first embodiment.

第7圖係實施樣態1之架板的立體圖。Figure 7 is a perspective view of the shelf of the embodiment 1.

第8圖係打開實施樣態1之冰箱之左門之狀態的橫剖面 圖。Figure 8 is a cross section showing the state of the left door of the refrigerator in which the mode 1 is implemented. Figure.

第9圖係將實施樣態1之冰箱之左門與右門的橫寬設成相同情形下的橫剖面圖。Fig. 9 is a cross-sectional view showing the horizontal width of the left door and the right door of the refrigerator in the first embodiment.

第10圖表示於實施樣態1之冰箱之玻璃製架板安裝用以覆蓋全周圍之緣材的狀態。Fig. 10 is a view showing a state in which the glass frame of the refrigerator of the embodiment 1 is installed to cover the entire peripheral edge material.

第11圖係實施樣態2之冰箱的橫剖面圖。Figure 11 is a cross-sectional view of a refrigerator in which the mode 2 is implemented.

第12圖係實施樣態3之冰箱的橫剖面圖。Figure 12 is a cross-sectional view of a refrigerator in which the mode 3 is implemented.

第13圖係打開實施樣態3之冰箱之左門之狀態的橫剖面圖。Figure 13 is a cross-sectional view showing the state in which the left door of the refrigerator of Embodiment 3 is opened.

第14圖係本發明之實施樣態4之冰箱的正面圖。Fig. 14 is a front elevational view showing the refrigerator of the embodiment 4 of the present invention.

第15圖係本發明之實施樣態4之冰箱的橫剖面圖。Fig. 15 is a cross-sectional view showing the refrigerator of the embodiment 4 of the present invention.

第16圖表示於實施樣態4之冰箱之冷藏室底面設置收納容器情形。Fig. 16 is a view showing a state in which a storage container is provided on the bottom surface of the refrigerator compartment of the refrigerator of the embodiment 4.

第17圖係本發明之實施樣態5之冰箱的正面圖。Figure 17 is a front elevational view of the refrigerator of the embodiment 5 of the present invention.

第18圖係打開實施樣態5之冰箱之門之狀態的立體圖。Fig. 18 is a perspective view showing a state in which the door of the refrigerator of the embodiment 5 is opened.

第19圖係實施樣態5之冰箱的縱剖面圖。Fig. 19 is a longitudinal sectional view showing the refrigerator of the embodiment 5.

第20圖係實施樣態5之冰箱的橫剖面圖。Figure 20 is a cross-sectional view of a refrigerator in which the mode 5 is implemented.

第21圖係實施樣態5之冰箱之冷藏室之部分立體圖。Figure 21 is a partial perspective view of the refrigerator compartment of the refrigerator of the embodiment 5.

第22圖表示使實施樣態5之冰箱之前方架板朝後方架板之下方移動之冷藏室內部的立體圖。Fig. 22 is a perspective view showing the inside of the refrigerating compartment in which the square frame of the refrigerator of the fifth embodiment is moved toward the lower side of the rear shelf.

第23圖係實施樣態5之架板的立體圖。Figure 23 is a perspective view of a shelf plate of the embodiment 5.

第24圖係打開實施樣態5之冰箱之左門之狀態的橫剖面圖。Fig. 24 is a cross-sectional view showing the state in which the left door of the refrigerator of the embodiment 5 is opened.

第25圖係將實施樣態5之冰箱之左門與右門的橫寬設 成相同情形下的橫剖面圖。Figure 25 is the horizontal width of the left and right doors of the refrigerator that will implement the mode 5. A cross-sectional view in the same situation.

第26圖表示於實施樣態5之冰箱之玻璃製架板安裝用以覆蓋全周圍之緣材的狀態。Fig. 26 is a view showing a state in which the glass frame of the refrigerator of the embodiment 5 is installed to cover the entire peripheral edge material.

第27圖係實施樣態6之冰箱的橫剖面圖。Figure 27 is a cross-sectional view of a refrigerator in which the state 6 is implemented.

第28圖係實施樣態7之冰箱的橫剖面圖。Figure 28 is a cross-sectional view of a refrigerator in which the state 7 is implemented.

第29圖係打開實施樣態7之冰箱之左門之狀態的橫剖面圖。Figure 29 is a cross-sectional view showing the state in which the left door of the refrigerator of Embodiment 7 is opened.

第30圖係本發明之實施樣態8之冰箱的正面圖。Figure 30 is a front elevational view of the refrigerator of the embodiment 8 of the present invention.

第31圖係本發明之實施樣態8之冰箱的橫剖面圖。Figure 31 is a cross-sectional view showing the refrigerator of the embodiment 8 of the present invention.

第32圖表示於實施樣態8之冰箱之冷藏室底面設置收納容器情形。Fig. 32 is a view showing a state in which a storage container is provided on the bottom surface of the refrigerator compartment of the refrigerator of the embodiment 8.

第33圖係本發明之實施樣態9之冰箱的縱剖面圖。Figure 33 is a longitudinal sectional view showing the refrigerator of the embodiment 9 of the present invention.

第34圖表示從架板之下方觀看實施樣態9之冰箱之架板的左端緣部之狀態的立體圖。Fig. 34 is a perspective view showing a state in which the left end edge portion of the shelf of the refrigerator of the embodiment 9 is viewed from the lower side of the shelf.

第35圖表示拆下實施樣態9之冰箱之架板之狀態的縱剖面圖。Fig. 35 is a longitudinal sectional view showing a state in which the shelf of the refrigerator of the embodiment 9 is removed.

第36圖係實施樣態10之冰箱的正面圖。Figure 36 is a front elevational view of the refrigerator of the embodiment 10.

第37圖係打開實施樣態10之冰箱之門之狀態的立體圖。Fig. 37 is a perspective view showing a state in which the door of the refrigerator of the embodiment 10 is opened.

第38圖係實施樣態10之冰箱的縱剖面圖。Fig. 38 is a longitudinal sectional view showing the refrigerator of the embodiment 10.

第39圖係實施樣態10之冰箱的橫剖面圖。Figure 39 is a cross-sectional view of a refrigerator in which the embodiment 10 is implemented.

第40圖係打開實施樣態10之冰箱之左門之狀態的立體圖。Fig. 40 is a perspective view showing a state in which the left door of the refrigerator of the embodiment 10 is opened.

第41圖係將實施樣態10之冰箱之左門與右門的橫寬設 成相同情形下的橫剖面圖。Figure 41 shows the horizontal width of the left and right doors of the refrigerator in which the mode 10 is implemented. A cross-sectional view in the same situation.

第42圖係實施樣態11之冰箱的橫剖面圖。Figure 42 is a cross-sectional view of the refrigerator in the embodiment 11.

第43圖係實施樣態12之冰箱的橫剖面圖。Figure 43 is a cross-sectional view of the refrigerator in which the embodiment 12 is implemented.

第44圖係打開實施樣態12之冰箱之左門之狀態的橫剖面圖。Figure 44 is a cross-sectional view showing the state in which the left door of the refrigerator of the embodiment 12 is opened.

第45圖係實施樣態13之冰箱的正面圖。Figure 45 is a front elevational view of the refrigerator of the embodiment 13.

第46圖係實施樣態13之冰箱的橫剖面圖。Figure 46 is a cross-sectional view of the refrigerator in the form of Embodiment 13.

第47圖表示於實施樣態13之冰箱之冷藏室底面設置收納容器情形。Fig. 47 is a view showing a state in which a storage container is provided on the bottom surface of the refrigerator compartment of the refrigerator of the embodiment 13.

第48圖係實施樣態13之冰箱僅具有短門袋情形的橫剖面圖。Fig. 48 is a cross-sectional view showing the case where the refrigerator of the embodiment 13 has only a short door pocket.

第49圖係實施樣態14之冰箱的正面圖。Figure 49 is a front elevational view of the refrigerator of the embodiment 14.

第50圖係打開實施樣態14之冰箱之門之狀態的立體圖。Fig. 50 is a perspective view showing a state in which the door of the refrigerator of the embodiment 14 is opened.

第51圖係實施樣態14之冰箱的縱剖面圖。Fig. 51 is a longitudinal sectional view showing the refrigerator of the embodiment 14.

第52圖表示實施樣態14之冰箱451具有之架板。Fig. 52 shows a shelf plate which the refrigerator 451 of the embodiment 14 has.

第53圖係實施樣態14之冰箱的橫剖面圖。Figure 53 is a cross-sectional view of the refrigerator in which the embodiment 14 is implemented.

第54圖係實施樣態14之冰箱的立體圖。Fig. 54 is a perspective view of the refrigerator in which the embodiment 14 is implemented.

第55圖係打開實施樣態14之冰箱之左門之狀態的橫剖面圖。Fig. 55 is a cross-sectional view showing the state in which the left door of the refrigerator of the embodiment 14 is opened.

第56圖係將實施樣態14之冰箱之左門與右門的橫寬設成相同情形下的橫剖面圖。Fig. 56 is a cross-sectional view showing the same in the case where the lateral widths of the left and right doors of the refrigerator of the embodiment 14 are set to be the same.

第57圖表示於實施樣態14之冰箱之玻璃製架板安裝用以覆蓋全周圍之緣材的狀態。Fig. 57 is a view showing a state in which the glass frame of the refrigerator of the embodiment 14 is installed to cover the entire peripheral edge material.

第58圖係實施樣態15之冰箱的橫剖面圖。Figure 58 is a cross-sectional view of a refrigerator in which the mode 15 is implemented.

第59圖係實施樣態16之冰箱的橫剖面圖。Figure 59 is a cross-sectional view of a refrigerator in which the embodiment 16 is implemented.

第60圖係打開實施樣態16之冰箱之左門之狀態的橫剖面圖。Fig. 60 is a cross-sectional view showing the state in which the left door of the refrigerator of the embodiment 16 is opened.

第61圖係實施樣態17之冰箱的正面圖。Figure 61 is a front elevational view of the refrigerator of the embodiment 17.

第62圖係實施樣態17之冰箱的橫剖面圖。Figure 62 is a cross-sectional view of the refrigerator of the embodiment 17.

第63圖表示實施樣態14~17之冰箱具有之架板的第1變形例。Fig. 63 is a view showing a first modification of the shelf plate of the refrigerator of the embodiment 14 to 17.

第64圖表示實施樣態14~17之冰箱具有之架板的第2變形例。Fig. 64 is a view showing a second modification of the shelf plate of the refrigerator of the embodiment 14 to 17.

第65圖表示實施樣態14~17之冰箱具有之架板的第3變形例。Fig. 65 is a view showing a third modification of the shelf plate of the refrigerator of the embodiment 14 to 17.

第66圖係從前側下方觀看實施樣態18之冰箱之冷藏室內的立體部分剖面圖。Fig. 66 is a perspective view, partly in section, of the refrigerator in which the refrigerator of the embodiment 18 is viewed from the front side.

第67圖係將實施樣態18之前方架板與後方架板予以一體化之狀態的縱中央剖面圖。Fig. 67 is a longitudinal center sectional view showing a state in which the square frame and the rear frame before the embodiment 18 are integrated.

第68圖係第67圖之Q部放大圖。Fig. 68 is an enlarged view of the Q portion of Fig. 67.

第69圖係實施樣態18之前方架板與後方架板的立體圖。Figure 69 is a perspective view of the square frame and the rear frame before the implementation of the mode 18.

第70圖係將實施樣態18之前方架板與後方架板分離之狀態的立體圖。Fig. 70 is a perspective view showing a state in which the square frame and the rear frame are separated before the embodiment 18.

第71圖係第66圖之P-P剖面圖。Figure 71 is a cross-sectional view of the P-P of Figure 66.

第72圖係第71圖之R部放大圖。Figure 72 is an enlarged view of the R portion of Figure 71.

第73圖表示使實施樣態18之前方架板朝後方架板之上 方移動之冷藏室內部的立體圖。Figure 73 shows the square frame before the implementation of the pattern 18 toward the rear shelf A perspective view of the interior of the refrigerated room.

第74圖係第73圖之T部放大圖。Fig. 74 is an enlarged view of a portion T of Fig. 73.

第75圖係將實施樣態18之後方架板拆下之狀態的立體圖。Fig. 75 is a perspective view showing a state in which the square frame after the state 18 is removed.

第76圖係實施樣態19之冰箱的橫剖面圖。Figure 76 is a cross-sectional view of the refrigerator of the embodiment 19.

第77圖係實施樣態4之冰箱僅具有短門袋之情形的橫剖面圖。Figure 77 is a cross-sectional view showing the case where the refrigerator of the embodiment 4 has only a short door pocket.

第78圖係實施樣態17之冰箱僅具有短門袋之情形的橫剖面圖。Figure 78 is a cross-sectional view showing the case where the refrigerator of the embodiment 17 has only a short door pocket.

用以實施發明之最佳狀態The best condition for implementing the invention

以下一面參照圖式而一面說明依據本發明所構成之冰箱的實施樣態。The embodiment of the refrigerator constructed in accordance with the present invention will now be described with reference to the drawings.

(實施樣態1)(Implementation 1)

首先,使用第3圖~第10圖來說明本發明之實施樣態1之冰箱的構造。First, the construction of the refrigerator of the embodiment 1 of the present invention will be described using Figs. 3 to 10.

第3圖係本發明之實施樣態1之冰箱的正面圖。Fig. 3 is a front view of the refrigerator of the embodiment 1 of the present invention.

如第3圖所示本實施樣態之冰箱51係具有從中向左右對開兩扇式之門的冰箱,於隔熱箱體52內具有區分為多數的貯藏室As shown in Fig. 3, the refrigerator 51 of the present embodiment has a refrigerator that opens the two-door door from the center to the left and right, and has a storage compartment that is divided into a plurality in the heat insulating box 52.

本實施樣態之冰箱51具體上,從上部算起具有冷藏室53、製冰室54、與製冰室54併設且箱內溫度可改變的切換室55、蔬果室56及冷凍室57。Specifically, the refrigerator 51 of the present embodiment has a switching chamber 55, a fruit and vegetable compartment 56, and a freezing compartment 57 which are provided with a refrigerating compartment 53, an ice making compartment 54, and an ice making compartment 54 and which can be changed in temperature from the upper portion.

各貯藏室之開口部設有將例如氨基甲酸乙酯之發泡隔 熱材予以發泡充填的隔熱門。具體上,冷藏室53設有可將隔熱箱體52之開口部予以開關地堵塞的左門60a及右門60b。The opening of each storage compartment is provided with a foaming partition such as urethane. The insulated door of the hot material is foamed and filled. Specifically, the refrigerating compartment 53 is provided with a left door 60a and a right door 60b that can open and close the opening of the heat insulating box 52.

又,製冰室54、切換室55、蔬果室56及冷凍室57分別設有抽屜式門61、門62、門63及門64。Further, the ice making compartment 54, the switching compartment 55, the vegetable compartment 56, and the freezing compartment 57 are provided with a drawer type door 61, a door 62, a door 63, and a door 64, respectively.

從收納性與使用便利性的觀點,左門60a構成在左右方向的長度較右門60b短,亦即橫寬較短,且在與製冰室54及切換室55所分割之位置約相同左右方向的位置分割。The left door 60a is shorter in the left-right direction than the right door 60b from the viewpoint of storability and ease of use, that is, the lateral width is short, and is approximately the same as the position divided by the ice making chamber 54 and the switching chamber 55. Position split.

又,貯藏室之門因收納樣態而也有左門與右門之橫寬相同之從中向左右對開兩扇式的情形,又,也有左門及右門之其中任一者以抽屜式門來構成。在此說明所謂「橫寬相同」乃指非僅是雙方之橫寬完全一致的意思,而是意味著實質上的相同。將其他尺寸及位置等稱為「相同」或「一致」的情形也一樣。Further, the door of the storage room has a case where the left door and the right door have the same width and width from the center to the right and left, and the left door and the right door are each constituted by a drawer type door. Here, the phrase "the same width and width" means that the horizontal width of both sides is completely identical, but means substantially the same. The same applies to other sizes and positions, which are referred to as "identical" or "consistent".

又,蔬果室56與冷凍室57之後側設有未以圖式顯示之冷卻器及風扇,藉著設置於冰箱51之本體下部的壓縮機而驅動冷卻器,經冷卻器冷卻之空氣可送達各貯藏室。又,各個貯藏室可冷卻控制在預定的溫度。Further, a cooler and a fan which are not shown in the figure are provided on the rear side of the vegetable compartment 56 and the freezing compartment 57, and the cooler is driven by a compressor provided in the lower portion of the main body of the refrigerator 51, and the air cooled by the cooler can be delivered to each. Storage room. Also, each storage compartment can be cooled to a predetermined temperature.

第4A圖係打開本實施樣態之冰箱51之門之狀態的立體圖,第4B圖係本實施樣態之冰箱51之冷藏室之部分立體圖。又,第4C圖及第4D圖分別為本實施樣態之冰箱51之冷藏室53具有之小物品盒83及冷藏盒84的立體圖。第5圖係本實施樣態之冰箱51的縱剖面圖(第3圖所示之A-A剖面圖)。Fig. 4A is a perspective view showing a state in which the door of the refrigerator 51 of the present embodiment is opened, and Fig. 4B is a partial perspective view of the refrigerator compartment of the refrigerator 51 of the present embodiment. Further, FIG. 4C and FIG. 4D are perspective views of the small-item case 83 and the refrigerating case 84 which are provided in the refrigerating compartment 53 of the refrigerator 51 of the present embodiment. Fig. 5 is a longitudinal sectional view of the refrigerator 51 of the present embodiment (a cross-sectional view taken along line A-A shown in Fig. 3).

如第4A圖及第5圖所示,於冷藏室53設置有用以整理並 收納食品等之多數架板80從左側面達至右側面呈架橋狀。As shown in FIG. 4A and FIG. 5, it is provided in the refrigerating compartment 53 to be arranged and arranged. A plurality of shelf plates 80 for accommodating foods and the like have a bridge shape from the left side surface to the right side surface.

以此等多數架板80而於冷藏室53內形成連續多數段的收納空間。With respect to the plurality of shelf plates 80, a plurality of storage spaces of a plurality of segments are formed in the refrigerator compartment 53.

又,於冷藏室53之開口部如上所述設置有左門60a及右門60b。具體而言,左門60a及右門60b分別於隔熱箱體52之左右端部以鉸鏈81樞支著。Further, the opening portion of the refrigerator compartment 53 is provided with a left door 60a and a right door 60b as described above. Specifically, the left door 60a and the right door 60b are pivotally supported by hinges 81 at the left and right ends of the heat insulating box 52, respectively.

於如此的從中向左右對開兩扇式之左門60a與右門60b之內側緣部安裝有墊片85可防止冷藏室53內的冷氣朝外部流出。The gasket 85 is attached to the inner edge of the left and right doors 60a and 60b of the two-way type, and the cold air in the refrigerator compartment 53 is prevented from flowing out to the outside.

又,左門60a在冷藏室53側且於上下方向具有多數左門袋90,右門60b同樣地具有多數左門袋91。Further, the left door 60a has a plurality of left door pockets 90 on the refrigerator compartment 53 side in the vertical direction, and the right door 60b has a plurality of left door pockets 91 similarly.

具體而言,各門袋被一體形成在門內板89等之未以圖式顯示之保持構件等固定,確保在保持收納物時的保持強度。又,門內板89及各門袋於貯藏室側之面形成箱內面。Specifically, each of the door pockets is integrally formed with a holding member or the like which is not shown in the figure, such as the door inner panel 89, and the holding strength at the time of holding the storage object is secured. Further, the inner panel 89 and the door pockets form the inner surface of the tank on the side of the storage compartment side.

此等各門之多數門袋於冷藏室53內形成涵蓋達多數段的收納空間。又,此等多數門袋均主要以收納飲料等保特瓶與調味料等瓶料為目的,於前後左右具有壁且上方呈開口形狀。Most of the door pockets of these doors form a storage space covering a majority of the sections in the refrigerating compartment 53. In addition, many of the door pockets are mainly for storing bottle materials such as beverage bottles and seasonings such as beverages, and have walls on the front, rear, left, and right sides, and have an open shape at the top.

亦即,各門袋係在門內壁設置內側突出狀之突出部的一例,而具有朝上方開口的凹陷部。In other words, each of the door pockets has an example in which a protruding portion that protrudes inside is provided on the inner wall of the door, and has a recessed portion that opens upward.

又,突出部並非一定要是凹陷部,祇要是能載置物品即可。Further, the protruding portion does not have to be a depressed portion as long as it can carry the article.

又,也有各門袋不具有門側之壁(後壁)而以利用門內板89作為後壁的情形。Further, each of the door pockets does not have a door side wall (rear wall) and the door inner panel 89 is used as the rear wall.

又,使構成冷藏室53之壁面之內箱70之前方位置的左右兩側凹陷的空間設有照明裝置87,並以未以圖式顯示之罩蓋等覆蓋著該空間。藉此照明裝置87而可從前方照亮貯藏室內。Further, a space in which the left and right sides of the inner box 70 constituting the wall surface of the refrigerator compartment 53 are recessed is provided with an illumination device 87, and the space is covered by a cover or the like which is not shown in the drawings. Thereby, the lighting device 87 can illuminate the storage compartment from the front.

又,照明裝置87可設在位於冷藏室53之裡側之將於後述的冷氣管84或冷藏室53的頂棚,也可設置多數照明裝置87。Further, the illuminating device 87 may be provided in a ceiling of a cold air duct 84 or a refrigerating chamber 53 which will be described later on the inner side of the refrigerating compartment 53, and a plurality of illuminating devices 87 may be provided.

又,冷藏室53內之收納空間之最下段配置著用以提昇肉與魚等保鮮性之冷藏盒82與可收納蛋等的小物品盒83。Further, in the lowermost stage of the storage space in the refrigerating compartment 53, a refrigerating box 82 for enhancing the freshness of meat and fish and a small item box 83 capable of storing eggs and the like are disposed.

如第4B圖所示,冷藏盒82及小物品盒83係冷藏室53具有的抽屜,且對應架板80之形狀而在左右的深度尺寸不同。本實施樣態之抽屜配置在冷藏室53具有之最下部之架板80的底板與冷藏室53之內箱70所形成的空間,由獨立的左右抽屜所構成。As shown in FIG. 4B, the refrigerating box 82 and the small item box 83 are drawers provided in the refrigerating chamber 53, and the left and right depth dimensions are different depending on the shape of the rack board 80. The drawer of this embodiment is disposed in a space formed by the bottom plate of the lowermost shelf 80 of the refrigerating compartment 53 and the inner compartment 70 of the refrigerating compartment 53, and is constituted by independent left and right drawers.

如第4C圖及第4D圖所示,小物品盒83為獨立的左抽屜部,冷藏盒82為獨立的右抽屜部。As shown in Figs. 4C and 4D, the small item box 83 is an independent left drawer portion, and the refrigerating box 82 is an independent right drawer portion.

又,抽屜也可為對應架板80的形狀而在左右之深度尺寸不同之一體的抽屜。Further, the drawer may be a drawer having a shape different from the left and right depths corresponding to the shape of the shelf 80.

又,抽屜不須配置於最下側之架板80以下的空間,祇要配置於以多數架板80之其中任一者所區隔之冷藏室53的空間即可。即,抽屜配置於冷藏室53具有之架板80的上面或底面與冷藏室53之內箱70所形成的空間即可。Further, the drawer does not need to be disposed in a space below the lowermost shelf 80, and may be disposed in a space of the refrigerator compartment 53 partitioned by any of the plurality of shelf plates 80. That is, the drawer may be disposed in a space formed by the upper surface or the bottom surface of the shelf 80 of the refrigerator compartment 53 and the inner compartment 70 of the refrigerator compartment 53.

依據抽屜形成如此的形狀,比較習知之前面為平坦的情形,能不改變冰箱51整體大小的情形下,即可較習知的 冰箱增加收納空間。According to the case where the drawer is formed in such a shape, it is known that the front surface is flat, and the conventional size can be changed without changing the overall size of the refrigerator 51. The refrigerator increases the storage space.

又,以具有在左右之深度尺寸不同的抽屜,冰箱51之利用者可設法於抽屜的區分使用而提昇便利性。例如本實施樣態,將深度尺寸長之左抽屜部作為小物件盒,而將深度尺寸短之右抽屜部作為冷藏盒,藉此利用者可分別整理並收納。又,例如即使與本實施樣態不同而具有在左右的深度尺寸不同之一體的抽屜的情形下,利用者可設法將長的物品收納於深度尺寸長的部分。Further, the user of the refrigerator 51 can manage the use of the drawers in a drawer having different depths on the left and right sides, thereby improving convenience. For example, in the present embodiment, the left drawer portion having a long depth dimension is used as the small object cartridge, and the right drawer portion having the short depth dimension is used as the refrigerating cartridge, whereby the user can separately arrange and store the drawer. Further, for example, even in the case of a drawer having a body having a different depth dimension from the left and right, unlike the present embodiment, the user can try to store the long article in a portion having a long depth.

又,如第5圖所示,隔熱箱體52係於將ABS等樹脂體真空成型之內箱70與使用預鍍鋼板等金屬材料之外箱所構成之空間注入發泡隔熱材72之隔熱壁所構成。Further, as shown in Fig. 5, the heat insulating box 52 is injected into the foamed heat insulating material 72 in a space formed by a box in which a resin body such as ABS is vacuum-molded and a metal material such as a pre-plated steel sheet. Insulated wall.

又,冷藏室53之後方亦即架板80之後側設有用以將上述冷卻器所冷卻之冷氣送風至貯藏室內的冷氣管84。Further, a rear side of the refrigerator compartment 53, that is, a rear side of the shelf 80, is provided with a cold air duct 84 for blowing cold air cooled by the cooler into the storage compartment.

一般冷氣管84為構成在隔熱箱體52內部之裡側約整體者,因應需要而於各架板80之間設置未以圖式顯示的吐出孔,而構成冷氣可普及各收納空間。又,冷氣管也可作為多數架板80之定位機構或固定機構使用。In general, the cold air duct 84 is formed on the inner side of the inside of the heat insulating box 52, and a discharge hole which is not shown in the drawings is provided between the rack plates 80 as needed, and the storage space can be spread by the cold air. Moreover, the cold air pipe can also be used as a positioning mechanism or a fixing mechanism of most of the shelf plates 80.

第6圖係本實施樣態之冰箱51的橫剖面圖(第3圖所示之B-B剖面圖)。Fig. 6 is a cross-sectional view of the refrigerator 51 of the present embodiment (a cross-sectional view taken along line B-B shown in Fig. 3).

如第6圖所示,位於冷藏室53之開口部的兩門之間配設有間隔體86,於兩門關閉時藉著該間隔體86與墊片85而構成兩門之間的間隙呈密封的構造。As shown in FIG. 6, a spacer 86 is disposed between the two doors of the opening of the refrigerating chamber 53, and the gap between the two doors is formed by the spacer 86 and the spacer 85 when the two doors are closed. Sealed construction.

間隔體86安裝於左門60a之右端,構成即使右門60b先關閉後,也可關閉左門60a那般地與左門60a之開關一同旋 動的構造。The spacer 86 is attached to the right end of the left door 60a, so that even if the right door 60b is closed first, the left door 60a can be closed and the switch of the left door 60a can be rotated. Dynamic construction.

因此,間隔體86之後方側(冷藏室側)必須有若干間隔86體旋動的空間。Therefore, the space behind the spacer 86 (the side of the refrigerating compartment) must have a space in which a plurality of spaces 86 are swung.

又,當以裝設於兩門之周緣部之各墊片之間的接觸而能密封兩門間的間隙時,可不必於中央部設置間隔體86。Further, when the gap between the two doors can be sealed by the contact between the spacers provided at the peripheral portions of the two doors, it is not necessary to provide the spacer 86 at the center portion.

又,架板80配置於左門袋90、右門袋91與冷氣管84之間的貯藏室空間內,且為了不干涉左門袋90及右門袋91乃於與此等門袋之間形成有某程度的間隙。Further, the shelf 80 is disposed in the storage compartment space between the left door pocket 90, the right door pocket 91, and the cold air duct 84, and is formed to some extent between the left door pocket 90 and the right door pocket 91 so as not to interfere with the door pocket. Clearance.

又,架板80被一體形成於內箱70之突起等的狀態而被支撐固定於隔熱箱體52,且配置呈約水平。Further, the shelf 80 is supported and fixed to the heat insulating box 52 in a state in which the bracket 80 is integrally formed in a state such as a projection of the inner box 70, and is disposed at a level.

於本實施樣態中,與左右門的關係同樣,左門袋90之寬度方向較右門袋短。而且左門袋90之上面開口的深度尺寸C與右門袋91之上面開口的深度尺寸D的關係為C<D。In the present embodiment, as in the relationship between the left and right doors, the width direction of the left door pocket 90 is shorter than that of the right door pocket. Further, the relationship between the depth dimension C of the upper opening of the left door pocket 90 and the depth dimension D of the upper opening of the right door pocket 91 is C < D.

如上所述,於冰箱51,右門袋91較向貯藏室內側突出而構成較大收納空間。亦即,從中向左右對開兩扇式之門的內門面至冷藏室53之裹面的距離於左右不同,左側之距離較長。As described above, in the refrigerator 51, the right door pocket 91 protrudes toward the storage compartment side to constitute a large storage space. That is, the distance from the inner side of the two-door door to the left and right sides to the wrap surface of the refrigerating compartment 53 is different from left to right, and the distance on the left side is long.

又,架板80對應如上述大小關係之左門袋90及右門袋91的形狀而使深度尺寸從冷藏室53之開口部起形成左右不同長度。Further, the shelf 80 corresponds to the shape of the left door pocket 90 and the right door pocket 91 in the above-described size relationship, and the depth dimension is formed to have different lengths from the opening of the refrigerator compartment 53.

藉著架板80形成上述的形狀,不必改變冰箱51整體大小即可較習知的冰箱增加收納空間。By forming the above-described shape by the shelf 80, it is possible to increase the storage space by a conventional refrigerator without changing the overall size of the refrigerator 51.

以下說明本實施樣態之架板80以及左門袋90及右門袋91所帶來的效果。The effects of the shelf 80 and the left door pocket 90 and the right door pocket 91 of this embodiment will be described below.

建構在冷藏室53之開口部之從中向左右對開兩扇式之左門60a、右門60b以鉸鏈81為軸而從左門60a及右門60b之交界朝外側旋轉開啟。伴隨著此動作,各門具有之左門袋90及右門袋91亦分別與其門同時旋動。The left door 60a and the right door 60b, which are formed in the opening portion of the refrigerating chamber 53 from the center to the left and right, are rotated outward from the boundary between the left door 60a and the right door 60b with the hinge 81 as the axis. Along with this action, the left door pocket 90 and the right door pocket 91 of each door are also simultaneously rotated with their doors.

此時,必須將各門袋設成收納在門之旋轉軌跡內(一點鏈線)的形狀,使一側的門與另一側的門(分別包含已安裝的門袋)不相干涉。At this time, each of the door pockets must be housed in the shape of the rotation trajectory of the door (a little chain line), so that the one side door does not interfere with the other side door (including the installed door pocket, respectively).

本實施樣態中,右門袋91於左側設有傾斜部分,收納在右門60b之旋轉軌跡內的範圍將深度尺寸設得比左門袋90長。又,左門袋90不必作成上述的傾斜部分而係將寬度及深度尺寸設得較短,以收納在左門60a之旋轉軌跡內。In the present embodiment, the right door pocket 91 is provided with an inclined portion on the left side, and the range accommodated in the rotation locus of the right door 60b is set to have a depth dimension longer than the left door pocket 90. Further, the left door pocket 90 is not required to be formed as the above-described inclined portion, and the width and the depth dimension are set to be short to be accommodated in the rotation locus of the left door 60a.

亦即,左門袋90之可收納量設成較小,而將右門袋91設得較大的狀態,可擔保左右之門袋的合計可收納量為一定的量。That is, the storage amount of the left door pocket 90 is set to be small, and the right door pocket 91 is set to a large state, and the total storage capacity of the left and right door pockets can be secured to a certain amount.

右門袋91之深度尺寸愈長則其傾斜部分愈急劇,右門袋91及左門袋90與架板80之間的空間,亦即間隔體86之後方附近之無效空間大的情形為一般者。The longer the depth dimension of the right door pocket 91 is, the sharper the inclined portion is, and the space between the right door pocket 91 and the left door pocket 90 and the shelf 80, that is, the space near the rear of the spacer 86 is large.

又,不論門袋為左側或右側,其深度愈長則其傾斜部分愈急劇,而會增加上述的無效空間。Moreover, regardless of whether the door pocket is the left side or the right side, the longer the depth is, the sharper the inclined portion is, and the above-mentioned invalid space is increased.

本實施樣態建構成架板80之深度尺寸短之側的前端面與內門面至裡門面之距離短之側的內門面對向,架板80之深度尺寸長之側的前端面與內門面至裡門面之距離長之側的內門面對向。In this embodiment, the front end surface of the side wall having the short depth dimension of the frame plate 80 is opposed to the inner side surface of the side where the distance from the inner side surface to the inner side is short, and the front end surface of the side of the frame 80 having a long depth dimension is inside and behind. The facade facing the facade is opposite the inner side of the long side.

具體而言,如第6圖所示,架板80之深度尺寸短之右側 的前端面與深度尺寸長的右門袋對向,架板80之深度尺寸長之側的前端面與深度尺寸短的右門袋對向。Specifically, as shown in FIG. 6, the depth of the shelf 80 is short to the right. The front end face is opposed to the right door pocket having a long depth dimension, and the front end face of the side of the depth dimension of the shelf plate 80 is opposed to the right door pocket having a short depth dimension.

亦即,以右門袋91及左門袋90構成之突出部的深度尺寸係沿著架板80之深度尺寸對應的尺寸。That is, the depth dimension of the protruding portion formed by the right door pocket 91 and the left door pocket 90 is a dimension corresponding to the depth dimension of the shelf 80.

藉此,將間隔體86之後方附近形成之無效空間設得小可增加貯藏室內的收納空間。Thereby, the ineffective space formed in the vicinity of the rear side of the spacer 86 can be made small to increase the storage space in the storage compartment.

具體而言,如第6圖所示,架板80若是將架板80之左端邊之深度尺寸設為E,將右端邊之深度尺寸設為F,則滿足E>F,且E與C之和及F與D之和約呈相等的形狀。Specifically, as shown in FIG. 6, if the shelf 80 has the depth dimension of the left end of the shelf 80 as E and the depth dimension of the right edge is F, it satisfies E>F, and E and C And the sum of F and D is about the same shape.

如此一來,架板80設成其前端部之左右方向之形狀與左門袋90及右門袋91相對的形狀。In this manner, the shelf 80 is formed in a shape in which the shape of the front end portion in the left-right direction is opposite to the left door pocket 90 and the right door pocket 91.

因此,本實施樣態之架板80於其前端邊具有習知之冰箱之架板所未有之前後方向的落差。將構成之落差的部位設為落差部92。Therefore, the shelf 80 of the present embodiment has a gap in the front and rear directions of the shelf of the conventional refrigerator on the front end side thereof. The portion where the difference is formed is referred to as a drop portion 92.

落差部92係藉著曲面而連續性地接續架板之左側的前端面與右側之前端面的部位。The step portion 92 continuously connects the front end surface of the left side of the shelf and the front end surface of the right side by the curved surface.

又,將包含深度尺寸為E之部分之架板80之左側部分設為大架板部93,將包含深度尺寸為F之部分之架板80之右側部分設為一般架板部94。Further, the left side portion of the shelf 80 including the portion having the depth dimension E is the large shelf portion 93, and the right portion of the shelf 80 including the portion having the depth dimension F is the general shelf portion 94.

大架板部93與一般架板部94,能以從約落差部92之左右方向之中心點向深度方向延伸之直線之左側(大架板部93)與右側(一般架板部94)區別。The large frame portion 93 and the general shelf portion 94 can be distinguished from the left side (the large plate portion 93) and the right side (the general shelf portion 94) of the straight line extending from the center point in the left-right direction of the falling portion 92 in the depth direction. .

又,大架板部93與一般架板部94之區別方法不限於上述者,例如,於第6圖中,也可僅將深度尺寸為F的領域設 為一般架板部94,而將另一領域設為大架板部93。Further, the method of distinguishing the large frame portion 93 from the general shelf portion 94 is not limited to the above. For example, in the sixth drawing, only the field having the depth dimension F may be provided. It is a general shelf portion 94, and another region is referred to as a large shelf portion 93.

本實施樣態中,大架板部93之前端部與一般架板部94之前端部藉著落差部92而連續性地接續著。In the present embodiment, the front end portion of the large frame portion 93 and the front end portion of the general shelf portion 94 are continuously connected by the falling portion 92.

又,此曲線形狀係配合包含傾斜部分之右門袋91之形狀之結果的形狀。以如此沿著右門袋91之形狀的形態而決定一般架板部94之各尺寸的情形,在將無效空間設得小的方面特別具效果。Further, this curved shape is a shape that matches the shape of the right door pocket 91 including the inclined portion. In the case where the size of the general shelf portion 94 is determined along the shape of the right door pocket 91 as described above, it is particularly effective in setting the ineffective space to be small.

因此,本實施樣態之架板80的形狀可說是合併左門袋90、右門袋91及架板80之貯藏室整體之可收納的架底面積放大,且有效增加收納空間的形狀。Therefore, the shape of the shelf 80 of the present embodiment can be said to be an enlargement of the area of the shelf that can be accommodated in the storage compartment of the left door pocket 90, the right door pocket 91, and the shelf 80, and the shape of the storage space is effectively increased.

又,落差部92之形狀祇要是不會干涉深度尺寸長之右門袋91的形狀即可。右門袋91之形狀為不干涉左門60a的形狀,亦即收納在右門60b之旋轉軌跡內的形狀。Further, the shape of the drop portion 92 may be any shape that does not interfere with the right door pocket 91 having a long depth dimension. The shape of the right door pocket 91 is a shape that does not interfere with the left door 60a, that is, a shape that is accommodated in the rotation locus of the right door 60b.

因此,落差部92在右門60b之旋轉軌跡外側的話,不會干涉右門袋91。又,為了將無效空間設得小,則落差面92具有之曲面具有對應右門60b之旋轉軌跡弧之弧的曲面即可。Therefore, the drop portion 92 does not interfere with the right door pocket 91 when it is outside the rotation locus of the right door 60b. Further, in order to set the invalid space to be small, the curved surface of the falling surface 92 may have a curved surface corresponding to the arc of the arc of the rotation of the right door 60b.

又,為了彌補左門袋90變小的收納空間,乃將右門袋91設得較一般深度尺寸長。Moreover, in order to make up for the storage space in which the left door pocket 90 becomes small, the right door pocket 91 is set to be longer than the general depth dimension.

藉此,合併兩門袋之收納空間約不改變即能增加架板80之收納空間。Thereby, the storage space of the shelf 80 can be increased without changing the storage space of the two-door bag.

亦即,本實施樣態之冰箱51不必改變其整體大小即可較習知冰箱增加收納空間。That is, the refrigerator 51 of the present embodiment can increase the storage space compared to the conventional refrigerator without changing its overall size.

又,前述之從中向左右對開兩扇式之門之旋轉軌跡所 造成之無效空間,可藉著使鉸鏈81之位置向前移動等而使旋轉軌跡的位置向前方移動,而能抑制其大小。Moreover, the aforementioned trajectory of the two-door door from the middle to the left and right The invalid space is caused by moving the position of the hinge 81 forward by moving the position of the hinge 81 forward or the like, and the size can be suppressed.

但是,近年來因保特瓶與瓶類之消耗量的增加,以及從使用者打開門後立即可放入或取出物品之便利性來看,對於將門袋之收納空間設得大的需求高漲。However, in recent years, the demand for the storage space of the door pocket has increased due to the increase in the consumption of the bottle and the bottle, and the convenience of the user to insert or remove the article immediately after the user opens the door.

藉此,近年來冰箱之門袋朝貯藏室內突出的傾向昇高,其結果則有增加貯藏室內之無效空間的傾向。As a result, in recent years, the tendency of the door pocket of the refrigerator to protrude into the storage compartment has increased, and as a result, there has been a tendency to increase the ineffective space in the storage compartment.

對於此傾向,本實施樣態之冰箱51不需改變整體大小即較習知之冰箱增加收納空間。即,係一種較習知高收納效率及便利性的冰箱。With respect to this tendency, the refrigerator 51 of the present embodiment does not need to change the overall size, that is, the storage space is increased by a conventional refrigerator. That is, it is a refrigerator which is more conventionally high in storage efficiency and convenience.

此等說明的內容為第6圖所示之冷藏室53之僅一個橫剖面的效果。但是,從中向左右對開兩扇式之門全高之中,左門袋90及右門袋91之旋轉軌跡形狀約相同。The contents of these descriptions are the effects of only one cross section of the refrigerating compartment 53 shown in Fig. 6. However, the shape of the rotation locus of the left door pocket 90 and the right door pocket 91 is about the same in the full height of the two-door door from the center to the left and right.

因此,以將涵蓋達多數段而構成收納空間之多數架板80及多數左門袋90及右門袋91設成約同樣形狀,而能涵蓋達貯藏室內全高增加收納空間,可獲得大的效果。Therefore, a plurality of shelf plates 80 and a plurality of left door pockets 90 and right door pockets 91 that cover a plurality of sections are arranged in the same shape, and the storage space can be increased up to the full height in the storage compartment, and a large effect can be obtained.

又,將上下方向之多數架板80設於使上段至下段之各架之前端邊呈平行的位置,亦即,多數架板80設置成各前端面之深度方向的位置相同。Further, a plurality of the frame plates 80 in the up-and-down direction are disposed at positions parallel to the front end sides of the respective frames from the upper stage to the lower stage, that is, the plurality of frame plates 80 are disposed such that the positions of the front end faces in the depth direction are the same.

藉此,可獲得使用者眼見具有統一感,且構成設計性非常優良者。Thereby, the user can be seen to have a sense of unity, and the design is very excellent.

又,能以相同構件來構成多數架板80,此情形可增進因構件之兼用化所造成的削減製造成本,以及在製造步驟上的減輕作業負擔所造成的削減成本。Moreover, the plurality of shelf plates 80 can be configured by the same member. In this case, the manufacturing cost can be improved by the combination of the components, and the cost reduction due to the reduction of the work load in the manufacturing steps can be improved.

關於左門袋90、右門袋91亦與架板80同樣就涵蓋上下之多數門袋亦有將構件兼用化的可能,其情形下也同樣對削減製造成本等非常有效。Similarly to the shelf 80, the left door pocket 90 and the right door pocket 91 also have a possibility that the door pockets can be used in combination with a plurality of door pockets, and in the same manner, it is also very effective in reducing the manufacturing cost.

又,架板80如上所述,對應構成深度大小之左門袋90及右門袋91之形狀而具有大架板部93與一般架板94。亦即,大架板部93具有習知所未有之大的可收納領域。Further, as described above, the shelf 80 has a large shelf portion 93 and a general shelf 94 corresponding to the shape of the left door pocket 90 and the right door pocket 91 constituting the depth. That is, the large slab portion 93 has a large accommodating field that is not known at all.

大架板部93具有深度長的特徵,能將具有把手之鍋與一公升瓶子等較長的收納物以不妨礙其他收納物之放入或取出而穩定地放置。The large slab portion 93 has a feature of a long depth, and can stably place a long storage item such as a handle having a handle and a one liter bottle without interfering with the insertion or removal of other storage items.

此情形在區分多量的物而收納於冰箱51的情形下,又,從多量收納物之中取出所希望之收納物的情形,從使用者而論乃便利。In this case, when a large amount of objects are accommodated and stored in the refrigerator 51, it is convenient for the user to take out the desired storage item from a large amount of the storage items.

如此的效果僅將左門袋90及右門袋91之深度尺寸C及D設得小,而將架板80之深度尺寸E及F設得大的話可獲得。Such an effect is obtained by setting only the depth dimensions C and D of the left door pocket 90 and the right door pocket 91 to be small, and setting the depth dimensions E and F of the shelf 80 to be large.

但是此情形下,對於使用者會減少便利性非常高之門袋的收納量,因此,反之從造成貯藏室之收納性變差而不易使用的情形而論乃不實際。However, in this case, the user can reduce the storage amount of the door pocket having a very high convenience, and therefore, it is not practical from the case where the storage property of the storage compartment is deteriorated and it is not easy to use.

又,以將架板80設成較薄之平板狀的狀態,可將涵蓋達多數段之收納空間設得極大。亦即可增加收納空間。又,可使視覺上最令人在意之架板80前端邊不具壓迫感。Further, in a state in which the shelf 80 is formed into a thin flat plate shape, the storage space covering most of the segments can be made extremely large. It is also possible to increase the storage space. Moreover, the front end of the shelf 80 which is visually most interesting can be made without a sense of pressure.

而且以透明性材質製作架板80,可減少架板80給予人的壓迫感,且不會損及寬徜感。又,也可使冷藏室53內具有清潔感。Further, the frame plate 80 is made of a transparent material, so that the pressing feeling of the frame plate 80 can be reduced, and the feeling of looseness is not impaired. Further, it is also possible to provide a feeling of cleanness in the refrigerator compartment 53.

又,本實施樣態之架板80的落差部92非有稜有角而係 平滑的波浪狀,例如為R形狀或C圓化形狀等。Moreover, the falling portion 92 of the shelf 80 of the present embodiment is not angular and is A smooth wave shape, for example, an R shape or a C round shape.

此情形下,於架板80亦具有可作為防止發生應力集中與歪斜之補強構件的效果。因此,可防止於載置收納物時彎曲與變形,並且一見之下構成美觀且設計性優異者,故為非常有效的構成。In this case, the shelf 80 also has an effect as a reinforcing member for preventing stress concentration and skew. Therefore, it is possible to prevent bending and deformation when the storage object is placed, and it is excellent in design and excellent in design at first sight, and therefore is very effective.

在此說明形成可放入或取出收納物之開口之架板80的前端邊不被任何的支撐的情形為一般者。因此本實施樣態如第7圖所示架板80具有以不銹鋼等形成之金屬板95作為緣材。Here, it is described that the front end side of the shelf 80 which forms an opening into which the storage object can be placed or taken out is not supported by any one. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the frame plate 80 shown in Fig. 7 has a metal plate 95 formed of stainless steel or the like as a rim material.

第7圖係本實施樣態之架板80的立體圖。Fig. 7 is a perspective view of the shelf 80 of the present embodiment.

如第7圖所示,架板80於前端面具有金屬板95而能增加強度,且具有可作為化妝板使用的優點。As shown in Fig. 7, the shelf 80 has a metal plate 95 on the front end surface to increase strength and has an advantage that it can be used as a cosmetic board.

又,第7圖中的前端面全幅安裝著金屬板95,然而至少於包含落差部92的部分具有緣材即可。此乃落差部92附近最易產生應力集中之故。Further, the front end surface of Fig. 7 is attached to the metal plate 95 in full width, but at least the portion including the falling portion 92 has a rim material. This is the most likely stress concentration near the drop portion 92.

又,如第7圖所示,安裝金屬板95使其夾著架板80上面及下面的情形下,置於架板80上的物品不易從前端部落下。Further, as shown in Fig. 7, in the case where the metal plate 95 is attached so as to sandwich the upper and lower faces of the shelf 80, the articles placed on the shelf 80 are less likely to be lowered from the front end.

又,架板80亦可建構成因應收納物的形狀而於高度方向產生差別,或是將架板80折彎後使深度尺寸可改變。Further, the shelf 80 may be constructed to have a difference in the height direction in response to the shape of the storage object, or the frame 80 may be bent to change the depth dimension.

又,已說明了上述架板80以單一平板狀構成者,惟,可為剛好在前述落差部92附近分割的兩構件構造,祇要是構成大架板部93之架與構成一般架板部94之架來構成,而於其間存在落差部92的話,即可獲得與上述將無效空間設成某程度小同樣的效果。Further, the above-described frame plate 80 has been described as being formed in a single flat plate shape, but may be a two-member structure that is divided just in the vicinity of the above-described drop portion 92, and is a frame that constitutes the large frame portion 93 and constitutes a general shelf portion 94. The frame is configured to have the same effect as the above-described invalid space to a certain extent.

在此想定在具透明性且具波浪狀之落差部92之架板80的前端面安裝作為化妝板之金屬板95的情形。Here, it is assumed that the metal plate 95 as a cosmetic board is attached to the front end surface of the shelf 80 having the transparent and wavy drop portion 92.

此情形下,若是從貯藏室之前方藉著照明裝置87將光照射於此架板80及金屬板95,則構成可從與使用者之目線方向約相同的方向照射光線。藉此,非常容易看見貯藏室內之收納物,且可更提昇具有波浪狀之落差部92之架板80的設計性。In this case, if the light is irradiated to the shelf 80 and the metal plate 95 by the illumination device 87 from the front of the storage room, the light can be irradiated from the same direction as the direction of the eye line of the user. Thereby, it is very easy to see the storage contents in the storage compartment, and the design of the shelf 80 having the wavy drop portion 92 can be further improved.

又,架板80之材質為玻璃的話,可增加光的透過性,潔淨且強度亦為優異者,因此為一舉兩得。Moreover, when the material of the shelf plate 80 is glass, the light transmittance can be increased, and the strength and the strength are excellent, so that it is a two-pronged one.

又,以利用LED於照明裝置87並埋入內箱70之隔熱壁的構造,較習知主要於冷氣管84或架頂設置照明裝置的情形能達到省空間化。Further, in the structure in which the LED is used in the illuminating device 87 and buried in the heat insulating wall of the inner box 70, it is more convenient to save space in the case where the illuminating device is disposed mainly on the cold air duct 84 or the top of the rack.

又,如上所述,左門袋90為深度長度C較短的構造。因此如第8圖所示,即使在左門60a僅能開啟90度的使用環境下,開口尺寸G亦具有可取出收納物程度的長度。Further, as described above, the left door pocket 90 has a structure in which the depth length C is short. Therefore, as shown in Fig. 8, even in the use environment in which the left door 60a can be opened only by 90 degrees, the opening size G has a length that can be taken out of the storage.

亦即,本實施樣態之冰箱51合併因向前方突出的大架板部93而能使收納物位於較前面的位置,而具有即使左門60a處於無法充分開啟的使用環境下,亦可容易地將已置於架板80之收納物取出的優點。In other words, the refrigerator 51 of the present embodiment can be combined with the large shelf portion 93 protruding forward, so that the storage object can be positioned at a front position, and the storage device can be easily used even if the left door 60a is in a use environment in which the left door 60a is not fully opened. The advantage of having the storage that has been placed on the shelf 80 is removed.

又,本實施樣態之冷藏室53係於冰箱51內配置在最上部。因此將冰箱51設成近年來呈主流之內容積超過400L型態之本體高度1800mm程度之冰箱的情形下,構成冷藏室53之收納物位於與使用者之目線同程度的高度。Further, the refrigerating compartment 53 of the present embodiment is disposed in the uppermost portion of the refrigerator 51. Therefore, in the case where the refrigerator 51 is installed in a refrigerator having a main body having a volume of more than 400 L in a form of a main body having a height of about 1800 mm in recent years, the storage unit constituting the refrigerating compartment 53 is located at the same height as the line of sight of the user.

藉此,使用者可簡單地放入或取出收納物。而且,以 下功夫於從中向左右對開兩扇式之設於左門60a的左門袋90、設於右門60b之右門袋91、及架板80之形狀的狀態,可飛躍性地增加貯藏室內的收納空間,可實現配合收納物之大小及形狀之效率良好的收納。Thereby, the user can simply put in or take out the storage. Moreover, In the state in which the left door pocket 90 provided on the left door 60a, the right door pocket 91 provided in the right door 60b, and the shelf 80 are cut out from the middle to the right and left, the storage space in the storage room can be dramatically increased. It achieves efficient storage with the size and shape of the storage.

例如使用者可將調味量或調味漿等較小的瓶類收納於左門袋90,而將保特瓶或牛乳盒等較大物品收納於右門袋91那般的區分收納。For example, the user can store a small bottle such as a seasoning amount or a seasoning pulp in the left door pocket 90, and store a large item such as a bottle or a milk bottle in the right door pocket 91.

而且,就架板80而論,可將深度尺寸長而寬度窄之大架板部93作為收納不經常放入或取出之食材的儲存區使用,而將深度尺寸較短而寬度較大架板部93寬之大架板部93作為收納經常放入或取出之食材的流動區使用那般的區分收納。Further, in the case of the shelf plate 80, the large shelf portion 93 having a long depth and a narrow width can be used as a storage area for storing food materials that are not often placed or taken out, and a frame having a small depth and a large width can be used. The large slat portion 93 of the portion 93 is stored as a flow area in which the food material that is often placed or taken out is stored.

亦即,使用者可將冷藏室53內大致區分成4個空間,可因應目的而使用各分區。That is, the user can roughly divide the inside of the refrigerating compartment 53 into four spaces, and each partition can be used depending on the purpose.

又,以將冷藏室53之開口部設成最大者,於其下方配置具有抽屜之製冰室54、切換室55、蔬果室56等,能實現使用方便性非常好的貯藏室配置。Further, in order to maximize the opening of the refrigerating compartment 53, the ice making compartment 54, the switching compartment 55, the vegetable compartment 56, and the like having the drawer are disposed below the storage compartment, and the storage compartment arrangement with excellent usability can be realized.

以上說明的實施樣態僅是本發明之一個實施樣態而已,乃能可有各種變更、應用。The embodiment described above is only one embodiment of the present invention, and various modifications and applications are possible.

例如已說明了左門60a較右門60b之左右長度短,亦即橫寬較短的樣態,惟,分割兩門之比率可為任何的比例。For example, it has been explained that the length of the left door 60a is shorter than the right side of the right door 60b, that is, the aspect width is short, but the ratio of dividing the two doors can be any ratio.

即,例如分割兩門之比率可為任何的比例,亦能以使架板80之一般架板部94對向於深度尺寸長的門袋,而使架板80之大架板部93對向於深度尺寸短的門袋的狀態,縱使 在收納空間之增加量方面有若干差異,也可獲得約同樣的效果。That is, for example, the ratio of dividing the two doors may be any ratio, and the general shelf portion 94 of the shelf 80 may be opposed to the door pocket having a long depth dimension, and the large shelf portion 93 of the shelf 80 may be opposed. In the state of the door pocket with a short depth, even There are a few differences in the amount of increase in the storage space, and the same effect can be obtained.

又,雖然將左門袋90之深度尺寸設得小,惟其係主要考慮較多慣用右手之使用者中之使用方便性的結果,當然即使左右門袋之構成相反亦可獲得同樣的效果。Further, although the depth dimension of the left door pocket 90 is set to be small, it is mainly a result of the convenience of use among many right-handed users, and of course, the same effect can be obtained even if the left and right door pockets are reversed.

又,可將左門60a及右門60b之左右方向的長度設成相同,亦即可將左門60a之橫寬與右門60b之橫寬設成相同。Further, the lengths of the left door 60a and the right door 60b in the left-right direction can be set to be the same, and the horizontal width of the left door 60a and the horizontal width of the right door 60b can be set to be the same.

如第6圖所示為左門60a之橫寬較右門60b之橫寬短的情形,而大致上大架板部93之橫寬與一般架板部94之橫寬相同。As shown in Fig. 6, the lateral width of the left door 60a is shorter than the lateral width of the right door 60b, and substantially the lateral width of the large shelf portion 93 is the same as the lateral width of the general shelf portion 94.

因此,如第9圖之本實施樣態將冰箱之左門與右門之橫寬設為相同的情形之平面剖面圖所示,將左門60a之橫寬與右門60b之橫寬設成相同。藉此可將大架板部93之橫寬設得長。因此,大架板部93上可放置更多的食品等。Therefore, as shown in the plan view of Fig. 9, the horizontal width of the left door 60a and the horizontal width of the right door 60b are set to be the same as the plan view of the case where the horizontal widths of the left and right doors of the refrigerator are the same. Thereby, the lateral width of the large frame portion 93 can be set long. Therefore, more foods and the like can be placed on the large plate portion 93.

又,於本實施樣態以於架板80之前端面安裝作為緣材之金屬板95的狀態,而能提昇架板80之強度及設計性等。Further, in the present embodiment, the metal plate 95 as the edge material is attached to the front end surface of the shelf 80, and the strength and designability of the shelf 80 can be improved.

但是,也可於架板80之全周安裝緣材。例如以樹脂製作架板80時,可將用以設置架板80於內箱70之卡止部等予以一體成形設置。亦即容易於架板80設置突起。However, it is also possible to install the edge material over the entire circumference of the shelf 80. For example, when the frame plate 80 is made of resin, the locking portion for arranging the frame plate 80 on the inner box 70 or the like can be integrally formed. That is, it is easy to provide protrusions on the shelf 80.

但是,以玻璃製作架板80的情形下,例如為了將卡止部設於架板80,則必要以接著劑將卡止部安裝於玻璃製之架板80。However, in the case of manufacturing the shelf 80 from glass, for example, in order to provide the locking portion to the shelf 80, it is necessary to attach the locking portion to the shelf 80 made of glass with an adhesive.

因此,例如可考慮以樹脂等來製作可覆蓋玻璃製之架板80的全周,並以一體成形將卡止部設於緣材。Therefore, for example, it is conceivable to form the entire circumference of the shelf plate 80 which can cover the glass with a resin or the like, and to integrally form the locking portion on the edge material.

此情形下,以將該緣材安裝於玻璃製之架板80的狀態下,用以將架板80設置於內箱70的卡止部亦構成被安裝於架板80。In this case, in a state where the edge material is attached to the glass frame 80, the locking portion for providing the shelf 80 to the inner case 70 is also attached to the shelf 80.

第10圖表示於本實施樣態之冰箱51之玻璃製架板80安裝用以覆蓋其全周圍之緣材的狀態。Fig. 10 shows a state in which the glass frame 80 of the refrigerator 51 of the present embodiment is mounted to cover the entire periphery thereof.

第10圖所示之緣材96例如為樹脂製,頂在架板80之兩端的部分以一體成形來設置卡止部96a。The edge material 96 shown in Fig. 10 is made of, for example, a resin, and a portion that is placed at both ends of the shelf plate 80 is integrally formed to provide a locking portion 96a.

又,雖然未以圖式顯示,可在頂接於緣材96之架板80的後端位置設置用以被冷藏室53之裹面支撐之突起等卡止部。藉此,架板80不僅被冷藏室53之左右側面支撐,且被冷藏室53之裹面支撐。Further, although not shown in the drawings, a locking portion such as a projection for supporting the wrap surface of the refrigerating chamber 53 may be provided at a position at the rear end of the shelf 80 that is in contact with the edge member 96. Thereby, the shelf 80 is supported not only by the left and right sides of the refrigerating compartment 53, but also by the wrap of the refrigerating compartment 53.

可分別製作玻璃製之架板80與第10圖所示之緣材96,分別完成後組合,亦可以插入成形而將架板80與緣材96一體成形。The frame plate 80 made of glass and the edge material 96 shown in Fig. 10 can be separately formed and assembled separately, or the frame plate 80 and the edge member 96 can be integrally formed by insert molding.

為插入成形時,可更快速製作包含緣材96及卡止部96a之架板80。又,可提昇架板80與緣材96的固接力。In the case of insert molding, the frame 80 including the edge member 96 and the locking portion 96a can be produced more quickly. Moreover, the fixing force of the frame plate 80 and the edge material 96 can be improved.

又,以玻璃製作架板80的情形下,也可瞭解在提高強度的目的上,乃有安裝緣材的必要。Further, in the case where the frame plate 80 is made of glass, it is also understood that it is necessary to attach the edge material for the purpose of improving the strength.

但是,安裝於玻璃製之架板的緣材可保護架板80之周緣部分,防止置放於架板80上之物品的掉落,及能達到提昇設計性等功效。However, the edge material attached to the glass frame can protect the peripheral portion of the shelf 80, prevent the articles placed on the shelf 80 from falling, and can improve the design and the like.

又,金屬板95及緣材96等之緣材如第7圖及第10圖所示,構成夾著架板80之上面及下面的形狀。Further, as shown in Figs. 7 and 10, the metal plate 95 and the edge material 96 have a shape sandwiching the upper surface and the lower surface of the frame plate 80.

但是,緣材可非如此的形狀。例如夾入較架板80之厚 度薄之短邊方向之寬度窄的金屬板那般地安裝於樹脂製之架板80的前端面或全周。However, the edge material may not be such a shape. For example, it is thicker than the bracket 80 The metal plate having a narrow width in the short side direction is attached to the front end surface or the entire circumference of the resin frame plate 80 as it is.

如此的情形亦可提昇例如架板80的強度。Such a situation can also enhance the strength of, for example, the shelf 80.

(實施樣態2)(Implementation 2)

使用第11圖來說明本發明之實施樣態2的冰箱。The refrigerator of the embodiment 2 of the present invention will be described using Fig. 11.

第11圖為實施樣態之冰箱118之冷藏室部分的橫剖面圖。又,關於與實施樣態1相同構成部分以相同符號表示而省略說明。Fig. 11 is a cross-sectional view showing a portion of the refrigerator compartment of the refrigerator 118 of the embodiment. The same components as those in the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals and will not be described.

又,本實施樣態之冰箱118之左右門袋及架板之形狀與實施樣態1之冰箱51不同,其他構成部及其機能等與實施樣態1之冰箱51相同。Further, the shape of the left and right door pockets and the shelf of the refrigerator 118 of the present embodiment is different from that of the refrigerator 51 of the first embodiment, and the other components and functions thereof are the same as those of the refrigerator 51 of the first embodiment.

如第11圖所示,本實施樣態之冰箱118具有左門60a、右門60b、左門袋100、右門袋101及架板102。As shown in Fig. 11, the refrigerator 118 of the present embodiment has a left door 60a, a right door 60b, a left door pocket 100, a right door pocket 101, and a shelf plate 102.

又,左門袋100被支撐固定在左門60a,且涵蓋左門60a之上下多數配置著。右門袋101亦同樣地被右門60b支撐固定著,且涵蓋右門60b之上下多數配置著。Further, the left door pocket 100 is supported and fixed to the left door 60a, and covers most of the upper left door 60a. The right door pocket 101 is similarly supported and fixed by the right door 60b, and covers most of the upper door 60b.

架板102以在不干涉此等門袋的位置及形狀,且涵蓋此等門袋與冷氣管84之間的空間上下多數配置著。藉著此等多數架板102而形成有涵蓋達多數段的收納空間。The shelf 102 is disposed in a position that does not interfere with the position and shape of the door pockets, and covers a space between the door pockets and the cold air duct 84. A storage space covering a plurality of sections is formed by the plurality of shelf plates 102.

左門袋100為不干涉右門60b那般地收納在圖中之左門60a之旋轉軌跡內的大小,底面形狀約呈四角的形狀。The left door pocket 100 has a size that is accommodated in the rotation locus of the left door 60a in the figure without interfering with the right door 60b, and the shape of the bottom surface is approximately four corners.

右門袋101之深度尺寸較左門袋100更長。又,在不干涉左門60a那般地收納在圖中之右門60b之旋轉軌跡內,因此右門袋101之左端的深度尺寸形成得短。The right door pocket 101 has a longer depth dimension than the left door pocket 100. Moreover, since it is accommodated in the rotation locus of the right door 60b in the figure without interfering with the left door 60a, the depth dimension of the left end of the right door pocket 101 is formed short.

架板102在左門袋110及右門袋101與冷氣管84之間之貯藏室空間內,以不干涉左門袋100及右門袋101那般隔著某程度的間隙配置著。The shelf 102 is disposed in a storage space between the left door pocket 110 and the right door pocket 101 and the air-conditioning duct 84 so as not to interfere with the left door pocket 100 and the right door pocket 101 with a certain gap therebetween.

具體而言,架板102以載置於一體形成在內箱70之突起等的形態被支撐固定著,配置成上下方向約呈水平。Specifically, the shelf plate 102 is supported and fixed in such a manner as to be placed integrally with the protrusions formed in the inner case 70, and is disposed so as to be horizontal in the vertical direction.

又,架板102的形狀如第11圖所示,為其左端邊較右端邊之深度尺寸長的形狀。Further, as shown in Fig. 11, the shape of the shelf plate 102 is such that its left end side has a longer depth dimension than the right end side.

具體而言,將左端邊之長度設成H,將右端邊之長度設為J,則構成H>J的關係。Specifically, the length of the left end side is set to H, and the length of the right end side is set to J, which constitutes a relationship of H>J.

又,左門袋100與右門袋101之間,剛好在間隔體86後方空間設有交界部106,而為從該交界部106起右側之深度漸漸地變短的形狀。Further, between the left door pocket 100 and the right door pocket 101, the boundary portion 106 is provided in the space behind the spacer 86, and the depth from the boundary portion 106 gradually becomes shorter.

又,所謂交界部106係與實施樣態1之架板80之落差部92相同,而為架板之深度尺寸改變之約構成其交界部分。Further, the boundary portion 106 is the same as the drop portion 92 of the shelf 80 of the first embodiment, and the boundary portion of the shelf plate is changed to form a boundary portion.

亦即,從架板102之交界部106起左側相當於實施樣態1之大架板部93,從交界部106起右側相當於實施樣態1之一般架板部94。That is, from the boundary portion 106 of the shelf plate 102, the left side corresponds to the large shelf portion 93 of the embodiment 1, and the right side corresponds to the general shelf portion 94 of the embodiment 1 from the boundary portion 106.

以下說明實施樣態之架板102以及左門袋100及右門袋101所帶來的效果。The effects of the shelf 102 and the left door pocket 100 and the right door pocket 101 of the embodiment will be described below.

左門袋100如上所述以其底形狀形成約四角形狀且寬度及深度尺寸形成較小的狀態,可極力地將間隔體86之後方的無效空間設得小。As described above, the left door pocket 100 is formed in a shape of a square shape with a bottom shape and a small width and a depth dimension, and the ineffective space behind the spacer 86 can be made extremely small.

又,以將架板102之左側設成突出至左門袋100之近旁的形狀,而可將架板102之左側部分的深度尺寸設得長。Further, the left side of the shelf plate 102 is formed to protrude to the vicinity of the left door pocket 100, and the depth dimension of the left side portion of the shelf plate 102 can be set long.

又,右門袋101設得比左門袋100大以補助左門袋100的尺寸小。Further, the right door pocket 101 is set larger than the left door pocket 100 to compensate for the small size of the left door pocket 100.

藉此能不減少對使用者便利性非常高之門袋的收納空間,即能飛躍性地增加貯藏室內的收納空間。Thereby, it is possible to drastically increase the storage space in the storage compartment without reducing the storage space of the door pocket which is very convenient for the user.

特別是使架板102之前端邊的交界部106位於左門袋100與右門袋101之間之間隔體86的後方空間,且沿著架板102之前端邊那般地構成右門袋101的形狀,而能將習知以來總是在從中向左右對開兩扇式所特有之間隔體86的後方空間所存在的無效空間設得最小。In particular, the boundary portion 106 at the front end of the shelf plate 102 is located in the rear space of the spacer 86 between the left door pocket 100 and the right door pocket 101, and the shape of the right door pocket 101 is formed along the front end edge of the shelf plate 102. However, it is possible to minimize the ineffective space existing in the rear space of the spacer 86 unique to the left and right sides from the middle.

亦即,本實施樣態之冰箱118以將架板102、左門袋100及右門袋101的形狀設成第11圖所示的形狀,而與實施樣態1之冰箱51同樣以放大貯藏室內之可收納的架底面積,而能提昇冰箱118之收納效率。That is, the refrigerator 118 of the present embodiment has the shape of the shelf plate 102, the left door pocket 100, and the right door pocket 101 in the shape shown in FIG. 11, and is similar to the refrigerator 51 of the first embodiment to enlarge the storage compartment. The shelf area can be accommodated, and the storage efficiency of the refrigerator 118 can be improved.

又,冰箱118亦與實施樣態1之冰箱51同樣,可將冷藏室內之收納空間區分為左門袋100、右門袋101、架板102之左領域及右領域之分別深度尺寸不同的四個領域。Moreover, the refrigerator 118 is also similar to the refrigerator 51 of the first embodiment, and the storage space in the refrigerator compartment can be divided into four areas in which the left door pocket 100, the right door pocket 101, the left side of the shelf panel 102, and the right field have different depth dimensions. .

藉此,使用者可達到因應收納物之大小及形狀而作好效率的區分收納。Thereby, the user can achieve the efficiency of the storage according to the size and shape of the storage object.

又,架板102之前端面存在一個交界部106,從上下方向觀看架板102時,前端邊為約以兩條直線構成之簡單的形狀。此情形下,從前端面安裝作為緣材之兼具化妝用之金屬板(未以圖式顯示)之形狀亦能達到簡單的情形來看,能以廉價的成本製作架板102及緣材。Further, the front end surface of the shelf plate 102 has one boundary portion 106. When the shelf plate 102 is viewed from the vertical direction, the front end side has a simple shape formed by two straight lines. In this case, the shape of the metal plate (not shown) which is a makeup material for the edge material can be easily formed from the front end surface, and the frame plate 102 and the edge material can be produced at a low cost.

又,架板102如第11圖所示,也可從上下方向觀看時, 前端邊並非約以兩條直線構成的形狀。亦即,架板102之前端面在交界部106可非為彎曲的形狀。Moreover, as shown in FIG. 11, the shelf 102 can also be viewed from the up and down direction. The front end side is not a shape formed by approximately two straight lines. That is, the front end surface of the shelf plate 102 may not have a curved shape at the boundary portion 106.

例如前端面在交界部106可為緩和地彎曲的形狀。又,祇要不在左門60a及右門60b之旋轉軌跡內,以及非在間隔體86之旋動所必須之領域的範圍內,交界部106可朝向間隔體86側鼓起。For example, the front end surface may have a shape that is gently curved at the boundary portion 106. Further, the boundary portion 106 can be swollen toward the side of the spacer 86 as long as it is not within the rotation locus of the left door 60a and the right door 60b and not within the range necessary for the rotation of the spacer 86.

如此的情形下,雖然多少有些狀況不同,惟可獲得增加收納空間的效果。Under such circumstances, although some conditions are different, it is possible to increase the storage space.

(實施樣態3)(Implementation 3)

使用第12圖及第13圖來說明本發明之實施樣態3的冰箱。The refrigerator of the embodiment 3 of the present invention will be described using Figs. 12 and 13.

第12圖係本實施樣態之冰箱119之冷藏室部分的橫剖面圖。第13圖係打開本實施樣態之冰箱119之左門110a之時的橫剖面圖。又,關於與實施樣態1相同構造部分以相同符號表示而省略說明。Fig. 12 is a cross-sectional view showing a portion of the refrigerator compartment of the refrigerator 119 of the present embodiment. Fig. 13 is a cross-sectional view showing the state in which the left door 110a of the refrigerator 119 of the present embodiment is opened. The same components as those in the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals and will not be described.

又,本實施樣態之冰箱119之左右門袋及架板的形狀與實施樣態1之冰箱51不同,惟,其他構造部分及機能等與實施樣態1之冰箱51相同。Further, the shape of the left and right door pockets and the shelf of the refrigerator 119 of the present embodiment is different from that of the refrigerator 51 of the first embodiment, except that the other structural parts, functions, and the like are the same as those of the refrigerator 51 of the first embodiment.

如第12圖所示,本實施樣態之冰箱119具有左門110a、右門110b及右門袋111。然而,本實施樣態之冰箱119與實施樣態1及2之各冰箱不同,不具有左門袋。As shown in Fig. 12, the refrigerator 119 of the present embodiment has a left door 110a, a right door 110b, and a right door pocket 111. However, the refrigerator 119 of this embodiment differs from the refrigerators of the first and second embodiments in that it does not have a left door pocket.

又,本實施樣態之冰箱119更具有架板112,右門袋111涵蓋達右門110b之上下而多數設置。Moreover, the refrigerator 119 of the present embodiment further has a shelf 112, and the right door pocket 111 covers a plurality of upper and lower doors 110b.

架板112以在不干涉右門袋111的位置及形狀,於此等 右門袋111與冷氣管84之間的空間涵蓋上下多數配置。藉著此等多數架板112而形成涵蓋多數段的收納空間。The shelf 112 is in a position and shape that does not interfere with the right door pocket 111, etc. The space between the right door pocket 111 and the cold air duct 84 covers most of the upper and lower configurations. A storage space covering a plurality of sections is formed by the plurality of shelf plates 112.

架板112以不干涉右門袋111而配置於右門袋111與冷氣管84之間的貯藏室空間內且形成有某程度的間隙。The shelf 112 is disposed in the storage space between the right door pocket 111 and the cold air pipe 84 without interfering with the right door pocket 111, and is formed with a certain degree of clearance.

具體而言,架板112以載置於一體成形在內箱70之突起等的狀態,被內箱70保持及支撐固定,而配置成上下方向約呈水平。Specifically, the shelf plate 112 is held by the inner case 70 and supported and fixed in a state in which the projections of the inner case 70 are integrally formed, and are placed horizontally in the vertical direction.

又,架板112之形狀如第12圖所示,為覆蓋位於左門110a之冷藏室側之空間之約全領域的形狀,右門110b之冷藏室右側形成在前後方向以不干涉右門袋111的形狀。Further, as shown in Fig. 12, the shape of the shelf plate 112 is a shape covering the entire area of the space on the side of the refrigerating compartment of the left door 110a, and the right side of the refrigerating compartment of the right door 110b is formed in the front-rear direction so as not to interfere with the shape of the right door pocket 111. .

亦即,本實施樣態之架板112與實施樣態1之架板80同樣於前面端具有落差的形狀。That is, the shelf 112 of the present embodiment has a shape of a drop at the front end as well as the shelf 80 of the embodiment 1.

具體而言,架板112具有將落差部114之左側深度尺寸設為K,將落差部114之右側深度尺寸設為L的情形下,則構成K>L的關係。Specifically, the shelf plate 112 has a relationship in which K>L is formed when the depth dimension on the left side of the step portion 114 is K and the depth dimension on the right side of the step portion 114 is L.

又,與實施樣態1之架板80同樣,將從架板112之約落差部114之左右方向之中心點向深度方向延伸之直線的左側設為大架板部113、將該直線之右側設為一般架板部115。In the same manner as the shelf 80 of the first embodiment, the left side of the straight line extending from the center point of the left and right direction of the shelf portion 114 in the depth direction is the large frame portion 113, and the right side of the straight line is formed. It is set as the general shelf part 115.

以下說明本實施樣態之架板112及右門袋111所帶來的效果。The effects of the shelf 112 and the right door pocket 111 of the present embodiment will be described below.

於冰箱119之冷藏室內之橫剖面如第12圖所示,約以右門袋111與架板112來分配。As shown in Fig. 12, the cross section of the refrigerator 119 in the refrigerating compartment is distributed by the right door pocket 111 and the shelf 112.

又,與右門110b構成一體而旋轉之右門袋111的形狀收納在圖中之右門110b的旋轉軌跡內。Further, the shape of the right door pocket 111 that is integrally rotated with the right door 110b is accommodated in the rotation locus of the right door 110b in the drawing.

而且,架板112存在有不與右門袋111干涉之深度尺寸的一般架板115,大架板部113為突出至左門110a附近的形狀。Further, the shelf plate 112 has a general shelf 115 having a depth dimension that does not interfere with the right door pocket 111, and the large shelf portion 113 has a shape that protrudes to the vicinity of the left door 110a.

藉此,可將習知從中向左右對開兩扇式之門特有之門袋與架板之間的空間,即存在於間隔體86後方之無效空間,除了間隔體86之旋動所必要最低限的空間之外皆弄成無。Thereby, the space between the door pocket and the shelf which is unique to the two-door door from the middle to the right and left, that is, the invalid space existing behind the spacer 86, except for the minimum necessary for the rotation of the spacer 86 Everything outside the space is made.

亦即,可瞭解架板112及右門袋111為第12圖所示之形狀的理由,在增加收納空間上非常具效果。That is, the reason why the shelf 112 and the right door pocket 111 have the shape shown in Fig. 12 can be understood, and it is very effective in increasing the storage space.

又,左門110a不具有作為收納空間的門袋,僅以隔熱壁來構成。藉此,可使架板112朝左門110a突出,可將架板112之深度尺寸設成與左門110a之內門面至貯藏室裹面之長度同程度。Further, the left door 110a does not have a door pocket as a storage space, and is configured only by a heat insulating wall. Thereby, the shelf 112 can be protruded toward the left door 110a, and the depth of the shelf 112 can be set to be the same as the length of the inside of the left door 110a to the storage compartment.

此情形下,可使收納物位於使用者之目視正面,且位於易取出的前面,因此物品之放入取出容易且便利。而且方便於收納長的物品。In this case, the storage object can be placed on the front side of the user's eyes and placed in front of the easy-to-remove, so that the loading and unloading of the articles is easy and convenient. And it is convenient to store long items.

又,如第12圖所示,架板112之上面形成略L字形狀。因此於打開右門110b時,物品當然可進出一般架板部115之前側領域,且物品可容易進出存在於左門110a之箱內方向之落差部114附近的領域。Further, as shown in Fig. 12, the upper surface of the shelf plate 112 is formed in a slightly L shape. Therefore, when the right door 110b is opened, the article can of course enter and exit the front side of the general shelf portion 115, and the article can easily enter and exit the area existing near the falling portion 114 in the direction of the inside of the left door 110a.

此乃因一旦打開右門110b,則對落差部114附近之領域之物品的進出方向,亦即約橫方向的空間形成開放的空間之故。亦即,打開右門110b,從橫方向對該領域之物品可進出之空間的寬度寬之故。This is because when the right door 110b is opened, the direction in which the articles in the vicinity of the drop portion 114 are moved, that is, the space in the lateral direction forms an open space. That is, the right door 110b is opened, and the width of the space in which the articles in the field can enter and exit from the lateral direction is wide.

又,雖然依存於右門袋111與架板112之貯藏室內的收納空間分配量,但是將架板112之載置領域之左右長度設成同程度,亦即可將第12圖所示之L與大架板部113之前端面之寬度設成同程度。Further, although depending on the storage space allocation amount in the storage space of the right door pocket 111 and the shelf plate 112, the left and right lengths of the mounting area of the shelf plate 112 are set to the same level, and the L shown in Fig. 12 can be used. The width of the front end surface of the large frame portion 113 is set to the same extent.

此情形下,亦具有非常容易以目視確認置於架板112之多數收納物的優點。In this case as well, it is very easy to visually confirm the majority of the contents placed on the shelf 112.

又,如第13圖所示,即使在左門僅能打開90度程度的使用環境下,於打開左門110a時之開口尺寸M亦可獲得大的尺寸。亦即,比較於習知之具有左門者,可特別地提昇物品的進出容易度。Further, as shown in Fig. 13, even in the use environment in which the left door can be opened only by 90 degrees, the opening size M when the left door 110a is opened can also be obtained in a large size. That is to say, compared with the conventional one having the left door, the ease of entry and exit of the article can be particularly improved.

而且,想定於架板112之大架板部113放置如第14圖所示之寬度方向之尺寸在M以下的小物品盒83的情形。Further, it is assumed that the large shelf portion 113 of the shelf 112 is placed in the small article case 83 having a size of M or less in the width direction as shown in FIG.

此情形下,使用者可不受左門110a的干擾而能將小物品盒83拉出至前面。而且,有時將小物品盒83抽出於貯藏室外使用的情形亦簡單。In this case, the user can pull the small item box 83 to the front without being disturbed by the left door 110a. Moreover, it is also simple to take out the small item box 83 for use outside the storage room.

又,本實施樣態之冰箱119亦與實施樣態1之冰箱51同樣,以使用區分大架板部113、一般架板部115及右門袋111而可區分收納。Further, in the same manner as the refrigerator 51 of the first embodiment, the refrigerator 119 of the present embodiment can be divided and stored by using the partitioning plate portion 113, the general shelf portion 115, and the right door pocket 111.

如上所述,本實施樣態之冰箱119與實施樣態1及2之各冰箱同樣,可有效率地增加收納空間。而且,於冰箱119以於左門110a側之貯藏室空間設置各式各樣的抽屜機構而能提昇物品的進出性。As described above, the refrigerator 119 of the present embodiment can increase the storage space efficiently as in the refrigerators of the first and second embodiments. Further, in the refrigerator 119, various drawer mechanisms are provided in the storage room space on the left door 110a side, and the ingress and egressability of the articles can be improved.

亦即,本實施樣態之冰箱119係較習知收納效率及便利性高的冰箱。That is, the refrigerator 119 of the present embodiment is a refrigerator having a high storage efficiency and convenience.

(實施樣態4)(Implementation 4)

如上所述,實施樣態1~3之各冰箱於冷藏室之開口部具有其具有左右兩片門之從中向左右對開兩扇式門。又,架板之左側及右側之各別的深度尺寸係對應門之內門面的形狀的尺寸。As described above, each of the refrigerators of the first to third embodiments has two fan-shaped doors that are opened from the center to the left and right in the opening portion of the refrigerator compartment. Moreover, the respective depth dimensions of the left and right sides of the shelf correspond to the dimensions of the shape of the facade within the door.

具體而言,架板之上述各尺寸係可填充冷藏室內之無效空間的尺寸。藉此,可增加貯藏室內之收納空間。又,亦有具效率之區分收納等效果。Specifically, each of the above dimensions of the shelf can fill the size of the ineffective space in the refrigerating compartment. Thereby, the storage space in the storage compartment can be increased. In addition, there are also effects such as efficient storage and storage.

架板設成上述形狀所帶來之此等效果不僅從中向左右對開兩扇式的冰箱,且冷藏室之門為1片之所謂單開式的冰箱亦有效。The effect of the above-described shape of the shelf is not only effective from the middle to the left and right, but also the so-called single-open refrigerator in which the door of the refrigerator compartment is one.

因此本發明之實施樣態4說明應用於單開式冰箱的情形。Therefore, the embodiment 4 of the present invention illustrates the case of application to a single-open refrigerator.

第14圖為本實施樣態之冰箱的正面圖。Figure 14 is a front elevational view of the refrigerator of the present embodiment.

如第14圖所示,本實施樣態之冰箱120與實施樣態1之冰箱51相同具有冷藏室53、製冰室54、切換室55、蔬果室56及冷凍室57。As shown in Fig. 14, the refrigerator 120 of the present embodiment has a refrigerating compartment 53, an ice making compartment 54, a switching compartment 55, a vegetable compartment 56, and a freezing compartment 57 in the same manner as the refrigerator 51 of the first embodiment.

又,冷藏室53設置有單開式門65。使用者以打開門65而能對冷藏室53放入或取出物品。Further, the refrigerating compartment 53 is provided with a single-opening door 65. The user can insert or take out the item to the refrigerating compartment 53 by opening the door 65.

第15圖係本實施樣態4之冰箱120的橫剖面圖(第14圖所示之B-B剖面圖)。又,關於與實施樣態1相同的構造部分以相同符號表示而省略說明。Fig. 15 is a cross-sectional view of the refrigerator 120 of the present embodiment 4 (B-B sectional view shown in Fig. 14). The same components as those in the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals and will not be described.

如第15圖所示,本實施樣態之冰箱120具有門袋97。門袋97被門65支撐固定著,涵蓋達門65之上下多數配置著。As shown in Fig. 15, the refrigerator 120 of this embodiment has a door pocket 97. The door pocket 97 is supported by the door 65 and covers most of the upper and lower doors 65.

又,門袋97之左右方向的寬度與架板121之左右方向之寬度相同,旋動軸88側之深度尺寸R形成較相對側之深度尺寸Q長的形狀。亦即,構成R>Q的關係。Further, the width of the door pocket 97 in the left-right direction is the same as the width of the shelf 121 in the left-right direction, and the depth dimension R on the side of the rotary shaft 88 is formed to be longer than the depth dimension Q of the opposite side. That is, the relationship of R>Q is formed.

又,冰箱120具有之架板121以不干涉門袋97的位置及形狀,涵蓋於門袋97與冷氣管84之間之空間的上下多數配置著。藉此等多數的架板121而形成涵蓋多數段的收納空間。Further, the shelf 121 of the refrigerator 120 is disposed so as not to interfere with the position and shape of the door pocket 97, and is disposed above and below the space between the door pocket 97 and the cold air duct 84. Thereby, a plurality of shelf plates 121 are formed to form a storage space covering a plurality of segments.

此架板121與實施樣態1之架板80同樣具有落差部,具有深度尺寸長的大架板部122與深度尺寸短的一般架板部123。The shelf 121 has a drop portion similarly to the shelf 80 of the first embodiment, and has a large shelf portion 122 having a long depth dimension and a general shelf portion 123 having a short depth dimension.

具體而言,將大架板部122之深度尺寸設為N,將一般架板部123之深度尺寸設為P,則呈N>P,且N及Q之和與P及R之和約為相等關係。Specifically, the depth dimension of the large shelf portion 122 is N, and the depth dimension of the general shelf portion 123 is P, which is N>P, and the sum of N and Q and the sum of P and R are approximately Equal relationship.

即,架板121與實施樣態1之架板80同樣作成填充貯藏室內之無效空間的形態。That is, the shelf 121 is formed in the same manner as the shelf 80 of the first embodiment to fill the ineffective space in the storage compartment.

以下說明本實施樣態之架板121及門袋所帶來的效果。The effects of the shelf 121 and the door pocket of this embodiment will be described below.

如上所述,對使用者而言門袋亦有為必要者,而需要某程度的大型化。又,將門袋大型化的情形下,橫寬度限制至貯藏室之橫寬度,因此要將深度尺寸設得長。As described above, the door pocket is also necessary for the user, and a certain degree of enlargement is required. Further, in the case where the door pocket is enlarged, the lateral width is limited to the lateral width of the storage compartment, so the depth dimension is set to be long.

但是,一旦考量門的開關,則門袋之深度尺寸僅能設長至某程度。However, once the door switch is considered, the depth dimension of the door pocket can only be set to a certain extent.

具體而言,單開式之冰箱為冰箱120的情形下,以門65之旋動中心的旋動軸88為中心,必須將門袋收97納在通過內箱70之與旋動軸88相對側之端部的圓(一點鏈線)內。Specifically, in the case where the single-open type refrigerator is the refrigerator 120, centering on the rotation axis 88 of the rotation center of the door 65, the door pocket must be received by 97 on the opposite side of the inner box 70 from the rotary shaft 88. Inside the circle (a little chain line) at the end.

因此考量於距離門袋97之旋動軸88遠之側,即於門袋97之左側設置傾斜部分,同時將深度尺寸設得長以不干涉該圓。然而,此情形下如上所述,該深度尺寸愈長則其傾斜部分愈急劇而會增加無效空間。又,門袋97之底面形狀會接近三角形狀而使收納性變差。Therefore, it is considered to be farther from the side of the rotary shaft 88 of the door pocket 97, that is, the inclined portion is provided on the left side of the door pocket 97, while the depth dimension is set long so as not to interfere with the circle. However, in this case, as described above, the longer the depth dimension, the sharper the inclined portion increases the dead space. Further, the shape of the bottom surface of the door pocket 97 is close to a triangular shape, and the storability is deteriorated.

因此,本實施樣態之冰箱120在內門面之右側及左側之中,將從接近旋動軸88之側的內門面至冷藏室53之裹面的距離,設得較從遠離旋動軸88之側的內門面至裹面的距離短。Therefore, the refrigerator 120 of the present embodiment is disposed from the inner side of the inner side of the inner side of the rotating shaft 88 to the outer surface of the refrigerating chamber 53 from the right side and the left side of the inner side of the housing 120. The distance from the inner side of the side to the wrap is short.

即,以將距離門袋97之旋動軸88遠之側即左側之深度尺寸設得較短的狀態,不需設置傾斜部分即能將門65予以開關。That is, the depth dimension of the side farther from the side of the rotary shaft 88 of the door pocket 97 is set to be shorter, and the door 65 can be opened and closed without providing the inclined portion.

又,以將距離門袋97之旋動軸88近之側即右側之深度尺寸設得較長的狀態,可彌補因左側之深度尺寸設得短所造成的收容量減少。Further, the depth dimension of the right side of the swivel axis 88 from the door pocket 97 is set to be long, and the reduction in the capacity due to the short depth dimension of the left side can be compensated for.

即,門袋97整體看起來形成右側朝貯藏室內突出的形狀。That is, the door pocket 97 as a whole appears to have a shape in which the right side protrudes toward the storage compartment.

因此,可瞭解於門袋97之左側的貯藏室方向產生無效空間。爰此,相對於門袋97之架板121係將其左側以不干涉門袋97的範圍內,朝深度方向設得長以填充該無效空間。Therefore, it can be understood that an invalid space is generated in the direction of the storage compartment on the left side of the door pocket 97. As a result, the frame 121 of the door pocket 97 is set to be long in the depth direction so as not to interfere with the door pocket 97, so as to fill the invalid space.

藉此可抑制無效空間的產生,可放大其合併了門袋97及架板121之貯藏室整體之可收納的架底面積。Thereby, the generation of the ineffective space can be suppressed, and the area of the bottom of the storage compartment in which the door pocket 97 and the shelf 121 are combined can be enlarged.

又,與實施樣態1之冰箱51同樣為可區分收納並對於使用者使用方便性佳的冰箱。Further, similarly to the refrigerator 51 of the first embodiment, the refrigerator 51 can be stored separately and is convenient for use by the user.

如上所述,本實施樣態之冰箱120係與實施樣態1~3之各冰箱同樣較習知之收納效率及便利性高的冰箱。As described above, the refrigerator 120 of the present embodiment is a refrigerator having a higher storage efficiency and convenience than the refrigerators of the first to third embodiments.

又,上述實施樣態1~4中,於門袋之突出部分下方的冷藏室底面存在有較大且平的空間。Further, in the above-described embodiments 1 to 4, a large and flat space exists in the bottom surface of the refrigerator compartment below the protruding portion of the door pocket.

具體而言,於冷藏室底面,門袋下方且於架板之深度尺寸較架板之落差部短之側的空間下方位置存在有該空間。Specifically, the space exists in the bottom surface of the refrigerator compartment, below the door pocket, and below the space on the side where the depth dimension of the shelf is shorter than the landing of the shelf.

由於此空間係當關閉門時門袋位於正上方位置,因此係無法作為食品等之載置領域使用的無效空間。Since this space is located directly above the door when the door is closed, it cannot be used as an invalid space for the field of food and the like.

但是,以於此空間設置凹陷部並將收納容器填充於此凹陷部的狀態,可將食品等收納至收納容器。However, in a state where the recessed portion is provided in this space and the storage container is filled in the recessed portion, the food or the like can be stored in the storage container.

第16圖表示實施樣態4之冰箱之冷藏室53之底面設置收納容器的情形。Fig. 16 is a view showing a state in which a storage container is provided on the bottom surface of the refrigerator compartment 53 of the refrigerator of the embodiment 4.

如第16圖所示,於門袋97之下方且係在架板121之落差部124之右側空間的下方配置收納容器98。As shown in Fig. 16, the storage container 98 is disposed below the door pocket 97 and below the space on the right side of the falling portion 124 of the shelf 121.

藉此,例如使用者可將不適於朝架板121與門袋97收納之醬油瓶等收納於收納容器98。即,可提昇冰箱120之收納效率及便利性。Thereby, for example, the user can store the soy sauce bottle or the like which is not suitable for storage in the shelf 121 and the door pocket 97 in the storage container 98. That is, the storage efficiency and convenience of the refrigerator 120 can be improved.

如此的收納容器98不限於本實施樣態之冰箱120,對實施樣態1~3之冰箱亦可同樣地設置而可帶來同樣的效果。Such a storage container 98 is not limited to the refrigerator 120 of the present embodiment, and the same can be provided for the refrigerators of the first to third embodiments.

又,例如為具有可產生冰之製冰裝置之冰箱的話,也可使用此收納容器98作為可將水供給至製冰裝置的供水容器。Further, for example, if it is a refrigerator having an ice making device capable of generating ice, the storage container 98 may be used as a water supply container that can supply water to the ice making device.

(實施樣態5)(Implementation 5)

首先,使用第17圖~第26圖來說明本發明之實施樣態5之冰箱的構造。又,關於與實施樣態1相同構造部分以相同符號表示。First, the construction of the refrigerator of the embodiment 5 of the present invention will be described using Figs. 17 to 26. Further, the same structural portions as those of the embodiment 1 are denoted by the same reference numerals.

第17圖係本實施樣態之冰箱的正面圖。Figure 17 is a front elevational view of the refrigerator of the present embodiment.

如第17圖所示,本實施樣態之冰箱151與實施樣態1之冰箱51同樣為具有從中向左右對開兩扇式之門的冰箱,於隔熱箱體52內具有區劃成多數的貯藏室。As shown in Fig. 17, the refrigerator 151 of the present embodiment is similar to the refrigerator 51 of the first embodiment, and has a refrigerator that has a two-door door from the center to the left and right, and has a partitioned storage in the heat insulating box 52. room.

本實施樣態之冰箱151具體上從上部起具有冷藏室53、製冰室54、與製冰室54併設且可改變箱內溫度的切換室55、蔬果室56及冷凍室57。The refrigerator 151 of the present embodiment specifically includes a refrigerating chamber 53, an ice making chamber 54, and a switching chamber 55, a fruit and vegetable chamber 56, and a freezing chamber 57 which are provided in parallel with the ice making chamber 54 and which can change the temperature inside the tank.

於各貯藏室之前面開口部設置有將例如氨基甲酸乙酯之發泡隔熱材予以發泡充填的隔熱門。具體上,冷藏室53設有可將隔熱箱體52之前面開口部予以區劃成左右的左門60a及右門60b。A heat insulating door in which a foamed heat insulating material such as urethane is foamed and filled is provided in a front opening of each storage compartment. Specifically, the refrigerating compartment 53 is provided with a left door 60a and a right door 60b that can divide the opening of the front surface of the heat insulating box 52 into left and right.

又,製冰室54、切換室55、蔬果室56及冷凍室57分別設有抽屜式門61、門62、門63及門64。Further, the ice making compartment 54, the switching compartment 55, the vegetable compartment 56, and the freezing compartment 57 are provided with a drawer type door 61, a door 62, a door 63, and a door 64, respectively.

從收納性與使用便利性的觀點,左門60a較右門60b之左右方向的長度短,亦即構成橫寬較短,製冰室54與切換室55分割之位置約相同而在左右方向的位置分割。From the viewpoints of storability and ease of use, the length of the left door 60a in the left-right direction of the right door 60b is shorter, that is, the lateral width is shorter, and the position where the ice-making chamber 54 and the switching chamber 55 are divided is approximately the same, and the position in the left-right direction is divided. .

又,貯藏室之門因收納形態等也有左門與右門之橫寬相同的從中向左右對開兩扇式構造、以及左門及右門之一方以抽屜式構造。Further, the door of the storage room has a two-sector structure in which the left and right doors are the same width and the left and right doors are different in the storage form, and one of the left and right doors has a drawer structure.

又,蔬果室56與冷凍室57之後側設置有未以圖式顯示之冷卻器及風扇,藉著設置於冰箱51之本體下部的壓縮機 而驅動冷卻器,從冷卻器冷卻之空氣被送到各貯藏室。又,分別的每一貯藏室可被冷卻控制至預定的溫度。Further, a cooler and a fan which are not shown in the figure are provided on the rear side of the vegetable compartment 56 and the freezer compartment 57, and the compressor is disposed in the lower portion of the body of the refrigerator 51. While the cooler is driven, the air cooled from the cooler is sent to each storage compartment. Also, each of the respective storage compartments can be cooled to a predetermined temperature.

第18圖係本實施樣態之打開冰箱151之門之狀態的立體圖,第19圖係本實施樣態之冰箱151之縱剖面圖(第17圖所示之A-A剖面圖)。Fig. 18 is a perspective view showing a state in which the door of the refrigerator 151 is opened in the present embodiment, and Fig. 19 is a longitudinal sectional view of the refrigerator 151 of the present embodiment (a cross-sectional view taken along line A-A in Fig. 17).

如第18圖及第19圖所示,冷藏室53配置有可整理食品等並收納之多數架板180。藉著此等多數架板180而於冰藏室53內形成涵蓋達多數段的收納空間。As shown in FIGS. 18 and 19, the refrigerator compartment 53 is provided with a plurality of shelf plates 180 that can store foods and the like. A storage space covering a large number of sections is formed in the ice compartment 53 by means of the plurality of shelf plates 180.

又,如上所述冷藏室53之前面開口設置有左門60a及右門60b。具體而言,左門60a及右門60b分別在隔熱箱體52之左右端部被鉸鏈樞支著。Further, as described above, the front door 60a and the right door 60b are opened in the front surface of the refrigerating compartment 53. Specifically, the left door 60a and the right door 60b are pivotally supported at the left and right ends of the heat insulating box 52, respectively.

於如此的從中向左右對開兩扇式之左門60a與右門60b之內側緣部安裝有墊片85,可防止冷藏室53內的冷氣流出至外部。The gasket 85 is attached to the inner edge of the left and right doors 60a and 60b of the two-way type, and the cold airflow in the refrigerator compartment 53 is prevented from being discharged to the outside.

又,左門60a於冷藏室53側之上下方向具有多數左門袋90,右門60b同樣具有多數右門袋91。Further, the left door 60a has a plurality of left door pockets 90 on the upper and lower sides of the refrigerator compartment 53, and the right door 60b also has a plurality of right door pockets 91.

具體而言,各門袋藉著一體形成於門內板89等之未以圖式顯示的保持構件而被固定,確保在保持收納物時的保持強度。又,以門內板89及各門袋之貯藏室側的面形成箱內面。Specifically, each of the door pockets is fixed by a holding member that is integrally formed on the door inner panel 89 or the like and is not shown in the drawings, and the holding strength at the time of holding the storage object is secured. Further, the inner surface of the box is formed by the door inner panel 89 and the surface on the storage compartment side of each door pocket.

此等各個門之多數門袋於冷藏室53內形成涵蓋達多數段的收納空間。又,此等多數門袋之各門袋主要以收納飲料等保特瓶與調味料等瓶類為目的,且於前後左右形成有壁而上方開口的形狀。即,各門袋為各門的突出部,具有 朝上方開口的凹陷部。A plurality of door pockets of the respective doors form a storage space covering a plurality of sections in the refrigerating compartment 53. In addition, each of the door pockets of the plurality of door pockets is mainly for the purpose of accommodating bottles such as beverage bottles and seasonings such as beverages, and has a shape in which the walls are opened on the front, rear, left, and right sides. That is, each door pocket is a protruding portion of each door, a recess that opens upwards.

又,突出部不一定是要有凹陷部者,祇要是能載置物品者即可。Further, the protruding portion does not necessarily have to have a depressed portion as long as it can carry the article.

又,各門袋不具有門側之壁(後壁),也有利用門內板89作為後壁的情形。Further, each of the door pockets does not have a door side wall (rear wall), and there is also a case where the door inner panel 89 is used as a rear wall.

又,使構成冷藏室53之壁面之內箱70之前方位置的左右兩側凹陷的空間設有照明裝置87,以未以圖式顯示之罩蓋等來覆蓋該空間。藉此照明裝置87而從前方照亮貯藏室內。Further, a space in which the left and right sides of the inner box 70 constituting the wall surface of the refrigerator compartment 53 are recessed is provided with a lighting device 87, and the space is covered by a cover or the like which is not shown in the drawings. The lighting device 87 is used to illuminate the storage compartment from the front.

又,照明裝置87可設在位於冷藏室53之裡側之將於後述的冷氣管84或冷藏室53的頂棚,也可設置多數照明裝置87。Further, the illuminating device 87 may be provided in a ceiling of a cold air duct 84 or a refrigerating chamber 53 which will be described later on the inner side of the refrigerating compartment 53, and a plurality of illuminating devices 87 may be provided.

又,冷藏室53內之收納空間之最下段配置著用以提昇肉與魚等之保鮮性的冷藏盒82與可收納蛋等的小物品盒83。Further, in the lowermost stage of the storage space in the refrigerating compartment 53, a refrigerating box 82 for enhancing the freshness of meat and fish and a small item box 83 capable of storing eggs and the like are disposed.

又,如第19圖所示,隔熱箱體52係於將ABS等樹脂體真空成型之內箱70與使用預鍍鋼板等金屬材料之外箱71所構成之空間,注入發泡隔熱材72之隔熱壁所構成。In addition, as shown in Fig. 19, the heat insulating box body 52 is a space formed by a case 71 in which a resin body such as ABS is vacuum-molded, and a box 71 made of a metal material such as a pre-plated steel sheet, and is injected into the foam heat insulating material. 72 insulation wall.

又,冷藏室53之後方亦即架板180之後側設有用以將上述冷卻器所冷卻之冷氣送風至貯藏室內的冷氣管84。Further, a rear side of the refrigerating compartment 53, that is, a rear side of the shelf 180, is provided with a cold air duct 84 for blowing cold air cooled by the cooler into the storage compartment.

一般冷氣管84為構成在隔熱箱體52內部之裡側約整體者,因應需要而於各架板180之間設置未以圖式顯示的吐出孔,而構成冷氣可普及各收納空間。又,冷氣管也可作為多數架板180之定位機構或固定機構使用。The cold air duct 84 is generally formed on the inner side of the inside of the heat insulating box 52, and a discharge hole which is not shown in the drawings is provided between the shelf plates 180 as needed, and the storage space can be spread by the cold air. Moreover, the cold air pipe can also be used as a positioning mechanism or a fixing mechanism of most of the shelf plates 180.

第20圖係本實施樣態之冰箱151的橫剖面圖(第17圖所示之B-B剖面圖)。Fig. 20 is a cross-sectional view of the refrigerator 151 of the present embodiment (a cross-sectional view taken along line B-B shown in Fig. 17).

如第20圖所示,位於冷藏室53之開口部的兩門之間配設有間隔體86,於兩門關閉時藉著該間隔體86與墊片85而構成兩門之間的間隙呈密封的構造。As shown in Fig. 20, a spacer 86 is disposed between the two doors of the opening portion of the refrigerating chamber 53, and the gap between the two doors is formed by the spacer 86 and the spacer 85 when the two doors are closed. Sealed construction.

間隔體86安裝於左門60a之右端,構成即使右門60b先關閉後,也可關閉左門60a那般地與左門60a之開關一同旋動的構造。The spacer 86 is attached to the right end of the left door 60a, and is configured to be able to rotate the left door 60a together with the switch of the left door 60a even if the right door 60b is closed first.

因此,間隔體86之後方側(冷藏室側)必須有若干間隔86體旋動的空間。Therefore, the space behind the spacer 86 (the side of the refrigerating compartment) must have a space in which a plurality of spaces 86 are swung.

又,當以裝設於兩門之周緣部之各墊片之間的接觸而能密封兩門間的間隙時,可不必於中央部設置間隔體86。Further, when the gap between the two doors can be sealed by the contact between the spacers provided at the peripheral portions of the two doors, it is not necessary to provide the spacer 86 at the center portion.

又,架板180配置於左門袋90、右門袋91與冷氣管84之間的貯藏室空間內,且為了不干涉左門袋90及右門袋91乃於與此等門袋之間形成有某程度的間隙。Moreover, the shelf 180 is disposed in the storage compartment space between the left door pocket 90, the right door pocket 91 and the cold air duct 84, and is formed to some extent between the left door pocket 90 and the right door pocket 91 so as not to interfere with the door pocket. Clearance.

於本實施樣態中,與左右門的關係同樣,左門袋90之寬度方向較右門袋91短。而且左門袋90之上面開口的深度尺寸C與右門袋91之上面開口的深度尺寸D的關係為C<D。In the present embodiment, as in the relationship between the left and right doors, the width direction of the left door pocket 90 is shorter than that of the right door pocket 91. Further, the relationship between the depth dimension C of the upper opening of the left door pocket 90 and the depth dimension D of the upper opening of the right door pocket 91 is C < D.

如上所述,於冰箱151,右門袋91較向貯藏室內側突出而構成較大收納空間。亦即,從中向左右對開兩扇式之門的內門面至冷藏室53之裹面的距離於左右不同,左側之距離較長。As described above, in the refrigerator 151, the right door pocket 91 protrudes toward the storage compartment side to constitute a large storage space. That is, the distance from the inner side of the two-door door to the left and right sides to the wrap surface of the refrigerating compartment 53 is different from left to right, and the distance on the left side is long.

又,架板180對應如上述大小關係之左門袋90及右門袋91的形狀,而形成深度尺寸在左右不同的形狀。Further, the shelf 180 corresponds to the shape of the left door pocket 90 and the right door pocket 91 in the above-described size relationship, and has a shape in which the depth dimension is different from left to right.

藉著架板180形成如此的形狀,不必改變冰箱151整體大小即可較習知的冰箱增加收納空間。By forming the shape of the shelf 180, it is possible to increase the storage space by a conventional refrigerator without changing the overall size of the refrigerator 151.

又,第21圖係本實施樣態之冰箱151之冷藏室之部分立體圖,第22圖表示使本實施樣態之冰箱151之前方架板朝後方架板之下方移動之冷藏室內部的立體圖。Further, Fig. 21 is a partial perspective view of the refrigerating compartment of the refrigerator 151 of the present embodiment, and Fig. 22 is a perspective view showing the inside of the refrigerating compartment in which the front side panel of the refrigerator 151 of the present embodiment is moved toward the lower side of the rear shelf.

如第19圖、第21圖、第22圖所示,架板180在深度方向之中央部分二分割為前後,在深度方向之前側的架板為前方架板180b,在後側的架板為後方架板180a。As shown in Fig. 19, Fig. 21, and Fig. 22, the center plate portion of the shelf plate 180 is divided into front and rear in the center portion in the depth direction, and the front plate in the depth direction is the front frame 180b, and the frame on the rear side is Rear shelf 180a.

又,於冷藏室53之右側面及左側面設有對向突出狀的架板承受182。以前方架板180b之左右方向端部被卡合且載置於架板承受182,而可從冷藏室53之右面側涵蓋至左面側呈架橋狀地安裝前方架板180b。又,後方架板180a亦相同。Further, on the right side surface and the left side surface of the refrigerating chamber 53, a frame receiving portion 182 that protrudes in a convex shape is provided. The front frame plate 180b is attached to the frame receiving portion 182 from the right side of the refrigerating chamber 53 to the left side in the left-right direction at the end portion of the front frame 180b. Moreover, the rear shelf 180a is also the same.

而且,於可載置後方架板180a之架板承受182下方安裝有可支撐從架板承受182卸下之前方架板180b的支撐部181。此支撐部181於冷藏室53之右面側及左面側設置成對向突出狀。Further, a support portion 181 capable of supporting the detachment of the front side frame 180b from the frame receiving 182 is attached below the frame receiving 182 on which the rear frame 180a can be placed. The support portion 181 is provided in a protruding shape on the right side and the left side of the refrigerating chamber 53.

冷藏室53之最下段且為小物品盒之正上方設有載置架板183。此載置架板183為未分割的一體構造,約與合併前方架板180b與後方架板180a之後的形狀同形狀。A loading shelf 183 is provided at the lowermost portion of the refrigerating compartment 53 and directly above the small article box. The mounting frame 183 has an undivided unitary structure and has the same shape as the shape after combining the front frame 180b and the rear frame 180a.

以下說明本實施樣態之架板180以及左門袋90及右門袋91所帶來的效果。The effects of the shelf 180 and the left door pocket 90 and the right door pocket 91 of this embodiment will be described below.

建構在冷藏室53之開口部之從中向左右對開兩扇式之左門60a、右門60b以鉸鏈81為軸而從冰箱151之中央附近朝外側旋轉開啟。伴隨著此動作,各門具有之左門袋90及右 門袋91亦分別與其門同時旋動。The left door 60a and the right door 60b, which are opened to the right and left in the opening portion of the refrigerating chamber 53, are rotated outward from the vicinity of the center of the refrigerator 151 with the hinge 81 as the axis. With this action, each door has a left door pocket 90 and right The door pockets 91 are also rotated simultaneously with their doors.

此時,必須將各門袋設成收納在門之旋轉軌跡內(一點鏈線)的形狀,使一側的門與另一側的門(分別包含已安裝的門袋)不相干涉。At this time, each of the door pockets must be housed in the shape of the rotation trajectory of the door (a little chain line), so that the one side door does not interfere with the other side door (including the installed door pocket, respectively).

本實施樣態中,右門袋91於左側設有傾斜部分,收納在右門60b之旋轉軌跡內的範圍將深度尺寸設得比左門袋90長。又,左門袋90不必作成上述的傾斜部分而係將寬度及深度尺寸設得較短,以收納在左門60a之旋轉軌跡內。In the present embodiment, the right door pocket 91 is provided with an inclined portion on the left side, and the range accommodated in the rotation locus of the right door 60b is set to have a depth dimension longer than the left door pocket 90. Further, the left door pocket 90 is not required to be formed as the above-described inclined portion, and the width and the depth dimension are set to be short to be accommodated in the rotation locus of the left door 60a.

亦即,左門袋90之可收納量設成較小,而將右門袋91設得較大的狀態,可擔保左右之門袋的合計可收納量為一定的量。That is, the storage amount of the left door pocket 90 is set to be small, and the right door pocket 91 is set to a large state, and the total storage capacity of the left and right door pockets can be secured to a certain amount.

在此說明,右門袋91之深度尺寸愈長則其傾斜部分愈急劇,右門袋91及左門袋90與架板180之間的空間,亦即間隔體86之後方附近之無效空間大的情形為一般者。Here, the longer the depth dimension of the right door pocket 91 is, the sharper the inclined portion is, and the space between the right door pocket 91 and the left door pocket 90 and the shelf 180, that is, the space near the rear of the spacer 86 is large. Generally.

又,不論門袋為左側或右側,其深度愈長則其傾斜部分愈急劇,而會增加上述的無效空間。Moreover, regardless of whether the door pocket is the left side or the right side, the longer the depth is, the sharper the inclined portion is, and the above-mentioned invalid space is increased.

本實施樣態建構成架板180之深度尺寸短之側的前端面與內門面至裡門面之距離短之側的內門面對向,架板180之深度尺寸長之側的前端面與內門面至裡門面之距離長之側的內門面對向。In this embodiment, the front end surface of the side plate having the short depth dimension of the frame plate 180 is opposed to the inner side surface of the side where the distance from the inner side surface to the inner side surface is short, and the front end surface and the inner side of the side of the depth of the frame plate 180 are long. The facade facing the facade is opposite the inner side of the long side.

具體而言,如第20圖所示,架板180之深度尺寸短之右側的前端面與深度尺寸長的右門袋91對向,架板180之深度尺寸長之側的前端面與深度尺寸短的右門袋90對向。Specifically, as shown in Fig. 20, the front end surface of the right side of the shelf 180 having a short depth dimension is opposed to the right door pocket 91 having a long depth dimension, and the front end surface of the side of the shelf 180 having a long depth dimension is short in depth. The right door pocket 90 is opposite.

藉此,將間隔體86之後方附近形成之無效空間設得小 可增加貯藏室內的收納空間。Thereby, the ineffective space formed near the rear side of the spacer 86 is set small. It can increase the storage space in the storage room.

具體而言,如第20圖所示,架板180若是將架板180之左端邊之深度尺寸設為E,將右端邊之深度尺寸設為F,則滿足E>F,且E與C之和及F與D之和約呈相等的形狀。Specifically, as shown in FIG. 20, if the shelf plate 180 has the depth dimension of the left end side of the shelf plate 180 as E and the depth dimension of the right end edge is F, it satisfies E>F, and E and C And the sum of F and D is about the same shape.

如此一來,架板180設成其前端部之左右方向之形狀與左門袋90及右門袋91相對的形狀。In this manner, the shelf 180 is formed in a shape in which the shape of the front end portion in the left-right direction is opposite to the left door pocket 90 and the right door pocket 91.

因此,本實施樣態之架板180於其前端邊具有習知之冰箱之架板所未有之前後方向的落差。將此落差設為落差部192。Therefore, the shelf 180 of the present embodiment has a gap in the front and rear directions of the shelf of the conventional refrigerator on the front end side thereof. This drop is set as the drop portion 192.

落差部192係藉著曲面而連續性地接續架板之左側的前端面與右側之前端面的部位。The step portion 192 continuously connects the front end surface of the left side of the shelf and the front end surface of the right side by a curved surface.

又,將包含深度尺寸為E之部分之架板180之左側部分設為大架板部193,將包含深度尺寸為F之部分之架板180之右側部分設為一般架板部194。Further, the left side portion of the shelf 180 including the portion having the depth dimension E is the large frame portion 193, and the right portion of the shelf 180 including the portion having the depth dimension F is the general shelf portion 194.

大架板部193與一般架板部194,能以從約落差部192之左右方向之中心點向深度方向延伸之直線之左側(大架板部193)與右側(一般架板部194)區別。The large shelf portion 193 and the general shelf portion 194 can be distinguished from the left side (the large shelf portion 193) and the right side (the general shelf portion 194) of the straight line extending from the center point in the left-right direction of the left-difference portion 192 to the right side (the general shelf portion 194). .

又,大架板部193與一般架板部194之區別方法不限於上述者,例如,於第20圖中,也可僅將深度尺寸為F的領域設為一般架板部194,而將另一領域設為大架板部193。Further, the method of distinguishing the large frame portion 193 from the general shelf portion 194 is not limited to the above. For example, in the twenty-fifth figure, only the field having the depth dimension F may be the general shelf portion 194, and another One area is set as a large plate portion 193.

本實施樣態中,大架板部193之前端部與一般架板部194之前端部藉著落差部192而連續性地接續著。In the present embodiment, the front end portion of the large frame portion 193 and the front end portion of the general shelf portion 194 are continuously connected by the falling portion 192.

又,此曲線形狀係配合包含傾斜部分之右門袋91之形狀之結果的形狀。以如此沿著右門袋91之形狀的形態而決 定一般架板部194之各尺寸的情形,在將無效空間設得小的方面特別具效果。Further, this curved shape is a shape that matches the shape of the right door pocket 91 including the inclined portion. So as to follow the shape of the shape of the right door pocket 91 The case of the respective dimensions of the general shelf portion 194 is particularly effective in setting the ineffective space to be small.

因此,本實施樣態之架板180的形狀可說是合併左門袋90、右門袋91及架板180之貯藏室整體之可收納的架底面積放大,且有效增加收納空間的形狀。Therefore, the shape of the shelf 180 of the present embodiment can be said to be an enlargement of the area of the shelf that can be accommodated in the storage compartment of the left door pocket 90, the right door pocket 91, and the shelf 180, and the shape of the storage space is effectively increased.

又,落差部192之形狀祇要是不會干涉深度尺寸長之右門袋91的形狀即可。右門袋91之形狀為不干涉左門60a的形狀,亦即收納在右門60b之旋轉軌跡內的形狀。因此,落差部192在右門60b之旋轉軌跡外側的話,不會干涉右門袋91。Further, the shape of the drop portion 192 may be any shape that does not interfere with the right door pocket 91 having a long depth dimension. The shape of the right door pocket 91 is a shape that does not interfere with the left door 60a, that is, a shape that is accommodated in the rotation locus of the right door 60b. Therefore, the falling portion 192 does not interfere with the right door pocket 91 when it is outside the rotation locus of the right door 60b.

又,為了彌補左門袋90變小的收納空間,乃將右門袋91設得較一般深度尺寸長。Moreover, in order to make up for the storage space in which the left door pocket 90 becomes small, the right door pocket 91 is set to be longer than the general depth dimension.

藉此,合併兩門袋之收納空間約不改變即能增加架板180之收納空間。Thereby, the storage space of the shelf 180 can be increased without changing the storage space of the two-door bag.

亦即,本實施樣態之冰箱151不必改變其整體大小即可較習知冰箱增加收納空間。That is, the refrigerator 151 of the present embodiment can increase the storage space compared to the conventional refrigerator without changing its overall size.

又,前述之從中向左右對開兩扇式之門之旋轉軌跡所造成之無效空間,可藉著使鉸鏈81之位置向前移動等而使旋轉軌跡的位置向前方移動,而能抑制其大小。Further, the ineffective space caused by the rotation trajectory of the two-door door from the center to the right and left can move the position of the rotation trajectory forward by moving the position of the hinge 81 forward, and the size can be suppressed.

但是,近年來因保特瓶與瓶類之消耗量的增加,以及從使用者打開門後立即可放入或取出物品之便利性來看,對於將門袋之收納空間設得大的需求高漲。However, in recent years, the demand for the storage space of the door pocket has increased due to the increase in the consumption of the bottle and the bottle, and the convenience of the user to insert or remove the article immediately after the user opens the door.

藉此,近年來冰箱之門袋朝貯藏室內突出的傾向昇高,其結果則有增加貯藏室內之無效空間的傾向。As a result, in recent years, the tendency of the door pocket of the refrigerator to protrude into the storage compartment has increased, and as a result, there has been a tendency to increase the ineffective space in the storage compartment.

對於此傾向,本實施樣態之冰箱151不需改變整體大小 即較習知之冰箱增加收納空間。即,係一種可抑制箱內產生浪費空間,且可因應使用者之需求的冰箱。For this tendency, the refrigerator 151 of this embodiment does not need to change the overall size. That is, the storage space is increased by the conventional refrigerator. That is, it is a refrigerator that can suppress wasteful space in the box and can respond to the needs of the user.

此等說明的內容為第20圖所示之冷藏室53之僅一個橫剖面的效果。但是,從中向左右對開兩扇式之門全高之中,左門袋90及右門袋91之旋轉軌跡形狀約相同。The contents of these descriptions are the effects of only one cross section of the refrigerating compartment 53 shown in Fig. 20. However, the shape of the rotation locus of the left door pocket 90 and the right door pocket 91 is about the same in the full height of the two-door door from the center to the left and right.

因此,以將涵蓋達多數段而構成收納空間之多數架板180及多數左門袋90及右門袋91設成約同樣形狀,而能涵蓋達貯藏室內全高並增加收納空間,可獲得大的效果。Therefore, a plurality of shelf plates 180 and a plurality of left door pockets 90 and right door pockets 91 which constitute a storage space for a plurality of sections are provided in the same shape, and can cover a full height in the storage compartment and increase the storage space, and a large effect can be obtained.

又,將上下方向之多數架板180設於使上段至下段之各架之前端邊呈平行的位置,亦即,以配置成各架板180之落差部192於高度方向整列的狀態,可獲得使用者眼見具有統一感,且構成設計性非常優良者。Further, a plurality of the shelf plates 180 in the vertical direction are provided at positions parallel to the front ends of the shelves of the upper stage to the lower stage, that is, in a state in which the step portions 192 of the respective frame plates 180 are arranged in the height direction. The user sees a sense of unity and is very good in design.

又,能以相同構件來構成多數架板180,可增進因構件之兼用化所造成的削減製造成本及在製造步驟上的減輕作業負擔所造成的削減成本。關於左門袋90、右門袋91亦與架板180同樣就涵蓋上下之多數門袋亦有將構件兼用化的可能,其情形下也非常具有效果。Moreover, since the plurality of shelf plates 180 can be configured by the same member, it is possible to increase the cost of manufacturing by reducing the manufacturing cost due to the use of the components and reducing the work load in the manufacturing steps. Similarly to the shelf 180, the left door pocket 90 and the right door pocket 91 also have the possibility of using both the upper and lower door pockets, and the components are also effective.

又,架板180如上所述,對應構成深度大小之左門袋90及右門袋91之形狀而具有大架板部193與一般架板194。亦即,大架板部193具有習知所未有之大的可收納領域。Further, as described above, the shelf plate 180 has a large shelf portion 193 and a general shelf 194 corresponding to the shape of the left door pocket 90 and the right door pocket 91 constituting the depth. That is, the large slab portion 193 has an accommodating field that is not known to be large.

大架板部193具有深度長的特徵,能載置具有把手之鍋等,且以拆下前方架板180b的狀態而可將一公升瓶子等較長的收納物,以不妨礙其他收納物之放入或取出而穩定地放置。The slab portion 193 has a feature of a long depth, and can hold a pan having a handle or the like, and can store a long liter bottle or the like in a state in which the front frame plate 180b is removed, so as not to interfere with other storage items. Place it in or out and place it steadily.

如此的效果僅將左門袋90及右門袋91之深度尺寸C及D設得小,而將架板180之深度尺寸E及F設得大的話可獲得。Such an effect is only obtained by setting the depth dimensions C and D of the left door pocket 90 and the right door pocket 91 to be small, and the depth dimensions E and F of the shelf 180 are set to be large.

但是此情形下,對於使用者會減少便利性非常高之門袋的收納量,因此,反之從造成貯藏室之收納性變差而不易使用的情形而論乃不實際。However, in this case, the user can reduce the storage amount of the door pocket having a very high convenience, and therefore, it is not practical from the case where the storage property of the storage compartment is deteriorated and it is not easy to use.

此情形在區分多量的物而收納於冰箱151的情形下,又,從多量收納物之中取出所希望之收納物的情形,從使用者而論乃便利。In this case, when a large amount of objects are accommodated and stored in the refrigerator 151, it is convenient for the user to take out the desired storage item from a large amount of the storage items.

又,以將架板180設成較薄之平板狀的狀態,可將涵蓋達多數段之收納空間設得極大。亦即可增加收納空間。又,可使視覺上最令人在意之架板180前端邊不具壓迫感。Further, in a state in which the shelf 180 is formed into a thin flat plate shape, the storage space covering most of the segments can be made extremely large. It is also possible to increase the storage space. Moreover, the front end of the shelf 180 which is visually most interesting can be made without a sense of pressure.

而且以透明性材質製作架板180,可減少貯藏室整體給予人的壓迫感且不會損及寬徜感。特別是,將架板180之材質設為玻璃的情形下,透明性高而設計性優良,且剛性高,因此即使是左右方向較寬的冷藏室53,也可防止因載置收納物所造成的曲彎等。Further, by manufacturing the shelf 180 with a transparent material, it is possible to reduce the feeling of pressure given to the entire storage room without impairing the feeling of squat. In particular, when the material of the shelf plate 180 is made of glass, the transparency is high, the design is excellent, and the rigidity is high. Therefore, even in the refrigerator compartment 53 having a wide left-right direction, it is possible to prevent the storage compartment from being placed. The bends and so on.

又,架板180的落差部192非有稜有角而係平滑的波浪狀,例如為R形狀或C圓化形狀等。Further, the falling portion 192 of the shelf 180 is not ribbed and has a smooth wave shape, and is, for example, an R shape or a C rounded shape.

此情形下,於架板180亦具有可作為防止發生應力集中與歪斜之補強構件的效果。因此,可防止於載置收納物時彎曲與變形,並且一見之下構成美觀且設計性優異者,故為非常有效的構成。In this case, the shelf plate 180 also has an effect as a reinforcing member for preventing stress concentration and skew. Therefore, it is possible to prevent bending and deformation when the storage object is placed, and it is excellent in design and excellent in design at first sight, and therefore is very effective.

在此說明形成可放入或取出收納物之開口之架板180 的前端邊不被任何的支撐的情形為一般者。因此本實施樣態如第23圖所示,架板180之補強材係能以不銹鋼等形成之金屬板195作為緣材,並安裝於架板180之前端面全寬度。Here, the shelf 180 forming an opening into which the storage object can be placed or taken out is described The front end side is not supported by any of the general. Therefore, in the present embodiment, as shown in Fig. 23, the reinforcing member of the frame plate 180 can be made of a metal plate 195 formed of stainless steel or the like as a rim material, and attached to the full width of the front end surface of the frame plate 180.

第23圖係本實施樣態之架板180的立體圖。Fig. 23 is a perspective view of the shelf 180 of the present embodiment.

如第23圖所示,以於架板180之前端面安裝金屬板195的狀態而更能增加強度,且具有可作為化妝板使用的優點。As shown in Fig. 23, the strength is further increased in the state in which the metal plate 195 is attached to the front end surface of the shelf 180, and there is an advantage that it can be used as a cosmetic board.

又,藉著在架板180安裝金屬板195可使置於架板180上的物品不易從前端部落下。Further, by mounting the metal plate 195 on the shelf 180, the articles placed on the shelf 180 are less likely to be lowered from the front end.

又,如上所述,以具有透明性材質製作架板180的情形下,可使貯藏室內具有寬徜感與清潔感。Moreover, as described above, when the shelf 180 is made of a transparent material, the storage compartment can have a feeling of wideness and cleanness.

又,上述架板180係剛好在前述落差部192附近分割之兩構件構造,構成大架板部193之架,構成一般架板部194之架,於其間形成落差部192,而將無效空間設成某程度的情形下可獲得同樣的效果。Further, the shelf plate 180 is a two-member structure that is divided just in the vicinity of the step portion 192, and constitutes a frame of the large frame portion 193, and constitutes a frame of the general shelf portion 194, and a drop portion 192 is formed therebetween, and an invalid space is provided. The same effect can be obtained in a certain degree of situation.

想定於具透明性,而前端邊具有波浪狀之落差部192之架板180之前端邊,安裝可作為化妝用之金屬板195的情形。It is assumed that the front side of the shelf 180 having the undulating portion 192 having the wavy shape on the front end side is attached to the metal plate 195 for makeup.

此情形下,若是從貯藏室之前方藉著照明裝置87將光照射於此架板180及金屬板195,亦即構成可從與使用者之目線方向約相同的方向照射光線,則非常容易看見貯藏室內之收納物,且可更提昇具有波浪狀之架板180的設計性。In this case, if the light is irradiated to the shelf 180 and the metal plate 195 by the illumination device 87 from the front of the storage compartment, that is, the light can be irradiated from the same direction as the direction of the user's eye, which is very easy to see. The storage contents in the storage room can further enhance the design of the wavy frame 180.

又,架板180之材質為玻璃的話,可增加光的透過性,潔淨且強度亦為優異者,因此為一舉兩得。Moreover, when the material of the shelf plate 180 is glass, the light transmittance can be increased, and the cleanness and strength are excellent, so that it is a two-pronged one.

又,以利用LED於照明裝置87並埋入內箱70之隔熱壁 的構造,較習知主要於冷氣管84或架頂設置照明裝置的情形能達到省空間化。Moreover, the insulating wall of the inner box 70 is buried in the lighting device 87 by using the LED. The construction is more space-saving than is conventionally the case where the air duct 84 or the overhead lighting device is provided.

又,如上所述,左門袋90為深度長度C較短的構造。因此如第24圖所示,即使在左門60a僅能開啟90度的使用環境下,開口尺寸G亦具有可取出收納物程度的長度。Further, as described above, the left door pocket 90 has a structure in which the depth length C is short. Therefore, as shown in Fig. 24, even in the use environment in which the left door 60a can be opened only by 90 degrees, the opening size G has a length that can be taken out of the storage.

亦即,本實施樣態之冰箱151合併因向前方突出的大架板部193而能使收納物位於較前面的位置,而具有即使左門60a處於無法充分開啟的使用環境下,亦可容易地將已置於架板180之收納物取出的優點。In other words, the refrigerator 151 of the present embodiment can be combined with the large shelf portion 193 that protrudes forward, so that the storage object can be positioned at a front position, and the storage device can be easily used even if the left door 60a is in a use environment in which the left door 60a is not fully opened. The advantage of having the storage that has been placed on the shelf 180 is removed.

又,本實施樣態之冷藏室53係於冰箱151內配置在最上部。因此將冰箱151設成近年來呈主流之內容積超過400L型態之本體高度1800mm程度之冰箱的情形下,構成冷藏室53之收納物位於與使用者之剛好目線同程度的高度。Further, the refrigerating compartment 53 of the present embodiment is disposed in the uppermost portion of the refrigerator 151. Therefore, in the case where the refrigerator 151 is installed in a refrigerator having a main body having a volume of more than 400 L in a form of a main body having a height of 1800 mm, the storage of the refrigerating compartment 53 is located at the same height as the user's eye line.

藉此,使用者可簡單地放入或取出收納物。而且,以下功夫於從中向左右對開兩扇式之設於左門60a的左門袋90、設於右門60b之右門袋91、及架板180之形狀的狀態,可飛躍性地增加貯藏室內的收納空間,可實現配合收納物之大小及形狀之效率良好的收納。Thereby, the user can simply put in or take out the storage. Further, in the state in which the left door pocket 90 provided on the left door 60a, the right door pocket 91 provided in the right door 60b, and the shelf 180 are split from the center to the right and left, the storage space in the storage room can be dramatically increased. It is possible to achieve efficient storage with the size and shape of the storage.

例如使用者可將調味量或調味漿等較小的瓶類收納於左門袋90,而將保特瓶或牛乳盒等較大物品收納於右門袋91那般的區分收納。For example, the user can store a small bottle such as a seasoning amount or a seasoning pulp in the left door pocket 90, and store a large item such as a bottle or a milk bottle in the right door pocket 91.

而且,就架板180而論,可將深度深而寬度窄之大架板部193作為收納不經常放入或取出之食材的儲存區使用,而將深度尺寸較短而寬度較大架板部193寬之大架板部193作 為收納經常放入或取出之食材的流動區使用那般的區分收納。Further, in the case of the shelf plate 180, the large shelf portion 193 having a deep depth and a narrow width can be used as a storage region for storing food materials that are not often placed or taken out, and the shelf portion having a shorter depth and a larger width can be used. 193 wide slab section 193 It is used to store the flow area for the ingredients that are often placed or taken out.

亦即,使用者可將冷藏室53內大致區分成4個空間,可因應目的而使用各分區。That is, the user can roughly divide the inside of the refrigerating compartment 53 into four spaces, and each partition can be used depending on the purpose.

又,以將冷藏室53之前面開口部設成最大者,於其下方配置具有抽屜之製冰室54、切換室55、蔬果室56等,能實現使用方便性非常好的貯藏室配置。Further, in order to maximize the opening of the front surface of the refrigerating compartment 53, the ice making compartment 54, the switching compartment 55, the vegetable compartment 56, and the like having the drawer are disposed below the storage compartment, and the storage compartment arrangement having excellent usability can be realized.

而且,架板180可分離成前方架板180b與後方架板180a。因此,例如拆下位於架板180之最下段之前方架板180b的話,可將高度高的收納物載置於載置架板183而收納。但是,載置架板183亦具有與大架板193同形狀的部分,因此該部分可載置高度高且大的收納物,其他部分可載置高度高且細的收納物。Moreover, the shelf 180 can be separated into a front shelf 180b and a rear shelf 180a. Therefore, for example, when the square frame 180b located at the lowermost stage of the shelf 180 is removed, the storage object having a high height can be placed on the mounting shelf 183 and stored. However, since the mounting frame 183 also has a portion having the same shape as the large frame 193, the portion can carry a storage item having a high height and a large size, and the other portion can carry a storage item having a high height and a small size.

又,拆下的前方架板180b可載置於設在後方架板180a下方之支撐部181,因此,不會困惱於收納已拆下之前方架板180b。而且,載置於支撐部181之前方架板180b與在其上之後方架板180a之間存在某種程度的間隔,因此該部分亦創出新的收納空間。Further, since the removed front frame plate 180b can be placed on the support portion 181 provided below the rear frame plate 180a, it is not annoying to accommodate the removed front frame plate 180b. Moreover, there is a certain degree of space between the square frame plate 180b placed before the support portion 181 and the square frame plate 180a behind it, so that the portion also creates a new storage space.

而且,拆下的前方架板180b可進入後方架板180a的下部並予以支撐。藉此,冷藏室53之後方亦可載置某程度高度高的收納物。Moreover, the removed front shelf 180b can enter and support the lower portion of the rear shelf 180a. Thereby, the storage compartment of a certain height can be placed in the back of the refrigerator compartment 53.

以上說明的實施樣態僅是本發明之一個實施樣態而已,乃能可有各種變更、應用。The embodiment described above is only one embodiment of the present invention, and various modifications and applications are possible.

例如已說明了左門60a較右門60b之左右長度短,亦即 橫寬較短的樣態,惟,分割兩門之比率可為任何的比例。For example, it has been explained that the length of the left door 60a is shorter than the right door 60b, that is, The aspect of the width is shorter, but the ratio of dividing the two doors can be any ratio.

即,以使架板180之一般架板部194形成於相對於深度尺寸大的門袋側,而使架板180之大架板部193形成於相對於深度尺寸小的門袋側的狀態,縱使在收納空間之增加量方面有若干差異,也可獲得約同樣的效果。In other words, the general shelf portion 194 of the shelf 180 is formed on the side of the door pocket that is larger than the depth dimension, and the large shelf portion 193 of the shelf 180 is formed on the side of the door pocket that is smaller in depth. Even if there are some differences in the amount of increase in the storage space, about the same effect can be obtained.

又,雖然將左門袋90之深度尺寸設得小,惟其係主要考慮較多慣用右手之使用者中之使用方便性的結果,當然即使左右門袋之構成相反亦可獲得同樣的效果。Further, although the depth dimension of the left door pocket 90 is set to be small, it is mainly a result of the convenience of use among many right-handed users, and of course, the same effect can be obtained even if the left and right door pockets are reversed.

又,可將左門60a及右門60b之左右方向的長度設成相同,亦即可將左門60a之橫寬與右門60b之橫寬設成相同。Further, the lengths of the left door 60a and the right door 60b in the left-right direction can be set to be the same, and the horizontal width of the left door 60a and the horizontal width of the right door 60b can be set to be the same.

如第20圖所示為左門60a之橫寬較右門60b之橫寬短的情形,而大致上大架板部193之橫寬與一般架板部194之橫寬相同。As shown in Fig. 20, the lateral width of the left door 60a is shorter than the lateral width of the right door 60b, and substantially the lateral width of the large shelf portion 193 is the same as the lateral width of the general shelf portion 194.

因此,如第25圖之本實施樣態將冰箱之左門與右門之橫寬設為相同的情形之平面剖面圖所示,將左門60a之橫寬與右門60b之橫寬設成相同。藉此可將大架板部193之橫寬設得長。因此,大架板部193上可放置更多的食品等。Therefore, as shown in the plan view of Fig. 25, the horizontal width of the left door 60a and the horizontal width of the right door 60b are set to be the same as shown in the plan sectional view in which the horizontal widths of the left and right doors of the refrigerator are the same. Thereby, the lateral width of the large plate portion 193 can be set long. Therefore, more foods and the like can be placed on the large plate portion 193.

又,於本實施樣態以於架板180之前端面安裝作為緣材之金屬板195的狀態,而能提昇架板180之強度及設計性等。Further, in the present embodiment, the metal plate 195 as the edge material is attached to the front end surface of the shelf plate 180, and the strength and designability of the shelf plate 180 can be improved.

但是,也可於架板180之全周安裝緣材。例如以樹脂製作架板180時,可將用以設置架板180於內箱70之卡止部等予以一體成形設置。亦即容易於架板180設置突起。However, it is also possible to install the edge material over the entire circumference of the shelf plate 180. For example, when the shelf 180 is made of resin, the locking portion for arranging the shelf 180 on the inner case 70 or the like can be integrally formed. That is, it is easy to provide protrusions on the shelf 180.

但是,以玻璃製作架板180的情形下,例如為了將突起設於架板80,則必要以接著劑將卡止部安裝於玻璃製之架 板180。However, in the case where the shelf 180 is made of glass, for example, in order to provide the protrusion to the shelf 80, it is necessary to attach the locking portion to the glass frame with an adhesive. Plate 180.

因此,例如可考慮製作以樹脂等來覆蓋玻璃製之架板180全周的緣材,於其製作時以一體成形來設置突起。Therefore, for example, it is conceivable to form a flange material covering the entire circumference of the glass plate 180 made of a resin or the like, and to integrally form the projections at the time of production.

此情形下,以將該緣材安裝於玻璃製之架板180的狀態下,用以將架板180設置於內箱70的突起亦構成被安裝於架板180。In this case, in a state in which the edge member is attached to the glass plate 180, the protrusion for providing the shelf 180 to the inner case 70 is also attached to the shelf 180.

第26圖表示於本實施樣態之冰箱151之玻璃製架板180安裝用以覆蓋其全周圍之緣材的狀態。Fig. 26 is a view showing a state in which the glass frame 180 of the refrigerator 151 of the present embodiment is mounted to cover the entire periphery thereof.

第26圖所示之緣材196例如為樹脂製,頂在架板180之兩端的部分以一體成形來設置卡止部196a。The edge material 196 shown in Fig. 26 is made of, for example, a resin, and a portion that is placed at both ends of the shelf plate 180 is integrally formed to provide a locking portion 196a.

可分別製作玻璃製之架板180與第26圖所示之緣材196,分別完成後組合,亦可以插入成形而將架板180與緣材196一體成形。The glass frame 180 and the edge material 196 shown in Fig. 26 can be separately formed, and the combination can be separately formed, or the frame 180 and the edge member 196 can be integrally formed by insert molding.

為插入成形時,可更快速製作包含緣材196及卡止部196a之架板180。又,可提昇架板180與緣材196的固接力。In the case of insert molding, the frame 180 including the edge member 196 and the locking portion 196a can be produced more quickly. Moreover, the fixing force of the frame plate 180 and the edge material 196 can be improved.

又,以玻璃製作架板180的情形下,也可瞭解在提高強度的目的上,乃有安裝緣材的必要。Further, in the case where the frame plate 180 is made of glass, it is also understood that it is necessary to attach the edge material for the purpose of improving the strength.

但是,安裝於玻璃製之架板的緣材可保護架板180之周緣部分,防止置放於架板180上之物品的掉落,及能達到提昇設計性等功效。However, the edge material mounted on the glass frame can protect the peripheral portion of the shelf plate 180, prevent the articles placed on the shelf plate 180 from falling, and can achieve the effects of improving design.

又,金屬板195及緣材196等之緣材如第23圖及第26圖所示,於架180之上面更上面,及於下面更下面形成夾設突出的形狀。亦即,架板180建構成於周緣具有邊緣的形狀。Further, as shown in Figs. 23 and 26, the metal plate 195 and the edge material 196 are formed on the upper surface of the frame 180, and have a shape in which the protrusion is formed on the lower surface. That is, the shelf 180 is constructed in a shape having an edge at the periphery.

但是,緣材可非從架板180之上面及下面夾設突出的形 狀。例如夾入較架板180之厚度薄之短邊方向之寬度窄的金屬板那般地安裝於樹脂製之架板180的前端面或全周。However, the edge material may not be protruded from the top and bottom of the shelf 180. shape. For example, a metal plate having a narrow width in the short side direction of the thin plate 180 is attached to the front end surface or the entire circumference of the resin frame plate 180.

如此的情形亦可提昇例如架板180的強度。Such a situation can also enhance the strength of, for example, the shelf 180.

(實施樣態6)(Implementation 6)

使用第27圖來說明本發明之實施樣態6的冰箱。The refrigerator of the embodiment 6 of the present invention will be described using Fig. 27.

第27圖為實施樣態之冰箱218之冷藏室部分的橫剖面圖。又,關於與實施樣態5相同構成部分以相同符號表示而省略說明。Fig. 27 is a cross-sectional view showing a portion of the refrigerator compartment of the refrigerator 218 of the embodiment. The same components as those in the embodiment 5 are denoted by the same reference numerals and will not be described.

又,本實施樣態之冰箱218之左右門袋及架板之形狀與實施樣態5之冰箱151不同,其他構成部及其機能等與實施樣態5之冰箱151相同。因此以本實施樣態之冰箱218之特徵性的構成為中心來說明。Further, the shape of the left and right door pockets and the shelf of the refrigerator 218 of the present embodiment is different from that of the refrigerator 151 of the fifth embodiment, and the other components and functions thereof are the same as those of the refrigerator 151 of the fifth embodiment. Therefore, the characteristic configuration of the refrigerator 218 of the present embodiment will be mainly described.

如第27圖所示,本實施樣態之冰箱218具有左門60a、右門60b、左門袋100、右門袋101及架板202。As shown in Fig. 27, the refrigerator 218 of this embodiment has a left door 60a, a right door 60b, a left door pocket 100, a right door pocket 101, and a shelf 202.

又,左門袋100被支撐固定在左門60a,且涵蓋左門60a之上下多數配置著。右門袋101亦同樣地被右門60b支撐固定著,且涵蓋右門60b之上下多數配置著。Further, the left door pocket 100 is supported and fixed to the left door 60a, and covers most of the upper left door 60a. The right door pocket 101 is similarly supported and fixed by the right door 60b, and covers most of the upper door 60b.

架板202以在不干涉此等門袋的位置及形狀,且涵蓋此等門袋與冷氣管84之間的空間上下多數配置著。藉著此等多數架板202而形成有涵蓋達多數段之貯藏品的收納空間。The shelf 202 is disposed in a position that does not interfere with the position and shape of the door pockets, and covers a space between the door pockets and the cold air duct 84. A storage space covering a plurality of sections of storage is formed by the plurality of shelf plates 202.

左門袋100為不干涉右門60b那般地收納在圖中之左門60a之旋轉軌跡內的大小,底面形狀約呈四角的形狀。The left door pocket 100 has a size that is accommodated in the rotation locus of the left door 60a in the figure without interfering with the right door 60b, and the shape of the bottom surface is approximately four corners.

右門袋101之深度尺寸較左門袋100更長。又,在不干涉左門60a那般地收納在圖中之右門60b之旋轉軌跡內,因 此右門袋101之左端的深度尺寸形成得短。The right door pocket 101 has a longer depth dimension than the left door pocket 100. Moreover, it is accommodated in the rotation locus of the right door 60b in the figure without interfering with the left door 60a, because The depth dimension of the left end of the right door pocket 101 is formed to be short.

架板202在左門袋110及右門袋101與冷氣管84之間之貯藏室空間內,以不干涉左門袋100及右門袋101那般隔著某程度的間隙配置著。The shelf 202 is disposed in a storage space between the left door pocket 110 and the right door pocket 101 and the cold air tube 84 so as not to interfere with the left door pocket 100 and the right door pocket 101 with a certain gap therebetween.

具體而言,架板202以載置於一體形成在內箱70之突起等的形態被內箱70保持及支撐固定著,配置成上下方向約呈水平。Specifically, the shelf 202 is held and supported by the inner case 70 in such a manner as to be placed integrally with the protrusions of the inner case 70, and is disposed so as to be horizontal in the vertical direction.

因此,架板202的形狀如第27圖所示,為其左端邊較右端邊之深度尺寸長的形狀。Therefore, the shape of the shelf 202 is as shown in Fig. 27, and the left end side has a shape having a longer depth dimension than the right end side.

具體而言,如第27圖所示,將左端邊之長度設成H,將右端邊之長度設為J,則構成H>J的關係。Specifically, as shown in Fig. 27, the length of the left end side is set to H, and the length of the right end side is J, and the relationship of H>J is formed.

又,左門袋100與右門袋101之間,剛好在間隔體86後方空間設有交界部206,而為從該交界部206起右側之深度漸漸地變短的形狀。Further, between the left door pocket 100 and the right door pocket 101, the boundary portion 206 is provided in the space behind the spacer 86, and the depth from the boundary portion 206 is gradually shortened.

又,所謂交界部206係與實施樣態5之架板180之落差部192相同,而為架板之深度尺寸改變之約構成其交界部分。Further, the boundary portion 206 is the same as the drop portion 192 of the shelf plate 180 of the embodiment 5, and the boundary portion of the shelf plate is changed to constitute the boundary portion.

亦即,從架板202之交界部206起左側相當於實施樣態5之大架板部193,從交界部206起右側相當於實施樣態5之一般架板部194。That is, from the boundary portion 206 of the shelf 202, the left side corresponds to the large shelf portion 193 of the embodiment 5, and the right side corresponds to the general shelf portion 194 of the embodiment 5 from the boundary portion 206.

以下說明實施樣態之架板202以及左門袋100及右門袋101所帶來的效果。The effects of the shelf 202 and the left door pocket 100 and the right door pocket 101 of the embodiment will be described below.

左門袋100如上所述以其底形狀形成約四角形狀且寬度及深度尺寸形成較小的狀態,可極力地將間隔體86之後方的無效空間設得小。As described above, the left door pocket 100 is formed in a shape of a square shape with a bottom shape and a small width and a depth dimension, and the ineffective space behind the spacer 86 can be made extremely small.

又,以將架板202之左側設成突出至左門袋100之近旁的形狀,而可將架板202之左側部分的深度尺寸設得長。Further, the left side of the shelf plate 202 is formed to protrude to the vicinity of the left door pocket 100, and the depth dimension of the left side portion of the shelf plate 202 can be set long.

又,為了彌補左門袋100的變小,乃將右門袋101設得較左門袋100大。Moreover, in order to make up for the reduction of the left door pocket 100, the right door pocket 101 is set larger than the left door pocket 100.

藉此,對使用者可不必減少便利性非常高之門袋的收納空間,即能飛躍性地增加貯藏室內的收納空間。Thereby, it is possible to drastically increase the storage space in the storage compartment without the need for the user to reduce the storage space of the door pocket having a very high convenience.

特別是使架板202之前端邊的交界部206位於左門袋100與右門袋101之間之間隔體86的後方空間,且沿著架板202之前端邊那般地構成右門袋101的形狀,能將習知以來總是在從中向左右對開兩扇式所特有之間隔體86的後方空間所存在的無效空間設得最小。In particular, the boundary portion 206 of the front end of the shelf 202 is located in the rear space of the spacer 86 between the left door pocket 100 and the right door pocket 101, and the shape of the right door pocket 101 is formed along the front end of the shelf 202. It is possible to minimize the ineffective space existing in the rear space of the spacer 86 unique to the left and right sides from the middle.

亦即,本實施樣態之冰箱218以將架板202、左門袋100及右門袋101的形狀設成第28圖所示的形狀,而與實施樣態5之冰箱151同樣以放大貯藏室內之可收納的架底面積,而能有效地增加收納空間。That is, the refrigerator 218 of the present embodiment has the shape of the shelf plate 202, the left door pocket 100, and the right door pocket 101 in the shape shown in FIG. 28, and is similar to the refrigerator 151 of the fifth embodiment to enlarge the storage compartment. The bottom area that can be stored can effectively increase the storage space.

又,架板202之前端面存在一個交界部206,從上下方向觀看架板202時,前端邊為約以兩條直線構成之簡單的形狀。此情形下,從前端面安裝兼具化妝用之金屬板(未以圖式顯示)之形狀亦能達到簡單的情形來看,能以廉價的成本製作架板202及金屬板。Further, the front end surface of the shelf plate 202 has one boundary portion 206. When the shelf plate 202 is viewed from the vertical direction, the front end side has a simple shape formed by two straight lines. In this case, the frame plate 202 and the metal plate can be produced at a low cost from the fact that the shape of the metal plate (not shown) for makeup is attached from the front end surface.

又,架板202如第27圖所示,也可從上下方向觀看時,前端邊並非約以兩條直線構成的形狀。亦即,架板202之前端面在交界部206可非為彎曲的形狀。Further, as shown in Fig. 27, the shelf plate 202 may have a shape in which the front end side is not formed by two straight lines when viewed from the vertical direction. That is, the front end surface of the shelf plate 202 may not have a curved shape at the boundary portion 206.

例如前端面在交界部206可為緩和地彎曲的形狀。又, 祇要不在左門60a及右門60b之旋轉軌跡內,以及非在間隔體86之旋動所必須之領域的範圍內,交界部206可朝向間隔體86側鼓起。For example, the front end surface may have a shape that is gently curved at the boundary portion 206. also, The boundary portion 206 can be swollen toward the side of the spacer 86 as long as it is not within the rotational trajectory of the left door 60a and the right door 60b, and not within the range of the field necessary for the rotation of the spacer 86.

如此的情形下,雖然多少有些狀況不同,惟可獲得增加收納空間的效果。Under such circumstances, although some conditions are different, it is possible to increase the storage space.

(實施樣態7)(Implementation 7)

使用第28圖及第29圖來說明本發明之實施樣態7的冰箱。The refrigerator of the embodiment 7 of the present invention will be described using Figs. 28 and 29.

第28圖係本實施樣態之冰箱219之冷藏室部分的橫剖面圖。第29圖係打開本實施樣態之冰箱219之左門110a之時的橫剖面圖。又,關於與實施樣5相同構造部分以相同符號表示而省略說明。Fig. 28 is a cross-sectional view showing a portion of the refrigerator compartment of the refrigerator 219 of the present embodiment. Fig. 29 is a cross-sectional view showing the state in which the left door 110a of the refrigerator 219 of the present embodiment is opened. The same components as those in the fifth embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals and will not be described.

又,本實施樣態之冰箱219之左右門袋及架板的形狀與實施樣態5之冰箱151不同,惟,其他構造部分及機能等與實施樣態5之冰箱151相同。因此,以本實施樣態之冰箱的特徵性的構造為中心來說明。Further, the shape of the left and right door pockets and the shelf of the refrigerator 219 of the present embodiment is different from that of the refrigerator 151 of the fifth embodiment. However, other structural parts, functions, and the like are the same as those of the refrigerator 151 of the fifth embodiment. Therefore, the characteristic configuration of the refrigerator of the present embodiment will be mainly described.

如第28圖所示,本實施樣態之冰箱219具有左門110a、右門110b及右門袋111。但是,本實施樣態之冰箱219與實施樣態5及6之各冰箱不同,不具有左門袋。As shown in Fig. 28, the refrigerator 219 of the present embodiment has a left door 110a, a right door 110b, and a right door pocket 111. However, the refrigerator 219 of this embodiment differs from the refrigerators of the embodiments 5 and 6, and does not have a left door pocket.

又,本實施樣態之冰箱219更具有架板212,右門袋111被右門110b支撐固定著。又,右門袋111涵蓋達右門110b之上下而多數設置。Further, the refrigerator 219 of the present embodiment further has a shelf 212, and the right door pocket 111 is supported and fixed by the right door 110b. Further, the right door pocket 111 covers the upper door 110b and is disposed above and most.

架板212以在不干涉此等右門袋111的位置及形狀,於此等右門袋111與冷氣管84之間的空間涵蓋上下多數配 置。藉著此等多數架板212而形成涵蓋多數段之貯藏室的收納空間。The shelf 212 is disposed at a position and shape that does not interfere with the right door pockets 111. The space between the right door pockets 111 and the cold air ducts 84 covers the upper and lower portions. Set. A storage space covering a plurality of storage compartments is formed by the plurality of shelf plates 212.

架板212以不干涉右門袋111而配置於右門袋111與冷氣管84之間的貯藏室空間內且形成有某程度的間隙。The shelf 212 is disposed in the storage space between the right door pocket 111 and the cold air pipe 84 without interfering with the right door pocket 111, and is formed with a certain degree of clearance.

具體而言,架板212以載置於一體成形在內箱70之突起等的狀態被內箱70保持及支撐固定,而配置成上下方向約呈水平。Specifically, the shelf 212 is held and supported by the inner case 70 in a state in which the projections and the like of the inner case 70 are integrally formed, and is arranged horizontally in the vertical direction.

爰此,架板212之形狀如第28圖所示,為覆蓋左門110a之深度尺方向之約全領域的形狀,右門110b之後方側形成在前後方向以不干涉右門袋111的形狀。As a result, as shown in FIG. 28, the shape of the shelf 212 is a shape that covers the entire area of the depth gauge direction of the left door 110a, and the rear side of the right door 110b is formed in the front-rear direction so as not to interfere with the shape of the right door pocket 111.

亦即,本實施樣態之架板212與實施樣態5之架板180同樣於前面端具有落差的形狀。That is, the shelf 212 of the present embodiment has a shape of a drop at the front end as well as the shelf 180 of the embodiment 5.

具體而言,架板212具有將落差部214之左側深度尺寸設為K,將落差部214之右側深度尺寸設為L的情形下,則構成K>L的關係。Specifically, the shelf plate 212 has a relationship in which K>L is formed when the depth dimension on the left side of the step portion 214 is K and the depth dimension on the right side of the step portion 214 is L.

又,將從架板212之約落差部214之左右方向之中心點向深度方向延伸之直線的左側設為大架板部213、將該直線之右側設為一般架板部215。Further, the left side of the straight line extending in the depth direction from the center point of the left and right direction of the landing portion 212 of the shelf plate 212 is the large frame portion 213, and the right side of the straight line is the general shelf portion 215.

以下說明本實施樣態之架板212及右門袋111所帶來的效果。The effects of the shelf 212 and the right door pocket 111 of the present embodiment will be described below.

於冰箱219之冷藏室內如第28圖所示,約以右門袋111與架板112來分配。As shown in Fig. 28, in the refrigerator compartment of the refrigerator 219, the right door pocket 111 and the shelf panel 112 are distributed.

又,與右門110b構成一體而旋轉之右門袋111的形狀收納在圖中之右門110b的旋轉軌跡內。Further, the shape of the right door pocket 111 that is integrally rotated with the right door 110b is accommodated in the rotation locus of the right door 110b in the drawing.

而且,架板212存在有不與右門袋111干涉之已決定深度尺寸的一般架板215,大架板部213為突出至左門110a附近的形狀。Further, the shelf 212 has a general shelf 215 having a determined depth dimension that does not interfere with the right door pocket 111, and the large shelf portion 213 has a shape that protrudes to the vicinity of the left door 110a.

藉此,可將習知從中向左右對開兩扇式之門特有之門袋與架板之間的空間,即存在於間隔體86後方之無效空間,除了間隔體86之旋動所必要最低限的空間之外皆弄成無。Thereby, the space between the door pocket and the shelf which is unique to the two-door door from the middle to the right and left, that is, the invalid space existing behind the spacer 86, except for the minimum necessary for the rotation of the spacer 86 Everything outside the space is made.

亦即,可瞭解架板212及右門袋111為第28圖所示之形狀的理由,在增加收納空間上非常具效果。That is, the reason why the shelf 212 and the right door pocket 111 are the shape shown in FIG. 28 can be understood, and it is very effective in increasing the storage space.

又,左門110a不具有作為收納空間的門袋,僅以隔熱壁來構成。藉此,可使架板212朝左門110a近旁突出,可將架板212之深度尺寸設成與左門110a之貯藏室側之面至貯藏室裹面之長度同程度。Further, the left door 110a does not have a door pocket as a storage space, and is configured only by a heat insulating wall. Thereby, the shelf 212 can be protruded toward the left door 110a, and the depth of the shelf 212 can be set to be the same as the length of the storage compartment side of the left door 110a to the storage compartment.

此情形下,可使收納物位於使用者之目視正面,且位於易取出之前面的位置,因此物品容易放入取出且便利。而且方便於收納長的物品。In this case, the storage object can be placed on the front side of the user's visual view, and is located at a position before the easy removal, so that the article can be easily taken in and taken out. And it is convenient to store long items.

又,如第28圖所示,架板212之上面形成略L字形狀。因此於打開右門110b時,物品當然可進出一般架板部215之前側領域,且物品可容易進出存在於左門110a之箱內方向之落差部214附近的領域。Further, as shown in Fig. 28, the upper surface of the shelf plate 212 is formed in a slightly L shape. Therefore, when the right door 110b is opened, the article can of course enter and exit the front side of the general shelf portion 215, and the article can easily enter and exit the area existing near the falling portion 214 in the direction of the inside of the left door 110a.

此乃因一旦打開右門110b,則對落差部214附近之領域之物品的進出方向之空間形成開放的空間之故。亦即,打開右門110b,從橫方向對該領域之物品可進出之空間的寬度寬之故。This is because when the right door 110b is opened, an open space is formed in the space in the direction in which the articles in the vicinity of the drop portion 214 enter and exit. That is, the right door 110b is opened, and the width of the space in which the articles in the field can enter and exit from the lateral direction is wide.

又,雖然依存於右門袋111與架板212之貯藏室內的收納空間分配量,但是可將架板212之左右的深度度設成同程度,亦即可將左右之深度尺寸設成接近均一的狀態。此情形下,收納物存在於接近使用者的位置,而具有非常容易以目視確認實於收納物的優點。Moreover, although depending on the storage space allocation amount of the right door pocket 111 and the shelf 212, the left and right depths of the shelf 212 can be set to the same level, and the left and right depth dimensions can be set to be nearly uniform. status. In this case, the storage object exists in a position close to the user, and has an advantage that it is very easy to visually confirm the actual storage item.

又,如第29圖所示,即使在左門僅能打開90度程度的使用環境下,於打開左門110a時之開口尺寸M亦可獲得大的尺寸。亦即,比較於習知之具有左門者,可特別地提昇物品的進出容易度。Further, as shown in Fig. 29, even in the use environment where the left door can only be opened by 90 degrees, the opening size M when the left door 110a is opened can also be obtained in a large size. That is to say, compared with the conventional one having the left door, the ease of entry and exit of the article can be particularly improved.

而且,想定於架板212之大架板部213放置如第14圖所示之寬度方向之尺寸在M以下的小物品盒83的情形。Further, it is assumed that the large shelf portion 213 of the shelf 212 is placed in the small article case 83 having a dimension in the width direction of M or less as shown in FIG.

此情形下,使用者可不受左門110a的干擾而能將小物品盒83拉出至前面。而且,有時將小物品盒83抽出於貯藏室外使用的情形亦簡單。In this case, the user can pull the small item box 83 to the front without being disturbed by the left door 110a. Moreover, it is also simple to take out the small item box 83 for use outside the storage room.

如上所述,本實施樣態之冰箱219與實施樣態5及6之各冰箱同樣,可有效率地增加收納空間。而且,於冰箱219以於左門110a側之貯藏室空間設置各式各樣的抽屜機構而能提昇物品的進出性。As described above, the refrigerator 219 of this embodiment can increase the storage space efficiently as in the refrigerators of the fifth and sixth embodiments. Further, in the refrigerator 219, various drawer mechanisms are provided in the storage room space on the left door 110a side, and the ingress and egressability of the articles can be improved.

(實施樣態8)(Implementation 8)

如上所述,實施樣態5~7之各冰箱係於冷藏室之開口部具有兩片門之從中向左右對開兩扇式的冰箱。又,架板之深度尺寸可因應門袋或門之箱內側形狀而改變。As described above, each of the refrigerators of the embodiments 5 to 7 is a refrigerator in which two doors of the two doors are opened to the left and right in the opening portion of the refrigerator compartment. Moreover, the depth dimension of the shelf can vary depending on the shape of the inside of the door pocket or the door box.

具體而言,架板形成填充貯藏室內之無效空間的形狀。藉此增加貯藏室內之收納空間。又,亦具有因應使用 頻度與大小而改變收納物之收納位置的區分收納等效果。Specifically, the shelf forms a shape that fills the void space in the storage compartment. Thereby increasing the storage space in the storage compartment. Also, it has the right to use The frequency and the size change the storage position of the storage object to distinguish the storage and the like.

在此說明,架板設成上述形狀所帶來的效果,不僅是從中向左右對開兩扇式之冰箱有效,冷藏室之門僅一片之所謂單開式的冰箱也有效。Here, it is explained that the effect of the above-described shape of the shelf is not only effective for the two-segment refrigerators from the center to the left and right, but also the so-called single-open refrigerator of the door of the refrigerator compartment.

因此,本發明之實施樣態8說明將單開式之冰箱應用於本發明的情形。Therefore, the embodiment 8 of the present invention illustrates the case where a single-open type refrigerator is applied to the present invention.

第30圖係本實施樣態之冰箱的正面圖。Figure 30 is a front elevational view of the refrigerator of the present embodiment.

如第30圖所示,本實施樣態之冰箱220與實施樣態5之冰箱151相同具有冷藏室53、製冰室54、切換室55、蔬果室56及冷凍室57。As shown in Fig. 30, the refrigerator 220 of the present embodiment has a refrigerating compartment 53, an ice making compartment 54, a switching compartment 55, a vegetable compartment 56, and a freezing compartment 57 in the same manner as the refrigerator 151 of the fifth embodiment.

又,冷藏室53設置有一片門65。使用者以打開門65而能對冷藏室53放入或取出物品。Further, the refrigerator compartment 53 is provided with a single door 65. The user can insert or take out the item to the refrigerating compartment 53 by opening the door 65.

第31圖係本實施樣態8之冰箱220的橫剖面圖(第30圖所示之B-B剖面圖)。又,關於與實施樣態5相同的構造部分以相同符號表示而省略說明。Fig. 31 is a cross-sectional view of the refrigerator 220 of the embodiment 8 (B-B sectional view shown in Fig. 30). The same components as those in the embodiment 5 are denoted by the same reference numerals and will not be described.

如第31圖所示,本實施樣態之冰箱220具有門袋97。門袋97被門65支撐固定著,涵蓋達門65之上下多數配置著。As shown in Fig. 31, the refrigerator 220 of this embodiment has a door pocket 97. The door pocket 97 is supported by the door 65 and covers most of the upper and lower doors 65.

又,門袋97在旋動軸88側之深度尺寸R形成較相對側之深度尺寸Q長的形狀。亦即,構成R>Q的關係。Further, the depth dimension R of the door pocket 97 on the side of the rotary shaft 88 is formed to be longer than the depth dimension Q of the opposite side. That is, the relationship of R>Q is formed.

又,冰箱220具有之架板221以不干涉門袋97的位置及形狀,涵蓋於門袋97與冷氣管84之間之空間的上下多數配置著。藉此等多數的架板221而形成涵蓋多數段的收納空間。Further, the shelf plate 221 of the refrigerator 220 is disposed so as not to interfere with the position and shape of the door pocket 97, and is disposed above and below the space between the door pocket 97 and the cold air duct 84. Thereby, a plurality of shelf plates 221 are formed to form a storage space covering a plurality of segments.

此架板221與實施樣態5之架板180同樣具有落差部 224,具有深度尺寸長的大架板部222與深度尺寸短的一般架板部223。This shelf 221 has the same drop portion as the shelf 180 of the embodiment 5 224, having a large shelf portion 222 having a long depth dimension and a general shelf portion 223 having a short depth dimension.

具體而言,將大架板部222之深度尺寸設為N,將一般架板部223之深度尺寸設為P,則呈N>P,且N及Q之和與P及R之和約為相等關係。Specifically, the depth dimension of the large shelf portion 222 is N, and the depth dimension of the general shelf portion 223 is P, which is N>P, and the sum of N and Q and the sum of P and R are approximately Equal relationship.

即,架板221與實施樣態5之架板180同樣作成填充貯藏室內之無效空間的形態。That is, the shelf 221 is formed in the same manner as the shelf 180 of the embodiment 5 to fill the ineffective space in the storage compartment.

以下說明本實施樣態之架板221及門袋97所帶來的效果。The effects of the shelf 221 and the door pocket 97 of this embodiment will be described below.

如上所述,對使用者而言門袋亦有為必要者,而需要某程度的大型化。因此,將門袋大型化的情形下,橫寬度限制至貯藏室之橫寬度,因此要將深度尺寸設得長。As described above, the door pocket is also necessary for the user, and a certain degree of enlargement is required. Therefore, in the case where the door pocket is enlarged, the lateral width is limited to the lateral width of the storage compartment, so the depth dimension is set to be long.

但是,一旦考量門的開關,則門袋之深度尺寸僅能設長至某程度。However, once the door switch is considered, the depth dimension of the door pocket can only be set to a certain extent.

具體而言,單開式之冰箱為冰箱220的情形下,以門65之旋動中心的旋動軸88為中心,必須將門袋收97納在通過內箱70之與旋動軸88相對側之端部的圓(一點鏈線)內。Specifically, in the case where the single-open type refrigerator is the refrigerator 220, the door pocket is received at 97 on the opposite side of the inner box 70 from the rotary shaft 88, centering on the rotation axis 88 of the rotation center of the door 65. Inside the circle (a little chain line) at the end.

因此考量於距離門袋97之旋動軸88遠之側,即於門袋97之左側設置傾斜部分,同時將深度尺寸設得長以不干涉該圓。但是,此情形下如上所述,該深度尺寸愈長則其傾斜部分愈急劇而會增加無效空間。Therefore, it is considered to be farther from the side of the rotary shaft 88 of the door pocket 97, that is, the inclined portion is provided on the left side of the door pocket 97, while the depth dimension is set long so as not to interfere with the circle. However, in this case, as described above, the longer the depth dimension, the sharper the inclined portion increases the dead space.

因此,本實施樣態之冰箱220在門袋97之左側的深度尺寸設得較短的狀態,不必設傾斜部分即可關閉門65。Therefore, in the refrigerator 220 of the present embodiment, the depth dimension on the left side of the door pocket 97 is set to be short, and the door 65 can be closed without providing the inclined portion.

又,以將門袋97之右側之深度尺寸設得較長的狀態, 可彌補因左側之深度尺寸設得短所造成的收容量減少。Moreover, the depth dimension of the right side of the door pocket 97 is set to be long. It can compensate for the reduction in the capacity due to the short depth dimension on the left side.

即,門袋97整體看起來形成右側朝貯藏室內突出的形狀。That is, the door pocket 97 as a whole appears to have a shape in which the right side protrudes toward the storage compartment.

因此,可瞭解於門袋97之左側的貯藏室方向產生無效空間。爰此,相對於門袋97之架板221係將其左側以不干涉門袋97的範圍內,朝深度方向設得長以填充該無效空間。Therefore, it can be understood that an invalid space is generated in the direction of the storage compartment on the left side of the door pocket 97. As a result, the frame 221 of the door pocket 97 is set to be long in the depth direction so as not to interfere with the door pocket 97 so as to fill the invalid space.

藉此可抑制無效空間的產生,可放大其合併了門袋97及架板221之貯藏室整體之可收納的架底面積。Thereby, the generation of the ineffective space can be suppressed, and the area of the bottom of the storage compartment in which the door pocket 97 and the shelf 221 are combined can be enlarged.

又,與實施樣態5之冰箱151同樣為可區分收納並對於使用者使用方便性佳的冰箱。Further, similarly to the refrigerator 151 of the fifth embodiment, the refrigerator 151 can be stored separately and is convenient for use by the user.

如上所述,本實施樣態之冰箱220係與實施樣態5~7之各冰箱同樣為收納效率及便利性高的冰箱。As described above, the refrigerator 220 of the present embodiment is a refrigerator having high storage efficiency and convenience as in the refrigerators of the fifth to seventh embodiments.

又,上述實施樣態5~8中,於門袋之突出部分下方的冷藏室底面存在有較大且平的空間。Further, in the above-described embodiments 5 to 8, there is a large and flat space on the bottom surface of the refrigerator compartment below the protruding portion of the door pocket.

具體而言,於冷藏室底面,門袋下方且距架板之落差部於架板之深度尺寸短側的空間下方位置存在有該空間。Specifically, in the bottom surface of the refrigerator compartment, the space below the door pocket and below the shelf is located below the space on the short side of the depth dimension of the shelf.

由於此空間係當關閉門時門袋位於正上方位置,因此無法作為食品等之載置領域使用。Since this space is located directly above the door when the door is closed, it cannot be used as a mounting field for foods and the like.

但是,以於此空間設置凹陷部並將收納容器填充於此凹陷部的狀態,可將食品等收納至收納容器。However, in a state where the recessed portion is provided in this space and the storage container is filled in the recessed portion, the food or the like can be stored in the storage container.

第32圖表示本實施樣態之冰箱220之收納容器的配置領域。Fig. 32 is a view showing the field of arrangement of the storage container of the refrigerator 220 of the present embodiment.

如第32圖所示,於門袋97之下方且係在架板221之落差部224之右側空間的下方配置收納容器98。As shown in Fig. 32, the storage container 98 is disposed below the door pocket 97 and below the space on the right side of the falling portion 224 of the shelf 221.

藉此,例如使用者可將不適於朝架板221與門袋97收納之醬油瓶等收納於收納容器98,可提昇便利性。又,可提昇冰箱220的收納效率。By this means, for example, the user can store the soy sauce bottle or the like which is not suitable for storage in the shelf 221 and the door pocket 97 in the storage container 98, and the convenience can be improved. Moreover, the storage efficiency of the refrigerator 220 can be improved.

如此的收納容器98不限於本實施樣態之冰箱220,對實施樣態5~7之冰箱亦可同樣地設置而可帶來同樣的效果。Such a storage container 98 is not limited to the refrigerator 220 of the present embodiment, and the refrigerator of the embodiment 5 to 7 can be similarly provided, and the same effect can be obtained.

又,例如為具有可產生冰之製冰裝置之冰箱的話,也可使用此收納容器98作為可將水供給至製冰裝置的供水容器。Further, for example, if it is a refrigerator having an ice making device capable of generating ice, the storage container 98 may be used as a water supply container that can supply water to the ice making device.

(實施樣態9)(Implementation 9)

使用第35圖~第35圖來說明本發明之實施樣態9的冰箱。The refrigerator of the embodiment 9 of the present invention will be described using Figs. 35 to 35.

第33圖係本實施樣態之冰箱251的縱剖面圖。第34圖表示從架板之下方觀看本實施樣態之冰箱251之架板的左端緣部之狀態的立體圖。第35圖表示拆下本實施樣態之冰箱251之架板之狀態的縱剖面圖。又,關於與實施樣態1相同的構造部分以相同符號表示而省略說明。Fig. 33 is a longitudinal sectional view showing the refrigerator 251 of the present embodiment. Fig. 34 is a perspective view showing a state in which the left end edge portion of the shelf of the refrigerator 251 of the present embodiment is viewed from the lower side of the shelf. Fig. 35 is a longitudinal sectional view showing a state in which the shelf of the refrigerator 251 of the present embodiment is removed. The same components as those in the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals and will not be described.

又,本實施樣態之冰箱251具有用以容易安裝或拆卸架板之支撐部之點與實施樣態1之冰箱51不同,其他構成部及其機能等與實施樣態1之冰箱51相同。因此以本實施樣態之冰箱219之特徵性的構成為中心來說明。Further, the refrigerator 251 of the present embodiment has a point for easily attaching or detaching the support portion of the shelf plate, and is different from the refrigerator 51 of the first embodiment, and the other components and functions thereof are the same as those of the refrigerator 51 of the first embodiment. Therefore, the characteristic configuration of the refrigerator 219 of the present embodiment will be mainly described.

如第33圖所示,本實施樣態之架板280被與形成貯藏室53之內箱一體生成之支撐部281從下方支撐,藉此於貯藏室53之內部以預定間隔配設著。如第34圖所示,於架板280之左右方向兩端緣,L字形狀之卡止片296a以垂下狀突設於分 別的前述端緣。卡止片296a與支撐部281之底面卡合以防止架板280不經意地從支撐部281脫離。As shown in Fig. 33, the support plate 280 of the present embodiment is supported from below by a support portion 281 which is integrally formed with the inner case forming the storage compartment 53, and is disposed at a predetermined interval inside the storage compartment 53. As shown in Fig. 34, in the left and right edges of the shelf 280, the L-shaped locking piece 296a is suspended from the branch. Other aforementioned edges. The locking piece 296a is engaged with the bottom surface of the support portion 281 to prevent the shelf plate 280 from being inadvertently detached from the support portion 281.

支撐部281於深度方向從中央朝前側具有缺口部282。缺口部282具有卡止片296a可通過之深度方向的長度,使架板280滑至缺口部282的話,可解除以架板280與卡止片296a夾持支撐部281的狀態。如第35圖所示,在此狀態下,將架板280之後端緣提起那般地傾斜的話,即使左門60a無法完全打開,而如一點鏈線所示存在著左門袋90,也可拆下架板280。又,進行相反的次序的話,可將架板280安裝於貯藏室53內。The support portion 281 has a notch portion 282 from the center toward the front side in the depth direction. The notch portion 282 has a length in the depth direction through which the locking piece 296a can pass, and when the frame plate 280 is slid to the notch portion 282, the state in which the support portion 281 is sandwiched by the frame plate 280 and the locking piece 296a can be released. As shown in Fig. 35, in this state, if the rear edge of the shelf 280 is lifted so as to be inclined, even if the left door 60a cannot be fully opened, and the left door pocket 90 exists as indicated by a little chain line, it can be removed. Shelf 280. Further, in the reverse order, the shelf 280 can be mounted in the storage compartment 53.

如以上所述的狀態,建構成即使架板280存在有深度尺寸長的部分,也能容易地將架板280安裝於貯藏室53內部或從其拆卸。又,藉著配置於上方之支撐部281之缺口部282可將配設於下方的架板280之傾斜設得大,即使支撐部281間隔緊密並設的情形下,亦可容易地取出架板280。According to the state described above, even if the shelf 280 has a portion having a long depth, the shelf 280 can be easily attached to or detached from the storage compartment 53. Moreover, the inclination of the shelf 280 disposed below can be made large by the notch 282 of the support portion 281 disposed above, and even if the support portion 281 is closely spaced, the shelf can be easily taken out. 280.

(實施樣態10)(Implementation 10)

首先,使用第36圖~第41圖來說明本發明之實施樣態10之冰箱的構造。又,關於與實施樣態1相同構造部分以相同符號表示。First, the construction of the refrigerator of the embodiment 10 of the present invention will be described using Figs. 36 to 41. Further, the same structural portions as those of the embodiment 1 are denoted by the same reference numerals.

第36圖係本實施樣態之冰箱的正面圖。Figure 36 is a front elevational view of the refrigerator of the present embodiment.

如第36圖所示,本實施樣態之冰箱351與實施樣態1之冰箱51同樣為具有從中向左右對開兩扇式之門的冰箱,於隔熱箱體52內具有區劃成多數的貯藏室。As shown in Fig. 36, the refrigerator 351 of the present embodiment is similar to the refrigerator 51 of the first embodiment, and has a refrigerator that has a two-door door from the center to the left and right, and has a partitioned storage in the heat insulating box 52. room.

本實施樣態之冰箱351具體上從上部起具有冷藏室 53、製冰室54、與製冰室54併設且可改變箱內溫度的切換室55、蔬果室56及冷凍室57。The refrigerator 351 of this embodiment has a refrigerating compartment from the upper portion. 53. An ice making chamber 54 and a switching chamber 55, a fruit and vegetable chamber 56, and a freezing chamber 57 which are provided in parallel with the ice making chamber 54 and which can change the temperature inside the box.

於各貯藏室之開口部設置有將例如氨基甲酸乙酯之發泡隔熱材予以發泡充填的隔熱門。具體上,冷藏室53設有可將隔熱箱體52之開口部予以堵塞成可開關的左門60a及右門60b。An insulated door for foaming and filling a foamed heat insulating material such as urethane is provided in the opening of each storage compartment. Specifically, the refrigerating compartment 53 is provided with a left door 60a and a right door 60b that can block the opening of the heat insulating box 52 to be switchable.

又,製冰室54、切換室55、蔬果室56及冷凍室57分別設有抽屜式門61、門62、門63及門64。Further, the ice making compartment 54, the switching compartment 55, the vegetable compartment 56, and the freezing compartment 57 are provided with a drawer type door 61, a door 62, a door 63, and a door 64, respectively.

從收納性與使用便利性的觀點,左門60a較右門60b之左右方向的長度短,亦即構成橫寬較短,製冰室54與切換室55分割之位置約相同而在左右方向的位置分割。From the viewpoints of storability and ease of use, the length of the left door 60a in the left-right direction of the right door 60b is shorter, that is, the lateral width is shorter, and the position where the ice-making chamber 54 and the switching chamber 55 are divided is approximately the same, and the position in the left-right direction is divided. .

又,貯藏室之門因收納形態等也有左門與右門之橫寬相同的從中向左右對開兩扇式構造、以及左門及右門之其中任一方以抽屜式構造。所謂「橫寬相同」乃非僅意味著完全一致而係意味著實質上相同。將其他尺寸及位置等稱為「相同」或「一致」的情形也一樣。Further, the door of the storage room has a drawer structure in which one of the left and right sides of the left door and the right door has the same width and the left and right doors, and the left and right doors are of a drawer type. The so-called "same width" means that they are completely identical and mean essentially the same. The same applies to other sizes and positions, which are referred to as "identical" or "consistent".

又,蔬果室56與冷凍室57之後側設置有未以圖式顯示之冷卻器及風扇,藉著設置於冰箱351之本體下部的壓縮機而驅動冷卻器,從冷卻器冷卻之空氣被送到各貯藏室。又,分別的每一貯藏室可被冷卻控制至預定的溫度。Further, a cooler and a fan which are not shown in the figure are provided on the rear side of the vegetable compartment 56 and the freezer compartment 57, and the cooler is driven by a compressor provided in the lower portion of the main body of the refrigerator 351, and the air cooled from the cooler is sent. Each storage room. Also, each of the respective storage compartments can be cooled to a predetermined temperature.

第37圖係實施樣態10之打開冰箱351之門之狀態的立體圖,第38圖係冰箱351之縱剖面圖(第36圖所示之A-A剖面圖)。Fig. 37 is a perspective view showing a state in which the door of the refrigerator 351 is opened, and Fig. 38 is a longitudinal sectional view of the refrigerator 351 (A-A sectional view shown in Fig. 36).

如第37圖及第38圖所示,冷藏室53配置有可整理食品 等並收納之多數架板80從左側涵蓋至右側面呈架橋狀。As shown in Figs. 37 and 38, the refrigerating compartment 53 is provided with a sterilizable food Most of the shelf plates 80 that are received and received are bridged from the left side to the right side.

藉著此等多數架板80而於冰藏室53內形成涵蓋達多數段的收納空間。A storage space covering a large number of sections is formed in the ice storage compartment 53 by means of the plurality of shelf plates 80.

又,如上所述冷藏室53之開口部設置有左門60a及右門60b。具體而言,左門60a及右門60b分別在隔熱箱體52之左右端部被鉸鏈樞支著。Further, as described above, the opening portion of the refrigerating chamber 53 is provided with a left door 60a and a right door 60b. Specifically, the left door 60a and the right door 60b are pivotally supported at the left and right ends of the heat insulating box 52, respectively.

於如此的從中向左右對開兩扇式之左門60a與右門60b之內側緣部安裝有墊片85,可防止冷藏室53內的冷氣流出至外部。The gasket 85 is attached to the inner edge of the left and right doors 60a and 60b of the two-way type, and the cold airflow in the refrigerator compartment 53 is prevented from being discharged to the outside.

又,左門60a於冷藏室53側之上下方向具有多數左門袋90,右門60b同樣具有多數右門袋91。Further, the left door 60a has a plurality of left door pockets 90 on the upper and lower sides of the refrigerator compartment 53, and the right door 60b also has a plurality of right door pockets 91.

具體而言,各門袋藉著一體形成於門內板89等之未以圖式顯示的保持構件而被固定,確保在保持收納物時的保持強度。又,以門內板89及各門袋之貯藏室側的面形成箱內面。Specifically, each of the door pockets is fixed by a holding member that is integrally formed on the door inner panel 89 or the like and is not shown in the drawings, and the holding strength at the time of holding the storage object is secured. Further, the inner surface of the box is formed by the door inner panel 89 and the surface on the storage compartment side of each door pocket.

此等各個門之多數門袋於冷藏室53內形成涵蓋達多數段的收納空間。又,此等多數門袋之各門袋主要以收納飲料等保特瓶與調味料等瓶類為目的,且於前後左右形成有壁而上方開口的形狀。A plurality of door pockets of the respective doors form a storage space covering a plurality of sections in the refrigerating compartment 53. In addition, each of the door pockets of the plurality of door pockets is mainly for the purpose of accommodating bottles such as beverage bottles and seasonings such as beverages, and has a shape in which the walls are opened on the front, rear, left, and right sides.

即,各門袋為內方突出狀地設於各門之突出部的一例,具有朝上方開口的凹陷部。In other words, each of the door pockets is an example of a protruding portion provided in a projecting manner in each of the door pockets, and has a recessed portion that opens upward.

又,突出部不一定是要有凹陷部者,祇要是能載置物品者即可。Further, the protruding portion does not necessarily have to have a depressed portion as long as it can carry the article.

又,各門袋不具有門側之壁(後壁),也有利用門內板89 作為後壁的情形。Moreover, each door pocket does not have a door side wall (rear wall), and there is also a door inner panel 89 As a case of the back wall.

又,使構成冷藏室53之壁面之內箱70之前方位置的左右兩側凹陷的空間設有照明裝置87,以未以圖式顯示之罩蓋等來覆蓋該空間。藉此照明裝置87而從前方照亮貯藏室內。照明裝置387之光源為多數LED(發光二極體)。即,照明裝置387分別安裝於冷藏室53之左側面及右側面,從架板80之前端面更前方以發光二極體作為光源照射貯藏室內之裝置的一例。Further, a space in which the left and right sides of the inner box 70 constituting the wall surface of the refrigerator compartment 53 are recessed is provided with a lighting device 87, and the space is covered by a cover or the like which is not shown in the drawings. The lighting device 87 is used to illuminate the storage compartment from the front. The light source of the illumination device 387 is a plurality of LEDs (light emitting diodes). In other words, the illuminating device 387 is attached to the left side surface and the right side surface of the refrigerating chamber 53, and is an example of a device that illuminates the storage chamber with the light-emitting diode as a light source from the front end surface of the shelf plate 80.

從較架板80之前端面前方照射冷藏室內的狀態,於收納物將不會產生影,利用者易看見收納物。因此可提昇便利性。又,發光二極體比習知燈泡的消耗電力小,又可長久使用。因此可達到節省能源化。When the front side of the front end surface of the shelf 80 is irradiated to the inside of the refrigerating compartment, no shadow is generated in the storage object, and the user can easily see the storage object. Therefore, convenience can be improved. Moreover, the light-emitting diode has a smaller power consumption than the conventional light bulb and can be used for a long time. Therefore, energy saving can be achieved.

又,冷藏室53內之收納空間之最下段配置著用以提昇肉與魚等之保鮮性的冷藏盒82與可收納蛋等的小物品盒83。Further, in the lowermost stage of the storage space in the refrigerating compartment 53, a refrigerating box 82 for enhancing the freshness of meat and fish and a small item box 83 capable of storing eggs and the like are disposed.

又,如第38圖所示,隔熱箱體52係於將ABS等樹脂體真空成型之內箱70與使用預鍍鋼板等金屬材料之外箱71所構成之空間,注入發泡隔熱材72之隔熱壁所構成。In addition, as shown in Fig. 38, the heat insulating box body 52 is a space in which the inner box 70 which vacuum-molds a resin body such as ABS and a metal case 71 such as a pre-plated steel sheet are used, and the foam heat insulating material is injected. 72 insulation wall.

又,冷藏室53之後方亦即架板80之後側設有用以將上述冷卻器所冷卻之冷氣送風至貯藏室內的冷氣管84。Further, a rear side of the refrigerator compartment 53, that is, a rear side of the shelf 80, is provided with a cold air duct 84 for blowing cold air cooled by the cooler into the storage compartment.

一般冷氣管84為構成在隔熱箱體52內部之裡側約整體者,因應需要而於各架板80之間設置未以圖式顯示的吐出孔,而構成冷氣可普及各收納空間。又,冷氣管也可作為多數架板80之定位機構或固定機構使用。In general, the cold air duct 84 is formed on the inner side of the inside of the heat insulating box 52, and a discharge hole which is not shown in the drawings is provided between the rack plates 80 as needed, and the storage space can be spread by the cold air. Moreover, the cold air pipe can also be used as a positioning mechanism or a fixing mechanism of most of the shelf plates 80.

第39圖係本實施樣態之冰箱351的橫剖面圖(第36圖所示之B-B剖面圖)。Fig. 39 is a cross-sectional view of the refrigerator 351 of the present embodiment (B-B sectional view shown in Fig. 36).

如第39圖所示,位於冷藏室53之開口部的兩門之間配設有間隔體86,於兩門關閉時藉著該間隔體86與墊片85而構成兩門之間的間隙呈密封的構造。As shown in FIG. 39, a spacer 86 is disposed between the two doors of the opening portion of the refrigerating chamber 53, and the gap between the two doors is formed by the spacer 86 and the spacer 85 when the two doors are closed. Sealed construction.

間隔體86安裝於左門60a之右端,構成即使右門60b先關閉後,也可關閉左門60a那般地與左門60a之開關一同旋動的構造。The spacer 86 is attached to the right end of the left door 60a, and is configured to be able to rotate the left door 60a together with the switch of the left door 60a even if the right door 60b is closed first.

因此,間隔體86之後方側(冷藏室側)必須有若干間隔86體旋動的空間。Therefore, the space behind the spacer 86 (the side of the refrigerating compartment) must have a space in which a plurality of spaces 86 are swung.

又,當以裝設於兩門之周緣部之各墊片之間的接觸而能密封兩門間的間隙時,可不必於中央部設置間隔體86。Further, when the gap between the two doors can be sealed by the contact between the spacers provided at the peripheral portions of the two doors, it is not necessary to provide the spacer 86 at the center portion.

又,架板80配置於左門袋90、右門袋91與冷氣管84之間的貯藏室空間內,且為了不干涉左門袋90及右門袋91乃於與此等門袋之間形成有某程度的間隙。Further, the shelf 80 is disposed in the storage compartment space between the left door pocket 90, the right door pocket 91, and the cold air duct 84, and is formed to some extent between the left door pocket 90 and the right door pocket 91 so as not to interfere with the door pocket. Clearance.

又,架板80被一體形成於內箱70之突起等的狀態而被支撐固定於隔熱箱體52,且配置呈約水平。Further, the shelf 80 is supported and fixed to the heat insulating box 52 in a state in which the bracket 80 is integrally formed in a state such as a projection of the inner box 70, and is disposed at a level.

於本實施樣態中,與左右門的關係同樣,左門袋90之寬度方向較右門袋91短。而且左門袋90之上面開口的深度尺寸C與右門袋91之上面開口的深度尺寸D的關係為C<D。In the present embodiment, as in the relationship between the left and right doors, the width direction of the left door pocket 90 is shorter than that of the right door pocket 91. Further, the relationship between the depth dimension C of the upper opening of the left door pocket 90 and the depth dimension D of the upper opening of the right door pocket 91 is C < D.

如上所述,於冰箱351,右門袋91較向貯藏室內側突出而構成較大收納空間。亦即,從中向左右對開兩扇式之門的內門面至冷藏室53之裹面的距離於左右不同,左側之距離較長。As described above, in the refrigerator 351, the right door pocket 91 protrudes toward the storage compartment side to constitute a large storage space. That is, the distance from the inner side of the two-door door to the left and right sides to the wrap surface of the refrigerating compartment 53 is different from left to right, and the distance on the left side is long.

又,架板80對應如上述大小關係之左門袋90及右門袋91的形狀,而形成深度尺寸從冷藏室53之開口部於左右不同的形狀。Further, the shelf 80 corresponds to the shape of the left door pocket 90 and the right door pocket 91 in the above-described size relationship, and has a shape in which the depth dimension is different from the opening of the refrigerator compartment 53 on the right and left sides.

藉著架板80形成如此的形狀,不必改變冰箱351整體大小即可較習知的冰箱增加收納空間。By forming the shape of the shelf 80, it is possible to increase the storage space by a conventional refrigerator without changing the overall size of the refrigerator 351.

以下說明本實施樣態之架板80以及左門袋90及右門袋91所帶來的效果。The effects of the shelf 80 and the left door pocket 90 and the right door pocket 91 of this embodiment will be described below.

建構在冷藏室53之開口部之從中向左右對開兩扇式之左門60a、右門60b以鉸鏈81為軸而從左門60a及右門60b之交界朝外側旋轉開啟。伴隨著此動作,各門具有之左門袋90及右門袋91亦分別與其門同時旋動。The left door 60a and the right door 60b, which are formed in the opening portion of the refrigerating chamber 53 from the center to the left and right, are rotated outward from the boundary between the left door 60a and the right door 60b with the hinge 81 as the axis. Along with this action, the left door pocket 90 and the right door pocket 91 of each door are also simultaneously rotated with their doors.

此時,必須將各門袋設成收納在門之旋轉軌跡內(一點鏈線)的形狀,使一側的門與另一側的門(分別包含已安裝的門袋)不相干涉。At this time, each of the door pockets must be housed in the shape of the rotation trajectory of the door (a little chain line), so that the one side door does not interfere with the other side door (including the installed door pocket, respectively).

本實施樣態中,右門袋91於左側設有傾斜部分,收納在右門60b之旋轉軌跡內的範圍將深度尺寸設得比左門袋90長。又,左門袋90不必作成上述的傾斜部分而係將寬度及深度尺寸設得較短,以收納在左門60a之旋轉軌跡內。In the present embodiment, the right door pocket 91 is provided with an inclined portion on the left side, and the range accommodated in the rotation locus of the right door 60b is set to have a depth dimension longer than the left door pocket 90. Further, the left door pocket 90 is not required to be formed as the above-described inclined portion, and the width and the depth dimension are set to be short to be accommodated in the rotation locus of the left door 60a.

亦即,左門袋90之可收納量設成較小,而將右門袋91設得較大的狀態,可擔保左右之門袋的合計可收納量為一定的量。That is, the storage amount of the left door pocket 90 is set to be small, and the right door pocket 91 is set to a large state, and the total storage capacity of the left and right door pockets can be secured to a certain amount.

右門袋91之深度尺寸愈長則其傾斜部分愈急劇,右門袋91及左門袋90與架板80之間的空間,亦即間隔體86之後方附近之無效空間大的情形為一般者。The longer the depth dimension of the right door pocket 91 is, the sharper the inclined portion is, and the space between the right door pocket 91 and the left door pocket 90 and the shelf 80, that is, the space near the rear of the spacer 86 is large.

又,不論門袋為左側或右側,其深度愈長則其傾斜部分愈急劇,而會增加上述的無效空間。Moreover, regardless of whether the door pocket is the left side or the right side, the longer the depth is, the sharper the inclined portion is, and the above-mentioned invalid space is increased.

本實施樣態建構成架板80之深度尺寸短之側的前端面與內門面至裡門面之距離短之側的內門面對向,架板80之深度尺寸長之側的前端面與內門面至裡門面之距離長之側的內門面對向。In this embodiment, the front end surface of the side wall having the short depth dimension of the frame plate 80 is opposed to the inner side surface of the side where the distance from the inner side surface to the inner side is short, and the front end surface of the side of the frame 80 having a long depth dimension is inside and behind. The facade facing the facade is opposite the inner side of the long side.

具體而言,如第39圖所示,架板80之深度尺寸短之右側的前端面與深度尺寸長的右門袋91對向,架板80之深度尺寸長之側的前端面與深度尺寸短的左門袋90對向。Specifically, as shown in Fig. 39, the front end surface of the right side of the shelf 80 having a short depth dimension is opposed to the right door pocket 91 having a long depth dimension, and the front end surface of the side of the depth dimension of the shelf 80 is short and the depth dimension is short. The left door pocket 90 is opposite.

亦即,以右門袋91及左門袋90構成之突出部的深度尺寸係沿著架板80之深度尺寸對應的尺寸。That is, the depth dimension of the protruding portion formed by the right door pocket 91 and the left door pocket 90 is a dimension corresponding to the depth dimension of the shelf 80.

藉此,將間隔體86之後方附近形成之無效空間設得小可增加貯藏室內的收納空間。Thereby, the ineffective space formed in the vicinity of the rear side of the spacer 86 can be made small to increase the storage space in the storage compartment.

具體而言,如第39圖所示,架板80若是將架板80之左端邊之深度尺寸設為E,將右端邊之深度尺寸設為F,則滿足E>F,且E與C之和及F與D之和約呈相等的形狀。Specifically, as shown in FIG. 39, if the shelf 80 has the depth dimension of the left end of the shelf 80 as E and the depth dimension of the right end is F, it satisfies E>F, and E and C And the sum of F and D is about the same shape.

如此一來,架板80設成其前端部之左右方向之形狀與左門袋90及右門袋91相對的形狀。In this manner, the shelf 80 is formed in a shape in which the shape of the front end portion in the left-right direction is opposite to the left door pocket 90 and the right door pocket 91.

因此,本實施樣態之架板80於其前端邊具有習知之冰箱之架板所未有之前後方向的落差。將構成之落差的部位設為落差部92。Therefore, the shelf 80 of the present embodiment has a gap in the front and rear directions of the shelf of the conventional refrigerator on the front end side thereof. The portion where the difference is formed is referred to as a drop portion 92.

落差部92係藉著曲面而連續性地接續架板之左側的前端面與右側之前端面的部位。照明裝置387照射落差部92。藉此,可提昇利用者打開冷藏室之門時的美觀。The step portion 92 continuously connects the front end surface of the left side of the shelf and the front end surface of the right side by the curved surface. The illumination device 387 illuminates the drop portion 92. Thereby, the appearance of the user when opening the door of the refrigerator compartment can be improved.

又,將包含深度尺寸為E之部分之架板80之左側部分設為大架板部93,將包含深度尺寸為F之部分之架板80之右側部分設為一般架板部94。Further, the left side portion of the shelf 80 including the portion having the depth dimension E is the large shelf portion 93, and the right portion of the shelf 80 including the portion having the depth dimension F is the general shelf portion 94.

大架板部93與一般架板部94,能以從約落差部92之左右方向之中心點向深度方向延伸之直線之左側(大架板部93)與右側(一般架板部94)區別。The large frame portion 93 and the general shelf portion 94 can be distinguished from the left side (the large plate portion 93) and the right side (the general shelf portion 94) of the straight line extending from the center point in the left-right direction of the falling portion 92 in the depth direction. .

又,大架板部93與一般架板部94之區別方法不限於上述者,例如,於第39圖中,也可僅將深度尺寸為F的領域設為一般架板部94,而將另一領域設為大架板部93。Further, the method of distinguishing the large frame portion 93 from the general shelf portion 94 is not limited to the above. For example, in the 39th figure, only the field having the depth dimension F may be the general shelf portion 94, and the other One area is set as a large plate portion 93.

本實施樣態中,大架板部93之前端部與一般架板部94之前端部藉著落差部92而連續性地接續著。In the present embodiment, the front end portion of the large frame portion 93 and the front end portion of the general shelf portion 94 are continuously connected by the falling portion 92.

又,此曲線形狀係配合包含傾斜部分之右門袋91之形狀之結果的形狀。以如此沿著右門袋91之形狀的形態而決定一般架板部94之各尺寸的情形,在將無效空間設得小的方面特別具效果。Further, this curved shape is a shape that matches the shape of the right door pocket 91 including the inclined portion. In the case where the size of the general shelf portion 94 is determined along the shape of the right door pocket 91 as described above, it is particularly effective in setting the ineffective space to be small.

因此,本實施樣態之架板80的形狀可說是合併左門袋90、右門袋91及架板80之貯藏室整體之可收納的架底面積放大,且有效增加收納空間的形狀。Therefore, the shape of the shelf 80 of the present embodiment can be said to be an enlargement of the area of the shelf that can be accommodated in the storage compartment of the left door pocket 90, the right door pocket 91, and the shelf 80, and the shape of the storage space is effectively increased.

又,落差部92之形狀祇要是不會干涉深度尺寸長之右門袋91的形狀即可。右門袋91之形狀為不干涉左門60a的形狀,亦即收納在右門60b之旋轉軌跡內的形狀。Further, the shape of the drop portion 92 may be any shape that does not interfere with the right door pocket 91 having a long depth dimension. The shape of the right door pocket 91 is a shape that does not interfere with the left door 60a, that is, a shape that is accommodated in the rotation locus of the right door 60b.

因此,落差部92在右門60b之旋轉軌跡外側的話,不會干涉右門袋91。又,為了將無效空間設得小,則落差面92具有之曲面具有對應右門60b之旋轉軌跡弧之弧的曲面即 可。Therefore, the drop portion 92 does not interfere with the right door pocket 91 when it is outside the rotation locus of the right door 60b. Moreover, in order to make the invalid space small, the curved surface of the falling surface 92 has a curved surface corresponding to the arc of the arc of the rotation of the right door 60b. can.

又,為了彌補左門袋90變小的收納空間,乃將右門袋91設得較一般深度尺寸長。Moreover, in order to make up for the storage space in which the left door pocket 90 becomes small, the right door pocket 91 is set to be longer than the general depth dimension.

藉此,合併兩門袋之收納空間約不改變即能增加架板80之收納空間。Thereby, the storage space of the shelf 80 can be increased without changing the storage space of the two-door bag.

亦即,本實施樣態之冰箱351不必改變其整體大小即可較習知冰箱增加收納空間。That is, the refrigerator 351 of the present embodiment can increase the storage space compared to the conventional refrigerator without changing its overall size.

又,前述之從中向左右對開兩扇式之門之旋轉軌跡所造成之無效空間,可藉著使鉸鏈81之位置向前移動等而使旋轉軌跡的位置向前方移動,而能抑制其大小。Further, the ineffective space caused by the rotation trajectory of the two-door door from the center to the right and left can move the position of the rotation trajectory forward by moving the position of the hinge 81 forward, and the size can be suppressed.

但是,近年來因保特瓶與瓶類之消耗量的增加,以及從使用者打開門後立即可放入或取出物品之便利性來看,對於將門袋之收納空間設得大的需求高漲。However, in recent years, the demand for the storage space of the door pocket has increased due to the increase in the consumption of the bottle and the bottle, and the convenience of the user to insert or remove the article immediately after the user opens the door.

藉此,近年來冰箱之門袋朝貯藏室內突出的傾向昇高,其結果則有增加貯藏室內之無效空間的傾向。As a result, in recent years, the tendency of the door pocket of the refrigerator to protrude into the storage compartment has increased, and as a result, there has been a tendency to increase the ineffective space in the storage compartment.

對於此傾向,本實施樣態之冰箱351不需改變整體大小即較習知之冰箱增加收納空間。即,係較習知高收納效率及便利性的冰箱。With this tendency, the refrigerator 351 of the present embodiment does not need to change the overall size, that is, the storage space is increased by a conventional refrigerator. That is, it is a refrigerator which is superior in storage efficiency and convenience.

此等說明的內容為第39圖所示之冷藏室53之僅一個橫剖面的效果。但是,從中向左右對開兩扇式之門全高之中,左門袋90及右門袋91之旋轉軌跡形狀約相同。The content of these descriptions is the effect of only one cross section of the refrigerating compartment 53 shown in Fig. 39. However, the shape of the rotation locus of the left door pocket 90 and the right door pocket 91 is about the same in the full height of the two-door door from the center to the left and right.

因此,以將涵蓋達多數段而構成收納空間之多數架板80及多數左門袋90及右門袋91設成約同樣形狀,而能涵蓋達貯藏室內全高增加收納空間,可獲得大的效果。Therefore, a plurality of shelf plates 80 and a plurality of left door pockets 90 and right door pockets 91 that cover a plurality of sections are arranged in the same shape, and the storage space can be increased up to the full height in the storage compartment, and a large effect can be obtained.

又,將上下方向之多數架板80設於使上段至下段之各架之前端邊呈平行的位置,亦即,多數架板80設置成各前端面之深度方向的位置相同。Further, a plurality of the frame plates 80 in the up-and-down direction are disposed at positions parallel to the front end sides of the respective frames from the upper stage to the lower stage, that is, the plurality of frame plates 80 are disposed such that the positions of the front end faces in the depth direction are the same.

藉此,可獲得使用者眼見具有統一感,且構成設計性非常優良者。Thereby, the user can be seen to have a sense of unity, and the design is very excellent.

又,能以相同構件來構成多數架板80,此情形可增進因構件之兼用化所造成的削減製造成本,以及在製造步驟上的減輕作業負擔所造成的削減成本。Moreover, the plurality of shelf plates 80 can be configured by the same member. In this case, the manufacturing cost can be improved by the combination of the components, and the cost reduction due to the reduction of the work load in the manufacturing steps can be improved.

關於左門袋90、右門袋91亦與架板80同樣就涵蓋上下之多數門袋亦有將構件兼用化的可能,其情形下也同樣對削減製造成本等非常有效。Similarly to the shelf 80, the left door pocket 90 and the right door pocket 91 also have a possibility that the door pockets can be used in combination with a plurality of door pockets, and in the same manner, it is also very effective in reducing the manufacturing cost.

又,架板80如上所述,對應構成深度大小之左門袋90及右門袋91之形狀而具有大架板部93與一般架板94。亦即,大架板部93具有習知所未有之大的可收納領域。Further, as described above, the shelf 80 has a large shelf portion 93 and a general shelf 94 corresponding to the shape of the left door pocket 90 and the right door pocket 91 constituting the depth. That is, the large slab portion 93 has a large accommodating field that is not known at all.

大架板部93具有深度長的特徵,能將具有把手之鍋與一公升瓶子等較長的收納物以不妨礙其他收納物之放入或取出而穩定地放置。The large slab portion 93 has a feature of a long depth, and can stably place a long storage item such as a handle having a handle and a one liter bottle without interfering with the insertion or removal of other storage items.

此情形在區分多量的物而收納於冰箱351的情形下,又,從多量收納物之中取出所希望之收納物的情形,從使用者而論乃便利。In this case, when a large amount of objects are accommodated and stored in the refrigerator 351, it is convenient for the user to take out the desired storage item from a large amount of the storage items.

如此的效果僅將左門袋90及右門袋91之深度尺寸C及D設得小,而將架板80之深度尺寸E及F設得大的話可獲得。Such an effect is obtained by setting only the depth dimensions C and D of the left door pocket 90 and the right door pocket 91 to be small, and setting the depth dimensions E and F of the shelf 80 to be large.

但是此情形下,對於使用者會減少便利性非常高之門袋的收納量,因此,反之從造成貯藏室之收納性變差而不 易使用的情形而論乃不實際。However, in this case, the user can reduce the storage amount of the door pocket which is very convenient, and therefore, the storage property of the storage compartment is deteriorated instead. It is not practical to use it in an easy-to-use situation.

又,以將架板80設成較薄之平板狀的狀態,可將涵蓋達多數段之收納空間設得極大。亦即可增加收納空間。又,可使視覺上最令人在意之架板80前端邊不具壓迫感。Further, in a state in which the shelf 80 is formed into a thin flat plate shape, the storage space covering most of the segments can be made extremely large. It is also possible to increase the storage space. Moreover, the front end of the shelf 80 which is visually most interesting can be made without a sense of pressure.

而且以透明性材質製作架板80,可減少架板80給予人的壓迫感,且不會損及寬徜感。又,也可使冷藏室53內具有清潔感。Further, the frame plate 80 is made of a transparent material, so that the pressing feeling of the frame plate 80 can be reduced, and the feeling of looseness is not impaired. Further, it is also possible to provide a feeling of cleanness in the refrigerator compartment 53.

又,本實施樣態之架板80的落差部92非有稜有角而係平滑的波浪狀,例如為R形狀或C圓化形狀等。Further, the falling portion 92 of the shelf 80 of the present embodiment is not ribbed and has a smooth wave shape, and is, for example, an R shape or a C rounded shape.

此情形下,於架板80亦具有可作為防止發生應力集中與歪斜之補強構件的效果。因此,可防止於載置收納物時彎曲與變形,並且一見之下構成美觀且設計性優異者,故為非常有效的構成。In this case, the shelf 80 also has an effect as a reinforcing member for preventing stress concentration and skew. Therefore, it is possible to prevent bending and deformation when the storage object is placed, and it is excellent in design and excellent in design at first sight, and therefore is very effective.

在此說明形成可放入或取出收納物之開口之架板80的前端邊不被任何的支撐的情形為一般者。因此與實施樣態1同樣,本實施樣態如第5圖所示架板80具有以不銹鋼等形成之金屬板95作為緣材。Here, it is described that the front end side of the shelf 80 which forms an opening into which the storage object can be placed or taken out is not supported by any one. Therefore, in the same manner as in the first embodiment, the frame plate 80 shown in Fig. 5 has a metal plate 95 formed of stainless steel or the like as a rim material.

於與實施樣態1同樣具透明性且前端邊具有波浪狀之落差部92之架板80之前端邊,安裝可作為化妝用之金屬板95的情形下,若是從貯藏室之前方藉著照明裝置387將光照射於此架板80及金屬板95,即構成可從與使用者之目線方向約相同的方向照射光線,藉此非常容易看見貯藏室內之收納物,且可更提昇具有波浪狀之落差部92之架板80的設計性。In the case where the metal plate 95 for makeup is attached to the front end of the shelf 80 having the same transparency as the embodiment 1 and having the undulating portion 92 at the tip end, if the metal plate 95 can be attached, the illumination is used from the front of the storage room. The device 387 illuminates the shelf 80 and the metal plate 95, so that the light can be irradiated from the same direction as the eye line direction of the user, so that the storage in the storage room can be easily seen, and the wavy shape can be further improved. The design of the shelf 80 of the drop portion 92.

又,架板80之材質為玻璃的話,可增加光的透過性,潔淨且強度亦為優異者,因此為一舉兩得。Moreover, when the material of the shelf plate 80 is glass, the light transmittance can be increased, and the strength and the strength are excellent, so that it is a two-pronged one.

又,利用LED作為照明裝置387並埋入內箱70之隔熱壁的構造,較習知主要於冷氣管84或架頂設置照明裝置的情形能達到省空間化。Further, the structure in which the LED is used as the illuminating device 387 and buried in the heat insulating wall of the inner box 70 is more space-saving than the case where the illuminating device is disposed mainly on the cold air duct 84 or the top of the rack.

又,如上所述,左門袋90為深度長度C較短的構造。因此如第40圖所示,即使在左門60a僅能開啟90度的使用環境下,開口尺寸G亦具有可取出收納物程度的長度。Further, as described above, the left door pocket 90 has a structure in which the depth length C is short. Therefore, as shown in Fig. 40, even in the use environment in which the left door 60a can be opened only by 90 degrees, the opening size G has a length that can be taken out of the storage.

亦即,本實施樣態之冰箱351合併因向前方突出的大架板部93而能使收納物位於較前面的位置,而具有即使左門60a處於無法充分開啟的使用環境下,亦可容易地將已置於架板80之收納物取出的優點。In other words, the refrigerator 351 of the present embodiment can be combined with the large frame portion 93 that protrudes forward, so that the storage object can be positioned at a position higher than the front surface, and the left door 60a can be easily used even in a use environment where the left door 60a cannot be fully opened. The advantage of having the storage that has been placed on the shelf 80 is removed.

又,本實施樣態之冷藏室53係於冰箱351內配置在最上部。因此將冰箱351設成近年來呈主流之內容積超過400L型態之本體高度1800mm程度之冰箱的情形下,構成冷藏室53之收納物位於與使用者之目線同程度的高度。Further, the refrigerator compartment 53 of the present embodiment is disposed in the uppermost portion of the refrigerator 351. Therefore, in the case where the refrigerator 351 is installed in a refrigerator having a main body having a volume of more than 400 L in a form of a main body having a height of 1800 mm in recent years, the storage unit constituting the refrigerating compartment 53 is located at the same height as the line of sight of the user.

藉此,使用者可簡單地放入或取出收納物。而且,以下功夫於從中向左右對開兩扇式之設於左門60a的左門袋90、設於右門60b之右門袋91、及架板80之形狀的狀態,可飛躍性地增加貯藏室內的收納空間,可實現配合收納物之大小及形狀之效率良好的收納。Thereby, the user can simply put in or take out the storage. Further, in the state in which the left door pocket 90 provided on the left door 60a, the right door pocket 91 provided in the right door 60b, and the frame 80 are cut out from the center to the right and left, the storage space in the storage room can be dramatically increased. It is possible to achieve efficient storage with the size and shape of the storage.

例如使用者可將調味量或調味漿等較小的瓶類收納於左門袋90,而將保特瓶或牛乳盒等較大物品收納於右門袋91那般的區分收納。For example, the user can store a small bottle such as a seasoning amount or a seasoning pulp in the left door pocket 90, and store a large item such as a bottle or a milk bottle in the right door pocket 91.

而且,就架板80而論,可將深度尺寸長而寬度窄之大架板部93作為收納不經常放入或取出之食材的儲存區使用,而將深度尺寸較短而寬度較大架板部93寬之大架板部93作為收納經常放入或取出之食材的流動區使用那般的區分收納。Further, in the case of the shelf plate 80, the large shelf portion 93 having a long depth and a narrow width can be used as a storage area for storing food materials that are not often placed or taken out, and a frame having a small depth and a large width can be used. The large slat portion 93 of the portion 93 is stored as a flow area in which the food material that is often placed or taken out is stored.

亦即,使用者可將冷藏室53內大致區分成4個空間,可因應目的而使用各分區。That is, the user can roughly divide the inside of the refrigerating compartment 53 into four spaces, and each partition can be used depending on the purpose.

又,以將冷藏室53之開口部設成最大者,於其下方配置具有抽屜之製冰室54、切換室55、蔬果室56等,能實現使用方便性非常好的貯藏室配置。Further, in order to maximize the opening of the refrigerating compartment 53, the ice making compartment 54, the switching compartment 55, the vegetable compartment 56, and the like having the drawer are disposed below the storage compartment, and the storage compartment arrangement with excellent usability can be realized.

以上說明的實施樣態僅是本發明之一個實施樣態而已,乃能可有各種變更、應用。The embodiment described above is only one embodiment of the present invention, and various modifications and applications are possible.

例如已說明了左門60a較右門60b之左右長度短,亦即橫寬較短的樣態,惟,分割兩門之比率可為任何的比例。For example, it has been explained that the length of the left door 60a is shorter than the right side of the right door 60b, that is, the aspect width is short, but the ratio of dividing the two doors can be any ratio.

即,例如分割兩門之比率可為任何的比例,亦能以使架板80之一般架板部94對向於深度尺寸長的門袋,而使架板80之大架板部93對向於深度尺寸短的門袋的狀態,縱使在收納空間之增加量方面有若干差異,也可獲得約同樣的效果。That is, for example, the ratio of dividing the two doors may be any ratio, and the general shelf portion 94 of the shelf 80 may be opposed to the door pocket having a long depth dimension, and the large shelf portion 93 of the shelf 80 may be opposed. In the state of the door pocket having a short depth, the same effect can be obtained even if there are some differences in the amount of increase in the storage space.

又,雖然將左門袋90之深度尺寸設得小,惟其係主要考慮較多慣用右手之使用者中之使用方便性的結果,當然即使左右門袋之構成相反亦可獲得同樣的效果。Further, although the depth dimension of the left door pocket 90 is set to be small, it is mainly a result of the convenience of use among many right-handed users, and of course, the same effect can be obtained even if the left and right door pockets are reversed.

又,可將左門60a及右門60b之左右方向的長度設成相同,亦即可將左門60a之橫寬與右門60b之橫寬設成相同。Further, the lengths of the left door 60a and the right door 60b in the left-right direction can be set to be the same, and the horizontal width of the left door 60a and the horizontal width of the right door 60b can be set to be the same.

如第39圖所示為左門60a之橫寬較右門60b之橫寬短的情形,而大致上大架板部93之橫寬與一般架板部94之橫寬相同。As shown in Fig. 39, the lateral width of the left door 60a is shorter than the lateral width of the right door 60b, and substantially the lateral width of the large shelf portion 93 is the same as the lateral width of the general shelf portion 94.

因此,如第41圖之本實施樣態將冰箱之左門與右門之橫寬設為相同的情形之平面剖面圖所示,將左門60a之橫寬與右門60b之橫寬設成相同。藉此可將大架板部93之橫寬設得長。因此,大架板部93上可放置更多的食品等。Therefore, as shown in the plan view of Fig. 41, the horizontal width of the left door 60a and the horizontal width of the right door 60b are set to be the same as shown in the plan sectional view in which the horizontal widths of the left and right doors of the refrigerator are the same. Thereby, the lateral width of the large frame portion 93 can be set long. Therefore, more foods and the like can be placed on the large plate portion 93.

又,於本實施樣態以於架板80之前端面安裝作為緣材之金屬板95的狀態,而能提昇架板80之強度及設計性等。Further, in the present embodiment, the metal plate 95 as the edge material is attached to the front end surface of the shelf 80, and the strength and designability of the shelf 80 can be improved.

但是,也可於架板80之全周安裝緣材。例如以樹脂製作架板80時,可將用以設置架板80於內箱70之卡止部等予以一體成形設置。亦即容易於架板80設置突起。However, it is also possible to install the edge material over the entire circumference of the shelf 80. For example, when the frame plate 80 is made of resin, the locking portion for arranging the frame plate 80 on the inner box 70 or the like can be integrally formed. That is, it is easy to provide protrusions on the shelf 80.

但是,以玻璃製作架板80的情形下,例如為了將卡止部設於架板80,則必要以接著劑將卡止部安裝於玻璃製之架板80。However, in the case of manufacturing the shelf 80 from glass, for example, in order to provide the locking portion to the shelf 80, it is necessary to attach the locking portion to the shelf 80 made of glass with an adhesive.

因此,例如可考慮以樹脂等來製作可覆蓋玻璃製之架板80的全周,並以一體成形將卡止部設於緣材。Therefore, for example, it is conceivable to form the entire circumference of the shelf plate 80 which can cover the glass with a resin or the like, and to integrally form the locking portion on the edge material.

此情形下,以將該緣材安裝於玻璃製之架板80的狀態下,用以將架板80設置於內箱70的卡止部亦構成被安裝於架板80。In this case, in a state where the edge material is attached to the glass frame 80, the locking portion for providing the shelf 80 to the inner case 70 is also attached to the shelf 80.

(實施樣態11)(Implementation 11)

使用第42圖來說明本發明之實施樣態11的冰箱。The refrigerator of the embodiment 11 of the present invention will be described using Fig. 42.

第42圖為實施樣態之冰箱418之冷藏室部分的橫剖面圖。又,關於與實施樣態10相同構成部分以相同符號表示 而省略說明。Fig. 42 is a cross-sectional view showing a portion of the refrigerator compartment of the refrigerator 418 of the embodiment. The same components as those in the embodiment 10 are denoted by the same reference numerals. The description is omitted.

又,本實施樣態之冰箱418之左右門袋及架板之形狀與實施樣態10之冰箱351不同,其他構成部及其機能等與實施樣態10之冰箱351相同。Further, the shape of the left and right door pockets and the shelf of the refrigerator 418 of the present embodiment is different from that of the refrigerator 351 of the embodiment 10, and the other components and functions thereof are the same as those of the refrigerator 351 of the embodiment 10.

如第42圖所示,本實施樣態之冰箱418具有左門60a、右門60b、照明裝置387、左門袋100、右門袋101及架板102。As shown in Fig. 42, the refrigerator 418 of the present embodiment has a left door 60a, a right door 60b, a lighting device 387, a left door pocket 100, a right door pocket 101, and a shelf plate 102.

又,左門袋100被支撐固定在左門60a,且涵蓋左門60a之上下多數配置著。右門袋101亦同樣地被右門60b支撐固定著,且涵蓋右門60b之上下多數配置著。Further, the left door pocket 100 is supported and fixed to the left door 60a, and covers most of the upper left door 60a. The right door pocket 101 is similarly supported and fixed by the right door 60b, and covers most of the upper door 60b.

架板102以在不干涉此等門袋的位置及形狀,且涵蓋此等門袋與冷氣管84之間的空間上下多數配置著。藉著此等多數架板102而形成有涵蓋達多數段的收納空間。The shelf 102 is disposed in a position that does not interfere with the position and shape of the door pockets, and covers a space between the door pockets and the cold air duct 84. A storage space covering a plurality of sections is formed by the plurality of shelf plates 102.

照明裝置387分別安裝於貯藏室之左側面及右側面,且從較架板102之前端面前方以發光二極體作為光源來照射冷藏室內。藉此,於架板102之收納物將不會產生影,利用者易看見收納物,可提昇便利性。又,發光二極體比習知燈泡的消耗電力小,又可長久使用。因此可達到節省能源化。The illuminating device 387 is attached to the left side surface and the right side surface of the storage compartment, respectively, and illuminates the refrigerating compartment from the front end surface of the front panel 102 with the light emitting diode as a light source. As a result, the storage object on the shelf plate 102 will not be affected, and the user can easily see the storage object, thereby improving convenience. Moreover, the light-emitting diode has a smaller power consumption than the conventional light bulb and can be used for a long time. Therefore, energy saving can be achieved.

左門袋100為不干涉右門60b那般地收納在圖中之左門60a之旋轉軌跡內的大小,底面形狀約呈四角的形狀。The left door pocket 100 has a size that is accommodated in the rotation locus of the left door 60a in the figure without interfering with the right door 60b, and the shape of the bottom surface is approximately four corners.

右門袋101之深度尺寸較左門袋100更長。又,在不干涉左門60a那般地收納在圖中之右門60b之旋轉軌跡內,因此右門袋101之左端的深度尺寸形成得短。The right door pocket 101 has a longer depth dimension than the left door pocket 100. Moreover, since it is accommodated in the rotation locus of the right door 60b in the figure without interfering with the left door 60a, the depth dimension of the left end of the right door pocket 101 is formed short.

架板102在左門袋110及右門袋101與冷氣管84之間之 貯藏室空間內,以不干涉左門袋100及右門袋101那般隔著某程度的間隙配置著。The shelf 102 is between the left door pocket 110 and the right door pocket 101 and the cold air duct 84. The storage room space is disposed with a certain gap therebetween without interfering with the left door pocket 100 and the right door pocket 101.

具體而言,架板102以載置於一體形成在內箱70之突起等的形態被支撐固定著,配置成上下方向約呈水平。Specifically, the shelf plate 102 is supported and fixed in such a manner as to be placed integrally with the protrusions formed in the inner case 70, and is disposed so as to be horizontal in the vertical direction.

又,架板102的形狀如第42圖所示,為其左端邊較右端邊之深度尺寸長的形狀。Further, as shown in Fig. 42, the shape of the shelf plate 102 is such that its left end side has a longer depth dimension than the right end side.

具體而言,將左端邊之長度設成H,將右端邊之長度設為J,則構成H>J的關係。Specifically, the length of the left end side is set to H, and the length of the right end side is set to J, which constitutes a relationship of H>J.

又,左門袋100與右門袋101之間,剛好在間隔體86後方空間設有交界部106,而為從該交界部106起右側之深度漸漸地變短的形狀。Further, between the left door pocket 100 and the right door pocket 101, the boundary portion 106 is provided in the space behind the spacer 86, and the depth from the boundary portion 106 gradually becomes shorter.

又,所謂交界部106係與實施樣態10之架板80之落差部92相同,而為架板之深度尺寸改變之約構成其交界部分。Further, the boundary portion 106 is the same as the drop portion 92 of the shelf 80 of the embodiment 10, and the boundary portion of the shelf plate is changed to constitute the boundary portion.

亦即,從架板102之交界部106起左側相當於實施樣態10之大架板部93,從交界部106起右側相當於實施樣態10之一般架板部94。That is, from the boundary portion 106 of the shelf plate 102, the left side corresponds to the large shelf portion 93 of the embodiment 10, and the right side from the boundary portion 106 corresponds to the general shelf portion 94 of the embodiment 10.

以下說明實施樣態之架板102以及左門袋100及右門袋101所帶來的效果。The effects of the shelf 102 and the left door pocket 100 and the right door pocket 101 of the embodiment will be described below.

左門袋100如上所述以其底形狀形成約四角形狀且寬度及深度尺寸形成較小的狀態,可極力地將間隔體86之後方的無效空間設得小。As described above, the left door pocket 100 is formed in a shape of a square shape with a bottom shape and a small width and a depth dimension, and the ineffective space behind the spacer 86 can be made extremely small.

又,以將架板102之左側設成突出至左門袋100之近旁的形狀,而可將架板102之左側部分的深度尺寸設得長。Further, the left side of the shelf plate 102 is formed to protrude to the vicinity of the left door pocket 100, and the depth dimension of the left side portion of the shelf plate 102 can be set long.

又,右門袋101設得比左門袋100大以補助左門袋100 的尺寸小。Moreover, the right door pocket 101 is set larger than the left door pocket 100 to support the left door pocket 100. The size is small.

藉此能不減少對使用者便利性非常高之門袋的收納空間,即能飛躍性地增加貯藏室內的收納空間。Thereby, it is possible to drastically increase the storage space in the storage compartment without reducing the storage space of the door pocket which is very convenient for the user.

特別是使架板102之前端邊的交界部106位於左門袋100與右門袋101之間之間隔體86的後方空間,且沿著架板102之前端邊那般地構成右門袋101的形狀,而能將習知以來總是在從中向左右對開兩扇式所特有之間隔體86的後方空間所存在的無效空間設得最小。In particular, the boundary portion 106 at the front end of the shelf plate 102 is located in the rear space of the spacer 86 between the left door pocket 100 and the right door pocket 101, and the shape of the right door pocket 101 is formed along the front end edge of the shelf plate 102. However, it is possible to minimize the ineffective space existing in the rear space of the spacer 86 unique to the left and right sides from the middle.

亦即,本實施樣態之冰箱418以將架板102、左門袋100及右門袋101的形狀設成第42圖所示的形狀,而與實施樣態10之冰箱351同樣以放大貯藏室內之可收納的架底面積,而能提昇冰箱418之收納效率。That is, the refrigerator 418 of the present embodiment has the shape of the shelf plate 102, the left door pocket 100, and the right door pocket 101 in the shape shown in FIG. 42, and is similar to the refrigerator 351 of the embodiment 10 in order to enlarge the storage compartment. The shelf area can be accommodated, and the storage efficiency of the refrigerator 418 can be improved.

又,冰箱418亦與實施樣態10之冰箱351同樣,可將冷藏室內之收納空間區分為左門袋100、右門袋101、架板102之左領域及右領域之分別深度尺寸不同的四個領域。Moreover, the refrigerator 418 is also similar to the refrigerator 351 of the embodiment 10, and the storage space in the refrigerating compartment can be divided into four areas in which the left door pocket 100, the right door pocket 101, the left side of the shelf 102, and the right field have different depth dimensions. .

藉此,使用者可達到因應收納物之大小及形狀而作好效率的區分收納。Thereby, the user can achieve the efficiency of the storage according to the size and shape of the storage object.

又,架板102之前端面存在一個交界部106,從上下方向觀看架板102時,前端邊為約以兩條直線構成之簡單的形狀。此情形下,從前端面安裝作為緣材之兼具化妝用之金屬板(未以圖式顯示)之形狀亦能達到簡單的情形來看,能以廉價的成本製作架板102及緣材。Further, the front end surface of the shelf plate 102 has one boundary portion 106. When the shelf plate 102 is viewed from the vertical direction, the front end side has a simple shape formed by two straight lines. In this case, the shape of the metal plate (not shown) which is a makeup material for the edge material can be easily formed from the front end surface, and the frame plate 102 and the edge material can be produced at a low cost.

又,架板102如第42圖所示,也可從上下方向觀看時,前端邊並非約以兩條直線構成的形狀。亦即,架板102之前 端面在交界部106可非為彎曲的形狀。Further, as shown in Fig. 42, the shelf plate 102 may have a shape in which the front end side is not formed by two straight lines when viewed from the vertical direction. That is, before the shelf 102 The end face may not have a curved shape at the boundary portion 106.

例如前端面在交界部106可為緩和地彎曲的形狀。又,祇要不在左門60a及右門60b之旋轉軌跡內,以及非在間隔體86之旋動所必須之領域的範圍內,交界部106可朝向間隔體86側鼓起。For example, the front end surface may have a shape that is gently curved at the boundary portion 106. Further, the boundary portion 106 can be swollen toward the side of the spacer 86 as long as it is not within the rotation locus of the left door 60a and the right door 60b and not within the range necessary for the rotation of the spacer 86.

如此的情形下,雖然多少有些狀況不同,惟可獲得增加收納空間的效果。Under such circumstances, although some conditions are different, it is possible to increase the storage space.

(實施樣態12)(Implementation 12)

使用第43圖及第44圖來說明本發明之實施樣態12的冰箱。The refrigerator of the embodiment 12 of the present invention will be described using Figs. 43 and 44.

第43圖為實施樣態之冰箱419之冷藏室部分的橫剖面圖。第44圖為打開本實施樣態之冰箱419之左門110a時的橫剖面圖。又,關於與實施樣態10相同構成部分以相同符號表示而省略說明。Figure 43 is a cross-sectional view showing a portion of the refrigerator compartment of the refrigerator 419 of the embodiment. Figure 44 is a cross-sectional view showing the left door 110a of the refrigerator 419 of the present embodiment. The same components as those in the embodiment 10 are denoted by the same reference numerals and will not be described.

又,本實施樣態之冰箱419之左右門袋及架板之形狀與實施樣態10之冰箱351不同,其他構成部及其機能等與實施樣態10之冰箱351相同。Further, the shape of the left and right door pockets and the shelf of the refrigerator 419 of the present embodiment is different from that of the refrigerator 351 of the embodiment 10, and the other components and functions thereof are the same as those of the refrigerator 351 of the embodiment 10.

如第43圖所示,本實施樣態之冰箱419具有照明裝置387、左門110a、右門110b、右門袋111。但是,本實施樣態之冰箱419與實施樣態10及11之各冰箱不同,不具有左門袋。As shown in Fig. 43, the refrigerator 419 of the present embodiment has a lighting device 387, a left door 110a, a right door 110b, and a right door pocket 111. However, the refrigerator 419 of this embodiment is different from the refrigerators of the embodiments 10 and 11, and does not have a left door pocket.

又,本實施樣態之冰箱419更具有架板112,右門袋111被支撐固定在右門110b,且涵蓋上下多數配置著。Moreover, the refrigerator 419 of this embodiment further has a shelf 112, and the right door pocket 111 is supported and fixed to the right door 110b, and is disposed in a plurality of upper and lower positions.

架板112以在不干涉此等右門袋111的位置及形狀,且 涵蓋此等右門袋111與冷氣管84之間的空間上下多數配置著。藉著此等多數架板112而形成有涵蓋達多數段的收納空間。The shelf 112 is in a position and shape that does not interfere with the right door pockets 111, and The space between the right door pocket 111 and the cold air duct 84 is arranged in a plurality of spaces. A storage space covering a plurality of sections is formed by the plurality of shelf plates 112.

照明裝置387分別安裝於貯藏室之左側面及右側面,且從較架板102之前端面前方以發光二極體作為光源來照射冷藏室內。The illuminating device 387 is attached to the left side surface and the right side surface of the storage compartment, respectively, and illuminates the refrigerating compartment from the front end surface of the front panel 102 with the light emitting diode as a light source.

以從架板112前端面前方照射貯藏室內的狀態,於收納物將不會產生影,利用者易看見收納物。因此可提昇便利性。又,發光二極體比習知燈泡的消耗電力小,又可長久使用。因此可達到節省能源化。When the storage compartment is irradiated from the front end surface of the shelf plate 112, the storage object will not be affected, and the user can easily see the storage object. Therefore, convenience can be improved. Moreover, the light-emitting diode has a smaller power consumption than the conventional light bulb and can be used for a long time. Therefore, energy saving can be achieved.

架板112在右門袋111與冷氣管84之間之貯藏室空間內,以不干涉右門袋111那般隔著某程度的間隙配置著。The shelf 112 is disposed in a storage space between the right door pocket 111 and the cold air tube 84 so as not to interfere with the right door pocket 111 with a certain gap therebetween.

具體而言,架板112以載置於一體形成在內箱70之突起等的形態被支撐固定著,配置成上下方向約呈水平。Specifically, the shelf plate 112 is supported and fixed in such a manner as to be placed integrally with the protrusions formed in the inner case 70, and is disposed so as to be horizontal in the vertical direction.

又,架板102的形狀如第43圖所示,為覆蓋位於左門110a之冷藏室側之空間之約全領域的形狀,右門110b之冷藏室右側形成在前後方向以不干涉右門袋111的形狀。Further, the shape of the shelf plate 102 is a shape covering the entire area of the space on the side of the refrigerating compartment of the left door 110a as shown in Fig. 43, and the right side of the refrigerating compartment of the right door 110b is formed in the front-rear direction so as not to interfere with the shape of the right door pocket 111. .

亦即,本實施樣態之架板112與實施樣態10之架板80同樣於前面端具有落差的形狀。That is, the shelf 112 of the present embodiment has a shape of a drop at the front end as well as the shelf 80 of the embodiment 10.

具體而言,架板112具有將落差部114之左側深度尺寸設為K,將落差部114之右側深度尺寸設為L的情形下,則構成K>L的關係。Specifically, the shelf plate 112 has a relationship in which K>L is formed when the depth dimension on the left side of the step portion 114 is K and the depth dimension on the right side of the step portion 114 is L.

又,與實施樣態10之架板80同樣,將從架板112之約落差部114之左右方向之中心點向深度方向延伸之直線的左 側設為大架板部113、將該直線之右側設為一般架板部115。Further, similarly to the shelf 80 of the embodiment 10, the left side of the straight line extending from the center point of the left and right direction of the landing portion 114 of the shelf 112 is extended in the depth direction. The side is the large shelf portion 113, and the right side of the straight line is the general shelf portion 115.

以下說明本實施樣態之架板112及右門袋111所帶來的效果。The effects of the shelf 112 and the right door pocket 111 of the present embodiment will be described below.

於冰箱419之冷藏室內之橫剖面如第43圖所示,約以右門袋111與架板112來分配。The cross section of the refrigerator compartment 419 in the refrigerating compartment is distributed as the right door pocket 111 and the shelf panel 112 as shown in Fig. 43.

又,與右門110b構成一體而旋轉之右門袋111的形狀收納在圖中之右門110b的旋轉軌跡內。Further, the shape of the right door pocket 111 that is integrally rotated with the right door 110b is accommodated in the rotation locus of the right door 110b in the drawing.

而且,架板112存在有不與右門袋111干涉之深度尺寸的一般架板115,大架板部113為突出至左門110a附近的形狀。Further, the shelf plate 112 has a general shelf 115 having a depth dimension that does not interfere with the right door pocket 111, and the large shelf portion 113 has a shape that protrudes to the vicinity of the left door 110a.

藉此,可將習知從中向左右對開兩扇式之門特有之門袋與架板之間的空間,即存在於間隔體86後方之無效空間,除了間隔體86之旋動所必要最低限的空間之外皆弄成無。Thereby, the space between the door pocket and the shelf which is unique to the two-door door from the middle to the right and left, that is, the invalid space existing behind the spacer 86, except for the minimum necessary for the rotation of the spacer 86 Everything outside the space is made.

亦即,可瞭解架板112及右門袋111為第43圖所示之形狀的理由,在增加收納空間上非常具效果。That is, the reason why the shelf 112 and the right door pocket 111 have the shape shown in Fig. 43 can be understood, and it is very effective in increasing the storage space.

又,左門110a不具有作為收納空間的門袋,僅以隔熱壁來構成。藉此,可使架板112朝左門110a突出,可將架板112之深度尺寸設成與左門110a之內門面至貯藏室裹面之長度同程度。Further, the left door 110a does not have a door pocket as a storage space, and is configured only by a heat insulating wall. Thereby, the shelf 112 can be protruded toward the left door 110a, and the depth of the shelf 112 can be set to be the same as the length of the inside of the left door 110a to the storage compartment.

此情形下,可使收納物位於使用者之目視正面,且位於易取出的前面,因此物品之放入取出容易且便利。而且方便於收納長的物品。In this case, the storage object can be placed on the front side of the user's eyes and placed in front of the easy-to-remove, so that the loading and unloading of the articles is easy and convenient. And it is convenient to store long items.

又,如第43圖所示,架板112之上面形成略L字形狀。因 此於打開右門110b時,物品當然可進出一般架板部115之前側領域,且物品可容易進出存在於左門110a之箱內方向之落差部114附近的領域。Further, as shown in Fig. 43, the upper surface of the shelf plate 112 is formed in a slightly L shape. because Therefore, when the right door 110b is opened, the article can of course enter and exit the front side of the general shelf portion 115, and the article can easily enter and exit the area existing near the falling portion 114 in the direction of the inside of the left door 110a.

此乃因一旦打開右門110b,則對落差部114附近之領域之物品的進出方向,亦即約橫方向的空間形成開放的空間之故。亦即,打開右門110b,從橫方向對該領域之物品可進出之空間的寬度寬之故。This is because when the right door 110b is opened, the direction in which the articles in the vicinity of the drop portion 114 are moved, that is, the space in the lateral direction forms an open space. That is, the right door 110b is opened, and the width of the space in which the articles in the field can enter and exit from the lateral direction is wide.

又,雖然依存於右門袋111與架板112之貯藏室內的收納空間分配量,但是將架板112之載置領域之左右長度設成同程度,亦即可將第43圖所示之L與大架板部113之前端面之寬度設成同程度。Further, although depending on the storage space allocation amount in the storage space of the right door pocket 111 and the shelf plate 112, the left and right lengths of the mounting area of the shelf plate 112 are set to the same level, and the L and FIG. The width of the front end surface of the large frame portion 113 is set to the same extent.

此情形下,亦具有非常容易以目視確認置於架板112之多數收納物的優點。In this case as well, it is very easy to visually confirm the majority of the contents placed on the shelf 112.

又,如第44圖所示,即使在左門僅能打開90度程度的使用環境下,於打開左門110a時之開口尺寸M亦可獲得大的尺寸。亦即,比較於習知之具有左門者,可特別地提昇物品的進出容易度。Further, as shown in Fig. 44, even in the use environment where the left door can be opened only by 90 degrees, the opening size M when the left door 110a is opened can also be obtained in a large size. That is to say, compared with the conventional one having the left door, the ease of entry and exit of the article can be particularly improved.

而且,想定於架板112之大架板部113放置如第37圖所示之寬度方向之尺寸在M以下的小物品盒83的情形。Further, it is assumed that the large shelf portion 113 of the shelf 112 is placed in the small article case 83 having a size of M or less in the width direction as shown in FIG.

此情形下,使用者可不受左門110a的干擾而能將小物品盒83拉出至前面。而且,有時將小物品盒83抽出於貯藏室外使用的情形亦簡單。In this case, the user can pull the small item box 83 to the front without being disturbed by the left door 110a. Moreover, it is also simple to take out the small item box 83 for use outside the storage room.

又,本實施樣態之冰箱419亦與實施樣態10之冰箱351同樣,以使用區分大架板部113、一般架板部115及右門袋 111而可區分收納。Moreover, the refrigerator 419 of the present embodiment is also similar to the refrigerator 351 of the embodiment 10 in that the large shelf portion 113, the general shelf portion 115, and the right door pocket are used. 111 can be divided into storage.

如上所述,本實施樣態之冰箱419與實施樣態10及11之各冰箱同樣,可有效率地增加收納空間。而且,於冰箱419以於左門110a側之貯藏室空間設置各式各樣的抽屜機構而能提昇物品的進出性。As described above, the refrigerator 419 of this embodiment can increase the storage space efficiently as in the refrigerators of the embodiments 10 and 11. Further, in the refrigerator 419, various drawer mechanisms are provided in the storage room space on the left door 110a side, and the ingress and egressability of the articles can be improved.

亦即,本實施樣態之冰箱419係較習知收納效率及便利性高的冰箱。That is, the refrigerator 419 of the present embodiment is a refrigerator having a high storage efficiency and convenience.

(實施樣態13)(Implementation mode 13)

如上所述,實施樣態10~12之各冰箱係於冷藏室之開口部具有兩片門之從中向左右對開兩扇式的冰箱。又,架板之深度尺寸可因應門袋或門之箱內側形狀而改變。As described above, each of the refrigerators of the embodiment 10 to 12 is a two-seat refrigerator in which the opening of the refrigerator compartment has two doors from the center to the left and right. Moreover, the depth dimension of the shelf can vary depending on the shape of the inside of the door pocket or the door box.

具體而言,架板之上述向尺寸填充貯藏室內之無效空間的尺寸。藉此增加貯藏室內之收納空間。又,亦具有可有效率地區分收納等效果。Specifically, the above-described dimensions of the shelf plate fill the size of the ineffective space in the storage compartment. Thereby increasing the storage space in the storage compartment. In addition, it also has the effect of being able to efficiently store and store.

在此說明,架板設成上述形狀所帶來的效果,不僅是從中向左右對開兩扇式之冰箱有效,冷藏室之門僅一片之所謂單開式的冰箱也有效。Here, it is explained that the effect of the above-described shape of the shelf is not only effective for the two-segment refrigerators from the center to the left and right, but also the so-called single-open refrigerator of the door of the refrigerator compartment.

因此,本發明之實施樣態13說明將單開式之冰箱應用於本發明的情形。Accordingly, the embodiment 13 of the present invention illustrates the case where a single-open refrigerator is applied to the present invention.

第45圖係本實施樣態之冰箱的正面圖。Figure 45 is a front elevational view of the refrigerator of the present embodiment.

如第45圖所示,本實施樣態之冰箱420與實施樣態10之冰箱351相同具有冷藏室53、製冰室54、切換室55、蔬果室56及冷凍室57。As shown in Fig. 45, the refrigerator 420 of this embodiment has a refrigerating compartment 53, an ice making compartment 54, a switching compartment 55, a vegetable compartment 56, and a freezing compartment 57 in the same manner as the refrigerator 351 of the tenth embodiment.

又,冷藏室53設置有一片門65。使用者以打開門65而 能對冷藏室53放入或取出物品。Further, the refrigerator compartment 53 is provided with a single door 65. The user opens the door 65 The item can be placed or taken out of the refrigerating compartment 53.

第46圖係本實施樣態之冰箱420的橫剖面圖(第45圖所示之B-B剖面圖)。又,關於與實施樣態10相同的構造部分以相同符號表示而省略說明。Fig. 46 is a cross-sectional view of the refrigerator 420 of the present embodiment (B-B sectional view shown in Fig. 45). The same components as those in the embodiment 10 are denoted by the same reference numerals and will not be described.

如第46圖所示,本實施樣態之冰箱420具有門袋97。門袋97被門65支撐固定著,涵蓋達門65之上下多數配置著。As shown in Fig. 46, the refrigerator 420 of this embodiment has a door pocket 97. The door pocket 97 is supported by the door 65 and covers most of the upper and lower doors 65.

又,門袋97在旋動軸88側之深度尺寸R形成較相對側之深度尺寸Q長的形狀。亦即,構成R>Q的關係。Further, the depth dimension R of the door pocket 97 on the side of the rotary shaft 88 is formed to be longer than the depth dimension Q of the opposite side. That is, the relationship of R>Q is formed.

又,冰箱420具有之架板121以不干涉門袋97的位置及形狀,涵蓋於門袋97與冷氣管84之間之空間的上下多數配置著。藉此等多數的架板121而形成涵蓋多數段的收納空間。Further, the shelf plate 121 of the refrigerator 420 is disposed so as not to interfere with the position and shape of the door pocket 97, and covers most of the space between the door pocket 97 and the cold air duct 84. Thereby, a plurality of shelf plates 121 are formed to form a storage space covering a plurality of segments.

照明裝置387分別安裝於貯藏室之左側面及右側面,且從較架板121之前端面前方以發光二極體作為光源來照射冷藏室內。The illuminating device 387 is attached to the left side surface and the right side surface of the storage compartment, respectively, and illuminates the refrigerating compartment with the light emitting diode as a light source from the front end surface of the front shelf 121.

以從架板121前端面前方照射貯藏室內的狀態,於收納物將不會產生影,利用者易看見收納物。因此可提昇便利性。又,發光二極體比習知燈泡的消耗電力小,又可長久使用。因此可達到節省能源化。When the storage compartment is irradiated from the front side of the front end surface of the shelf 121, no shadow is generated in the storage object, and the user can easily see the storage object. Therefore, convenience can be improved. Moreover, the light-emitting diode has a smaller power consumption than the conventional light bulb and can be used for a long time. Therefore, energy saving can be achieved.

此架板121與實施樣態10之架板80同樣具有落差部124,具有深度尺寸長的大架板部122與深度尺寸短的一般架板部123。The shelf 121 has a drop portion 124 similarly to the shelf 80 of the embodiment 10, and has a large shelf portion 122 having a long depth dimension and a general shelf portion 123 having a short depth dimension.

具體而言,將大架板部122之深度尺寸設為N,將一般架板部123之深度尺寸設為P,則呈N>P,且N及Q之和與P 及R之和約為相等關係。Specifically, the depth dimension of the large shelf portion 122 is N, and the depth dimension of the general shelf portion 123 is P, which is N>P, and the sum of N and Q and P And the sum of R is approximately equal.

即,架板121與實施樣態10之架板80同樣作成填充貯藏室內之無效空間的形態。That is, the shelf 121 is formed in the same manner as the shelf 80 of the embodiment 10 to fill the ineffective space in the storage compartment.

以下說明本實施樣態之架板121及門袋97所帶來的效果。The effects of the shelf 121 and the door pocket 97 of the present embodiment will be described below.

如上所述,對使用者而言門袋亦有為必要者,而需要某程度的大型化。因此,將門袋大型化的情形下,橫寬度限制至貯藏室之橫寬度,因此要將深度尺寸設得長。As described above, the door pocket is also necessary for the user, and a certain degree of enlargement is required. Therefore, in the case where the door pocket is enlarged, the lateral width is limited to the lateral width of the storage compartment, so the depth dimension is set to be long.

但是,一旦考量門的開關,則門袋之深度尺寸僅能設長至某程度。However, once the door switch is considered, the depth dimension of the door pocket can only be set to a certain extent.

具體而言,單開式之冰箱為冰箱420的情形下,以門65之旋動中心的旋動軸88為中心,必須將門袋收97納在通過內箱70之與旋動軸88相對側之端部的圓(一點鏈線)內。Specifically, in the case where the single-open type refrigerator is the refrigerator 420, centering on the rotation axis 88 of the rotation center of the door 65, the door pocket must be received by 97 on the opposite side of the inner box 70 from the rotary shaft 88. Inside the circle (a little chain line) at the end.

因此考量於距離門袋97之旋動軸88遠之側,即於門袋97之左側設置傾斜部分,同時將深度尺寸設得長以不干涉該圓。但是,此情形下如上所述,該深度尺寸愈長則其傾斜部分愈急劇而會增加無效空間。又,門袋97之底面形狀接近三角形,收納性變差。Therefore, it is considered to be farther from the side of the rotary shaft 88 of the door pocket 97, that is, the inclined portion is provided on the left side of the door pocket 97, while the depth dimension is set long so as not to interfere with the circle. However, in this case, as described above, the longer the depth dimension, the sharper the inclined portion increases the dead space. Further, the shape of the bottom surface of the door pocket 97 is close to a triangle, and the accommodation property is deteriorated.

因此,本實施樣態之冰箱420在門袋97之左側的深度尺寸設得較短的狀態,不必設傾斜部分即可關閉門65。Therefore, in the refrigerator 420 of the present embodiment, the depth dimension on the left side of the door pocket 97 is set to be short, and the door 65 can be closed without providing the inclined portion.

又,以將門袋97之右側之深度尺寸設得較長的狀態,可彌補因左側之深度尺寸設得短所造成的收容量減少。Further, by setting the depth dimension of the right side of the door pocket 97 to be long, it is possible to compensate for the reduction in the capacity due to the short depth dimension of the left side.

亦即,門袋97整體看起來形成右側朝貯藏室內突出的形狀。That is, the door pocket 97 as a whole appears to form a shape in which the right side protrudes toward the storage compartment.

因此,可瞭解於門袋97之左側的貯藏室方向產生無效空間。爰此,相對於門袋97之架板121係將其左側以不干涉門袋97的範圍內,朝深度方向設得長以填充該無效空間。Therefore, it can be understood that an invalid space is generated in the direction of the storage compartment on the left side of the door pocket 97. As a result, the frame 121 of the door pocket 97 is set to be long in the depth direction so as not to interfere with the door pocket 97, so as to fill the invalid space.

藉此可抑制無效空間的產生,可放大其合併了門袋97及架板121之貯藏室整體之可收納的架底面積。Thereby, the generation of the ineffective space can be suppressed, and the area of the bottom of the storage compartment in which the door pocket 97 and the shelf 121 are combined can be enlarged.

又,與實施樣態10之冰箱351同樣為可區分收納並對於使用者使用方便性佳的冰箱。Further, similarly to the refrigerator 351 of the embodiment 10, the refrigerator is detachable and can be conveniently used by the user.

如上所述,本實施樣態之冰箱420係與實施樣態10~12之各冰箱同樣為收納效率及便利性高的冰箱。As described above, the refrigerator 420 of the present embodiment is a refrigerator having high storage efficiency and convenience as in the refrigerators of the embodiment 10 to 12.

又,上述實施樣態10~13中,於門袋之突出部分下方的冷藏室底面存在有較大且平的空間。Further, in the above-described embodiments 10 to 13, there is a large and flat space on the bottom surface of the refrigerator compartment below the protruding portion of the door pocket.

具體而言,於冷藏室底面,門袋下方且距架板之落差部於架板之深度尺寸短側的空間下方位置存在有該空間。Specifically, in the bottom surface of the refrigerator compartment, the space below the door pocket and below the shelf is located below the space on the short side of the depth dimension of the shelf.

由於此空間係當關閉門時門袋位於正上方位置,因此無法作為食品等之載置領域使用。Since this space is located directly above the door when the door is closed, it cannot be used as a mounting field for foods and the like.

但是,以於此空間設置凹陷部並將收納容器填充於此凹陷部的狀態,可將食品等收納至收納容器。However, in a state where the recessed portion is provided in this space and the storage container is filled in the recessed portion, the food or the like can be stored in the storage container.

第47圖表示本實施樣態之冰箱之冷藏室底面設置收納容器的情形。Fig. 47 is a view showing a state in which a storage container is provided on the bottom surface of the refrigerator compartment of the refrigerator of the present embodiment.

如第47圖所示,於門袋97之下方且係在架板121之落差部124之右側空間的下方配置收納容器98。As shown in Fig. 47, the storage container 98 is disposed below the door pocket 97 and below the right space of the falling portion 124 of the shelf 121.

藉此,例如使用者可將不適於朝架板121與門袋97收納之醬油瓶等收納於收納容器98,可提昇便利性。又,可提昇冰箱420的收納效率。By this means, for example, the user can store the soy sauce bottle or the like which is not suitable for storage in the shelf 121 and the door pocket 97 in the storage container 98, and the convenience can be improved. Moreover, the storage efficiency of the refrigerator 420 can be improved.

如此的收納容器98不限於本實施樣態之冰箱420,對實施樣態10~12之冰箱亦可同樣地設置而可帶來同樣的效果。Such a storage container 98 is not limited to the refrigerator 420 of the present embodiment, and the refrigerator of the embodiment 10 to 12 can be similarly provided, and the same effect can be obtained.

又,例如為具有可產生冰之製冰裝置之冰箱的話,也可使用此收納容器98作為可將水供給至製冰裝置的供水容器。Further, for example, if it is a refrigerator having an ice making device capable of generating ice, the storage container 98 may be used as a water supply container that can supply water to the ice making device.

又,照明裝置387不僅照亮冷藏室,也可照亮收納容器98。以將照明裝置387具有之LED的一部分朝向裹面,而將其餘部分朝向下部的狀態可實現。藉此,可照亮收納容器98內,能容易看到收納容器98內的收納物。Further, the illumination device 387 can illuminate the storage container 98 not only by illuminating the refrigerator compartment. It is possible to face a part of the LEDs of the illumination device 387 toward the wrap and to bring the rest toward the lower portion. Thereby, the inside of the storage container 98 can be illuminate, and the storage object in the storage container 98 can be easily seen.

以上說明了實施樣態10~13之冰箱,惟,本發明可不限定於此等記載內容。例如,以實施樣態13說明之單開式冰箱420能以實施樣態12中的右門袋111具有橫寬為短之門袋來取代門袋97。The refrigerators of the embodiments 10 to 13 have been described above, but the present invention is not limited to the contents described herein. For example, the single-opening refrigerator 420 described in the embodiment 13 can replace the door pocket 97 with the door pocket 111 in the embodiment 12 having a door pocket having a short width.

第48圖係係實施樣態13之冰箱420僅具有短門袋情形的橫剖面圖。Figure 48 is a cross-sectional view of the refrigerator 420 of the embodiment 13 having only a short door pocket.

如第48圖所示,門65於旋動軸8側,即僅於接近鉸鏈之右側具有門袋99,藉此門65於右側具有突出部。As shown in Fig. 48, the door 65 has a door pocket 99 on the side of the rotary shaft 8, i.e., only on the right side of the hinge, whereby the door 65 has a projection on the right side.

又,架板112對向於門袋99之右側之深度尺寸形成得短使架板112與門袋99不干涉。又,左側之深度尺寸較右側之深度尺寸長,左側之前端面長至構成門65之隔熱壁的近旁。Further, the depth dimension of the shelf 112 facing the right side of the door pocket 99 is formed so that the shelf 112 does not interfere with the door pocket 99. Further, the depth dimension on the left side is longer than the depth dimension on the right side, and the front end surface on the left side is long to the vicinity of the heat insulating wall constituting the door 65.

而且,架板112之落差部114構成曲面以不干涉門袋99且將無效空間設得小。Further, the falling portion 114 of the shelf plate 112 constitutes a curved surface so as not to interfere with the door pocket 99 and to set the dead space to be small.

如此一來,冰箱420採取如第48圖所示之構造,亦能以 架板112來填充原本易形成無效空間之門65之左側的貯藏室側的空間,而構成高收納效率者。In this way, the refrigerator 420 adopts the configuration as shown in FIG. 48, and can also The shelf 112 fills the space on the storage compartment side on the left side of the door 65 which is likely to form an invalid space, and constitutes a high storage efficiency.

又,第48圖所示之冰箱420具有架板112之大架板部113、一般架板部115及門袋99的三個收納領域,使用者可有效率地區分收納。亦即為便利性高的冰箱。Further, the refrigerator 420 shown in Fig. 48 has three storage areas of the large frame portion 113 of the shelf plate 112, the general shelf portion 115, and the door pocket 99, and the user can efficiently store the contents. It is also a convenient refrigerator.

又,照明裝置387分別安裝於貯藏室之左側面及右側面,且從較架板112之前端面前方以發光二極體作為光源來照射冷藏室內。藉此,於架板112之收納物將不會產生影,利用者易看見收納物,可提昇便利性。又,發光二極體比習知燈泡的消耗電力小,又可長久使用。因此可達到節省能源化。Further, the illuminating device 387 is attached to the left side surface and the right side surface of the storage compartment, and is irradiated from the front side of the front end surface of the shelf plate 112 with the light emitting diode as a light source. Thereby, the storage object on the shelf plate 112 will not be affected, and the user can easily see the storage object, thereby improving convenience. Moreover, the light-emitting diode has a smaller power consumption than the conventional light bulb and can be used for a long time. Therefore, energy saving can be achieved.

又,門65於貯藏室側之面的左側可具有深度淺的收納袋。例如左側之貯藏室側之面的左側具有使裝有調味料之罐等豎立保持之小物品收納用之立袋。Further, the door 65 may have a storage bag having a shallow depth on the left side of the surface on the storage compartment side. For example, on the left side of the storage compartment side on the left side, there is a vertical pocket for accommodating small articles such as cans containing seasonings.

此情形下,架板112之大架板部113之深度尺寸必須設得較短。但是以門65具有如此的立袋而不相當變更冰箱整體之可收納量,且可有效率地將不適於收納於架板112及門袋99之小物品予以收納。In this case, the depth of the large plate portion 113 of the shelf 112 must be set to be short. However, the door 65 has such a standing bag without changing the storage amount of the entire refrigerator, and it is possible to efficiently store small items that are not suitable for being stored in the shelf 112 and the door pocket 99.

(實施樣態14)(Implementation 14)

首先,使用第49圖~第57圖來說明本發明之實施樣態14之冰箱的構造。又,關於與實施樣態1相同的構成部以相同符號表示。First, the construction of the refrigerator of the embodiment 14 of the present invention will be described using Figs. 49 to 57. The same components as those in the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals.

第49圖係本發明之本實施樣態之冰箱的正面圖。Figure 49 is a front elevational view of the refrigerator of the present embodiment of the present invention.

第49圖係本實施樣態之冰箱451與實施樣態1之冰箱51 同樣為具有從中向左右對開兩扇式之門的冰箱,於隔熱箱體52內具有區劃成多數的貯藏室。Figure 49 is a refrigerator 451 of the present embodiment and a refrigerator 51 of the embodiment 1. Similarly, the refrigerator having the two-door door that is turned from the center to the left and right has a storage compartment that is divided into a plurality in the heat insulating box 52.

本實施樣態之冰箱451具體上從上部起具有冷藏室53、製冰室54、與製冰室54併設且可改變箱內溫度的切換室55、蔬果室56及冷凍室57。The refrigerator 451 of the present embodiment specifically has a refrigerating chamber 53, an ice making chamber 54, and a switching chamber 55, a fruit and vegetable chamber 56, and a freezing chamber 57 which are provided in parallel with the ice making chamber 54 and which can change the temperature inside the tank.

於各貯藏室之開口部設置有將例如氨基甲酸乙酯之發泡隔熱材予以發泡充填的隔熱門。具體上,冷藏室53設有可將隔熱箱體52之開口部予以堵塞成可開關的左門60a及右門60b。An insulated door for foaming and filling a foamed heat insulating material such as urethane is provided in the opening of each storage compartment. Specifically, the refrigerating compartment 53 is provided with a left door 60a and a right door 60b that can block the opening of the heat insulating box 52 to be switchable.

又,製冰室54、切換室55、蔬果室56及冷凍室57分別設有抽屜式門61、門62、門63及門64。Further, the ice making compartment 54, the switching compartment 55, the vegetable compartment 56, and the freezing compartment 57 are provided with a drawer type door 61, a door 62, a door 63, and a door 64, respectively.

從收納性與使用便利性的觀點,左門60a較右門60b之左右方向的長度短,亦即構成橫寬較短,製冰室54與切換室55分割之位置約相同而在左右方向的位置分割。From the viewpoints of storability and ease of use, the length of the left door 60a in the left-right direction of the right door 60b is shorter, that is, the lateral width is shorter, and the position where the ice-making chamber 54 and the switching chamber 55 are divided is approximately the same, and the position in the left-right direction is divided. .

又,貯藏室之門因收納形態等也有左門與右門之橫寬相同的從中向左右對開兩扇式構造、以及左門及右門之其中任一方以抽屜式構造。所謂「橫寬相同」乃非僅意味著完全一致而係意味著實質上相同。將其他尺寸及位置等稱為「相同」或「一致」的情形也一樣。Further, the door of the storage room has a drawer structure in which one of the left and right sides of the left door and the right door has the same width and the left and right doors, and the left and right doors are of a drawer type. The so-called "same width" means that they are completely identical and mean essentially the same. The same applies to other sizes and positions, which are referred to as "identical" or "consistent".

又,蔬果室56與冷凍室57之後側設置有未以圖式顯示之冷卻器及風扇,藉著設置於冰箱451之本體下部的壓縮機而驅動冷卻器,從冷卻器冷卻之空氣被送到各貯藏室。又,分別的每一貯藏室可被冷卻控制至預定的溫度。Further, a cooler and a fan which are not shown in the figure are provided on the rear side of the vegetable compartment 56 and the freezer compartment 57, and the cooler is driven by a compressor provided in the lower portion of the main body of the refrigerator 451, and the air cooled from the cooler is sent. Each storage room. Also, each of the respective storage compartments can be cooled to a predetermined temperature.

第50圖係本實施樣態之打開冰箱451之門之狀態的立 體圖,第51圖係冰箱451之縱剖面圖(第49圖所示之A-A剖面圖)。Fig. 50 is a view showing the state of opening the door of the refrigerator 451 in the present embodiment. Fig. 51 is a longitudinal sectional view of the refrigerator 451 (A-A sectional view shown in Fig. 49).

如第50圖及第51圖所示,冷藏室53配置有可整理食品等並收納之多數架板480從左側涵蓋至右側面呈架橋狀。As shown in Fig. 50 and Fig. 51, a plurality of shelf plates 480 in which the refrigerating compartment 53 is disposed and can be stored and stored are provided in a bridging shape from the left side to the right side.

藉著此等多數架板480而於冰藏室53內形成涵蓋達多數段的收納空間。第52圖表示本實施樣態之冰箱251451具有之架板480。如本圖所示架板480於左右具有色調不同的領域,藉此架板480可提昇打開冰箱時的美觀。藉著將於後述之照明裝置87來照明可於打開冰箱之門時美麗地照映利用者。A storage space covering a large number of sections is formed in the ice storage compartment 53 by means of the plurality of shelf plates 480. Fig. 52 shows a shelf 480 of the refrigerator 251451 of the present embodiment. As shown in the figure, the shelf 480 has areas of different shades on the left and right, whereby the shelf 480 can enhance the appearance when the refrigerator is opened. By illuminating the lighting device 87 which will be described later, the user can be beautifully illuminated when the door of the refrigerator is opened.

又,冷藏室53之開口部如上所述設置有左門60a及右門60b。具體而言,左門60a及右門60b分別在隔熱箱體52之左右端部被鉸鏈樞支著。Moreover, the opening of the refrigerator compartment 53 is provided with the left door 60a and the right door 60b as mentioned above. Specifically, the left door 60a and the right door 60b are pivotally supported at the left and right ends of the heat insulating box 52, respectively.

於如此的從中向左右對開兩扇式之左門60a與右門60b之內側緣部安裝有墊片85,可防止冷藏室53內的冷氣流出至外部。The gasket 85 is attached to the inner edge of the left and right doors 60a and 60b of the two-way type, and the cold airflow in the refrigerator compartment 53 is prevented from being discharged to the outside.

又,左門60a於冷藏室53側之上下方向具有多數左門袋90,右門60b同樣具有多數右門袋91。Further, the left door 60a has a plurality of left door pockets 90 on the upper and lower sides of the refrigerator compartment 53, and the right door 60b also has a plurality of right door pockets 91.

具體而言,各門袋藉著一體形成於門內板89等之未以圖式顯示的保持構件而被固定,確保在保持收納物時的保持強度。又,以門內板89及各門袋之貯藏室側的面形成箱內面。Specifically, each of the door pockets is fixed by a holding member that is integrally formed on the door inner panel 89 or the like and is not shown in the drawings, and the holding strength at the time of holding the storage object is secured. Further, the inner surface of the box is formed by the door inner panel 89 and the surface on the storage compartment side of each door pocket.

此等各個門之多數門袋於冷藏室53內形成涵蓋達多數段的收納空間。又,此等多數門袋之各門袋主要以收納飲 料等保特瓶與調味料等瓶類為目的,且於前後左右形成有壁而上方開口的形狀。A plurality of door pockets of the respective doors form a storage space covering a plurality of sections in the refrigerating compartment 53. Moreover, the door pockets of most of these door pockets are mainly for drinking For the purpose of bottles such as coupons and seasonings, the shape of the upper and lower sides is formed with a wall and an upper opening.

即,各門袋為內方突出狀地設於各門之突出部的一例,具有朝上方開口的凹陷部。In other words, each of the door pockets is an example of a protruding portion provided in a projecting manner in each of the door pockets, and has a recessed portion that opens upward.

又,突出部不一定是要有凹陷部者,祇要是能載置物品者即可。Further, the protruding portion does not necessarily have to have a depressed portion as long as it can carry the article.

又,各門袋不具有門側之壁(後壁),也有利用門內板89作為後壁的情形。Further, each of the door pockets does not have a door side wall (rear wall), and there is also a case where the door inner panel 89 is used as a rear wall.

又,使構成冷藏室53之壁面之內箱70之前方位置的左右兩側凹陷的空間設有照明裝置87,以未以圖式顯示之罩蓋等來覆蓋該空間。藉此照明裝置87而從前方照亮貯藏室內。Further, a space in which the left and right sides of the inner box 70 constituting the wall surface of the refrigerator compartment 53 are recessed is provided with a lighting device 87, and the space is covered by a cover or the like which is not shown in the drawings. The lighting device 87 is used to illuminate the storage compartment from the front.

又,照明裝置87之可設在位於冷藏室53之裡側之將於後述之冷氣管84與冷藏室53之架頂,又,可設置多數的照明裝置87。Further, the illuminating device 87 may be provided on the inner side of the refrigerating compartment 53 on the top of the cold air duct 84 and the refrigerating compartment 53 which will be described later, and a plurality of illuminating devices 87 may be provided.

又,冷藏室53內之收納空間之最下段配置著用以提昇肉與魚等之保鮮性的冷藏盒82與可收納蛋等的小物品盒83。Further, in the lowermost stage of the storage space in the refrigerating compartment 53, a refrigerating box 82 for enhancing the freshness of meat and fish and a small item box 83 capable of storing eggs and the like are disposed.

又,如第51圖所示,隔熱箱體52係於將ABS等樹脂體真空成型之內箱70與使用預鍍鋼板等金屬材料之外箱71所構成之空間,注入發泡隔熱材72之隔熱壁所構成。In addition, as shown in Fig. 51, the heat insulating box body 52 is a space formed by the inner box 70 which is vacuum-molded with a resin body such as ABS, and a box 71 made of a metal material such as a pre-plated steel sheet, and is injected into the foam heat insulating material. 72 insulation wall.

又,冷藏室53之後方亦即架板80之後側設有用以將上述冷卻器所冷卻之冷氣送風至貯藏室內的冷氣管84。Further, a rear side of the refrigerator compartment 53, that is, a rear side of the shelf 80, is provided with a cold air duct 84 for blowing cold air cooled by the cooler into the storage compartment.

一般冷氣管84為構成在隔熱箱體52內部之裡側約整體 者,因應需要而於各架板80之間設置未以圖式顯示的吐出孔,而構成冷氣可普及各收納空間。又,冷氣管也可作為多數架板480之定位機構或固定機構使用。Generally, the cold air pipe 84 is formed on the inner side of the heat insulating box 52 as a whole. If necessary, a discharge hole that is not shown in the figure is provided between the shelf plates 80, and the storage space can be spread by constituting the cold air. Moreover, the cold air pipe can also be used as a positioning mechanism or a fixing mechanism of the majority of the shelf 480.

第53圖係本實施樣態之冰箱451的橫剖面圖(第49圖所示之B-B剖面圖)。Fig. 53 is a cross-sectional view of the refrigerator 451 of the present embodiment (B-B sectional view shown in Fig. 49).

如第53圖所示,位於冷藏室53之開口部的兩門之間配設有間隔體86,於兩門關閉時藉著該間隔體86與墊片85而構成兩門之間的間隙呈密封的構造。As shown in Fig. 53, a spacer 86 is disposed between the two doors of the opening of the refrigerating chamber 53, and the gap between the two doors is formed by the spacer 86 and the spacer 85 when the two doors are closed. Sealed construction.

間隔體86安裝於左門60a之右端,構成即使右門60b先關閉後,也可關閉左門60a那般地與左門60a之開關一同旋動的構造。The spacer 86 is attached to the right end of the left door 60a, and is configured to be able to rotate the left door 60a together with the switch of the left door 60a even if the right door 60b is closed first.

因此,間隔體86之後方側(冷藏室側)必須有若干間隔86體旋動的空間。Therefore, the space behind the spacer 86 (the side of the refrigerating compartment) must have a space in which a plurality of spaces 86 are swung.

又,當以裝設於兩門之周緣部之各墊片之間的接觸而能密封兩門間的間隙時,可不必於中央部設置間隔體86。Further, when the gap between the two doors can be sealed by the contact between the spacers provided at the peripheral portions of the two doors, it is not necessary to provide the spacer 86 at the center portion.

又,架板480配置於左門袋90、右門袋91與冷氣管84之間的貯藏室空間內,且為了不干涉左門袋90及右門袋91乃於與此等門袋之間形成有某程度的間隙。Moreover, the shelf 480 is disposed in the storage compartment space between the left door pocket 90, the right door pocket 91 and the cold air duct 84, and is formed to some extent between the left door pocket 90 and the right door pocket 91 so as not to interfere with the door pocket. Clearance.

又,架板480被一體形成於內箱70之突起等的狀態而被支撐固定於隔熱箱體52,且配置呈約水平。Further, the shelf 480 is supported and fixed to the heat insulating box 52 in a state in which the bracket 480 is integrally formed in the state of the protrusion of the inner box 70, and is disposed at a level.

於本實施樣態中,與左右門的關係同樣,左門袋90之寬度方向較右門袋91短。而且左門袋90之上面開口的深度尺寸C與右門袋91之上面開口的深度尺寸D的關係為C<D。In the present embodiment, as in the relationship between the left and right doors, the width direction of the left door pocket 90 is shorter than that of the right door pocket 91. Further, the relationship between the depth dimension C of the upper opening of the left door pocket 90 and the depth dimension D of the upper opening of the right door pocket 91 is C < D.

如上所述,於冰箱451,右門袋91較向貯藏室內側突出 而構成較大收納空間。亦即,從中向左右對開兩扇式之門的內門面至冷藏室53之裹面的距離於左右不同,左側之距離較長。As described above, in the refrigerator 451, the right door pocket 91 protrudes toward the storage compartment side. And constitute a larger storage space. That is, the distance from the inner side of the two-door door to the left and right sides to the wrap surface of the refrigerating compartment 53 is different from left to right, and the distance on the left side is long.

又,架板480對應如上述大小關係之左門袋90及右門袋91的形狀,而形成深度尺寸從冷藏室53之開口部於左右不同的形狀。Further, the shelf 480 corresponds to the shape of the left door pocket 90 and the right door pocket 91 in the above-described size relationship, and has a shape in which the depth dimension is different from the opening of the refrigerator compartment 53 on the right and left sides.

藉著架板480形成如此的形狀,不必改變冰箱451整體大小即可較習知的冰箱增加收納空間。By forming the shape by the shelf 480, it is possible to increase the storage space by a conventional refrigerator without changing the overall size of the refrigerator 451.

以下說明本實施樣態之架板480以及左門袋90及右門袋91所帶來的效果。The effects of the shelf 480 and the left door pocket 90 and the right door pocket 91 of this embodiment will be described below.

建構在冷藏室53之開口部之從中向左右對開兩扇式之左門60a、右門60b以鉸鏈81為軸而從左門60a及右門60b之交界朝外側旋轉開啟。伴隨著此動作,各門具有之左門袋90及右門袋91亦分別與其門同時旋動。The left door 60a and the right door 60b, which are formed in the opening portion of the refrigerating chamber 53 from the center to the left and right, are rotated outward from the boundary between the left door 60a and the right door 60b with the hinge 81 as the axis. Along with this action, the left door pocket 90 and the right door pocket 91 of each door are also simultaneously rotated with their doors.

此時,必須將各門袋設成收納在門之旋轉軌跡內(一點鏈線)的形狀,使一側的門與另一側的門(分別包含已安裝的門袋)不相干涉。At this time, each of the door pockets must be housed in the shape of the rotation trajectory of the door (a little chain line), so that the one side door does not interfere with the other side door (including the installed door pocket, respectively).

本實施樣態中,右門袋91於左側設有傾斜部分,收納在右門60b之旋轉軌跡內的範圍將深度尺寸設得比左門袋90長。又,左門袋90不必作成上述的傾斜部分而係將寬度及深度尺寸設得較短,以收納在左門60a之旋轉軌跡內。In the present embodiment, the right door pocket 91 is provided with an inclined portion on the left side, and the range accommodated in the rotation locus of the right door 60b is set to have a depth dimension longer than the left door pocket 90. Further, the left door pocket 90 is not required to be formed as the above-described inclined portion, and the width and the depth dimension are set to be short to be accommodated in the rotation locus of the left door 60a.

亦即,左門袋90之可收納量設成較小,而將右門袋91設得較大的狀態,可擔保左右之門袋的合計可收納量為一定的量。That is, the storage amount of the left door pocket 90 is set to be small, and the right door pocket 91 is set to a large state, and the total storage capacity of the left and right door pockets can be secured to a certain amount.

右門袋91之深度尺寸愈長則其傾斜部分愈急劇,右門袋91及左門袋90與架板480之間的空間,亦即間隔體86之後方附近之無效空間大的情形為一般者。The longer the depth dimension of the right door pocket 91 is, the sharper the inclined portion is, and the space between the right door pocket 91 and the left door pocket 90 and the shelf 480, that is, the space near the rear of the spacer 86 is large.

又,不論門袋為左側或右側,其深度愈長則其傾斜部分愈急劇,而會增加上述的無效空間。Moreover, regardless of whether the door pocket is the left side or the right side, the longer the depth is, the sharper the inclined portion is, and the above-mentioned invalid space is increased.

本實施樣態建構成架板480之深度尺寸短之側的前端面與內門面至裡門面之距離短之側的內門面對向,架板480之深度尺寸長之側的前端面與內門面至裡門面之距離長之側的內門面對向。In this embodiment, the front end surface of the side wall of the frame 480 having a short depth dimension is opposite to the inner side surface of the side where the distance from the inner side surface to the inner side is short, and the front end surface of the side of the frame 480 having a long depth dimension is inside and behind. The facade facing the facade is opposite the inner side of the long side.

具體而言,如第53圖所示,架板480之深度尺寸短之右側的前端面與深度尺寸長的右門袋91對向,架板480之深度尺寸長之側的前端面與深度尺寸短的左門袋90對向。Specifically, as shown in Fig. 53, the front end surface of the shelf plate 480 having a short depth dimension is opposed to the right door pocket 91 having a long depth dimension, and the front end surface of the shelf plate 480 having a long depth dimension is short and the depth dimension is short. The left door pocket 90 is opposite.

亦即,以右門袋91及左門袋90構成之突出部的深度尺寸係沿著架板480之深度尺寸對應的尺寸。That is, the depth dimension of the protruding portion formed by the right door pocket 91 and the left door pocket 90 is a dimension corresponding to the depth dimension of the shelf 480.

藉此,將間隔體86之後方附近形成之無效空間設得小可增加貯藏室內的收納空間。Thereby, the ineffective space formed in the vicinity of the rear side of the spacer 86 can be made small to increase the storage space in the storage compartment.

具體而言,如第53圖所示,架板480若是將架板480之左端邊之深度尺寸設為E,將右端邊之深度尺寸設為F,則滿足E>F,且E與C之和及F與D之和約呈相等的形狀。Specifically, as shown in FIG. 53, if the shelf 480 has the depth dimension of the left end of the shelf 480 as E and the depth dimension of the right end is F, it satisfies E>F, and E and C And the sum of F and D is about the same shape.

如此一來,架板480設成其前端部之左右方向之形狀與左門袋90及右門袋91相對的形狀。In this manner, the shelf 480 has a shape in which the shape of the front end portion in the left-right direction is opposite to the left door pocket 90 and the right door pocket 91.

因此,本實施樣態之架板480於其前端邊具有習知之冰箱之架板所未有之前後方向的落差。將構成之落差的部位設為落差部492。Therefore, the shelf 480 of the present embodiment has a drop in the front and rear directions of the shelf of the conventional refrigerator on the front end side thereof. The portion where the difference is formed is referred to as a drop portion 492.

落差部492係藉著曲面而連續性地接續架板之左側的前端面與右側之前端面的部位。The step portion 492 continuously connects the front end surface of the left side of the shelf and the front end surface of the right side by a curved surface.

又,將包含深度尺寸為E之部分之架板480之左側部分設為大架板部493,將包含深度尺寸為F之部分之架板480之右側部分設為一般架板部494。Further, the left side portion of the shelf 480 including the portion having the depth dimension E is the large shelf portion 493, and the right portion of the shelf 480 including the portion having the depth dimension F is defined as the general shelf portion 494.

大架板部493與一般架板部494,能以從約落差部492之左右方向之中心點向深度方向延伸之直線之左側(大架板部493)與右側(一般架板部494)區別。The large shelf portion 493 and the general shelf portion 494 can be distinguished from the left side (the large shelf portion 493) and the right side (the general shelf portion 494) of the straight line extending from the center point of the left-right direction of the drop portion 492 to the depth direction. .

又,大架板部493與一般架板部494之區別方法不限於上述者,例如,於第53圖中,也可僅將深度尺寸為F的領域設為一般架板部494,而將另一領域設為大架板部493。Further, the method of distinguishing the large frame portion 493 from the general shelf portion 494 is not limited to the above. For example, in FIG. 53, only the field having the depth dimension F may be the general shelf portion 494, and the other One area is set as a large slab portion 493.

本實施樣態中,大架板部493之前端部與一般架板部494之前端部藉著落差部492而連續性地接續著。In the present embodiment, the front end portion of the large frame portion 493 and the front end portion of the general shelf portion 494 are continuously connected by the falling portion 492.

又,此曲線形狀係配合包含傾斜部分之右門袋91之形狀之結果的形狀。以如此沿著右門袋91之形狀的形態而決定一般架板部494之各尺寸的情形,在將無效空間設得小的方面特別具效果。Further, this curved shape is a shape that matches the shape of the right door pocket 91 including the inclined portion. In the case where the size of the general shelf portion 494 is determined along the shape of the right door pocket 91 as described above, it is particularly effective in setting the ineffective space to be small.

因此,本實施樣態之架板480的形狀可說是合併左門袋90、右門袋91及架板480之貯藏室整體之可收納的架底面積放大,且有效增加收納空間的形狀。Therefore, the shape of the shelf 480 of the present embodiment can be said to enlarge the storage area of the storage compartment of the left door pocket 90, the right door pocket 91 and the shelf 480 as a whole, and effectively increase the shape of the storage space.

又,落差部492之形狀祇要是不會干涉深度尺寸長之右門袋91的形狀即可。右門袋91之形狀為不干涉左門60a的形狀,亦即收納在右門60b之旋轉軌跡內的形狀。Further, the shape of the drop portion 492 may be any shape that does not interfere with the right door pocket 91 having a long depth dimension. The shape of the right door pocket 91 is a shape that does not interfere with the left door 60a, that is, a shape that is accommodated in the rotation locus of the right door 60b.

因此,落差部492在右門60b之旋轉軌跡外側的話,不 會干涉右門袋91。又,為了將無效空間設得小,則落差面492具有之曲面具有對應右門60b之旋轉軌跡弧之弧的曲面即可。Therefore, if the drop portion 492 is outside the rotation locus of the right door 60b, Will interfere with the right door pocket 91. Further, in order to make the invalid space small, the falling surface 492 has a curved surface having a curved surface corresponding to the arc of the rotation trajectory arc of the right door 60b.

又,為了彌補左門袋90變小的收納空間,乃將右門袋91設得較一般深度尺寸長。Moreover, in order to make up for the storage space in which the left door pocket 90 becomes small, the right door pocket 91 is set to be longer than the general depth dimension.

藉此,合併兩門袋之收納空間約不改變即能僅增加架板480之收納空間。Thereby, the storage space of the two-door bag can be increased, and only the storage space of the shelf 480 can be increased.

亦即,本實施樣態之冰箱451不必改變其整體大小即可較習知冰箱增加收納空間。That is, the refrigerator 451 of the present embodiment can increase the storage space compared to the conventional refrigerator without changing its overall size.

又,前述之從中向左右對開兩扇式之門之旋轉軌跡所造成之無效空間,可藉著使鉸鏈81之位置向前移動等而使旋轉軌跡的位置向前方移動,而能抑制其大小。Further, the ineffective space caused by the rotation trajectory of the two-door door from the center to the right and left can move the position of the rotation trajectory forward by moving the position of the hinge 81 forward, and the size can be suppressed.

但是,近年來因保特瓶與瓶類之消耗量的增加,以及從使用者打開門後立即可放入或取出物品之便利性來看,對於將門袋之收納空間設得大的需求高漲。However, in recent years, the demand for the storage space of the door pocket has increased due to the increase in the consumption of the bottle and the bottle, and the convenience of the user to insert or remove the article immediately after the user opens the door.

藉此,近年來冰箱之門袋朝貯藏室內突出的傾向昇高,其結果則有增加貯藏室內之無效空間的傾向。As a result, in recent years, the tendency of the door pocket of the refrigerator to protrude into the storage compartment has increased, and as a result, there has been a tendency to increase the ineffective space in the storage compartment.

對於此傾向,本實施樣態之冰箱451不需改變整體大小即較習知之冰箱增加收納空間。即,係較習知高收納效率及便利性的冰箱。With respect to this tendency, the refrigerator 451 of the present embodiment does not need to change the overall size, that is, the storage space is increased by a conventional refrigerator. That is, it is a refrigerator which is superior in storage efficiency and convenience.

此等說明的內容為第53圖所示之冷藏室53之僅一個橫剖面的效果。但是,從中向左右對開兩扇式之門全高之中,左門袋90及右門袋91之旋轉軌跡形狀約相同。The content of these descriptions is the effect of only one cross section of the refrigerating compartment 53 shown in Fig. 53. However, the shape of the rotation locus of the left door pocket 90 and the right door pocket 91 is about the same in the full height of the two-door door from the center to the left and right.

因此,以將涵蓋達多數段而構成收納空間之多數架板 480及多數左門袋90及右門袋91設成約同樣形狀,而能涵蓋達貯藏室內全高增加收納空間,可獲得大的效果。Therefore, the majority of the shelves that will cover the majority of the storage space will be covered. The 480 and the majority of the left door pocket 90 and the right door pocket 91 are set to have the same shape, and can cover a full height in the storage compartment to increase the storage space, and a large effect can be obtained.

又,將上下方向之多數架板480設於使上段至下段之各架之前端邊呈平行的位置,亦即,多數架板480設置成各前端面之深度方向的位置相同。Further, a plurality of the shelf plates 480 in the up-and-down direction are disposed at positions parallel to the front ends of the shelves of the upper stage to the lower stage, that is, the plurality of shelf plates 480 are disposed such that the positions of the front end faces in the depth direction are the same.

藉此,可獲得使用者眼見具有統一感,且構成設計性非常優良者。Thereby, the user can be seen to have a sense of unity, and the design is very excellent.

又,能以相同構件來構成多數架板480,此情形可增進因構件之兼用化所造成的削減製造成本,以及在製造步驟上的減輕作業負擔所造成的削減成本。Moreover, the plurality of shelf plates 480 can be configured by the same member. In this case, it is possible to increase the cost of manufacturing by reducing the manufacturing cost of the components, and to reduce the cost of the manufacturing process.

關於左門袋90、右門袋91亦與架板480同樣就涵蓋上下之多數門袋亦有將構件兼用化的可能,其情形下也同樣對削減製造成本等非常有效。Similarly to the shelf 480, the left door pocket 90 and the right door pocket 91 also have the possibility of using a plurality of door pockets in the upper and lower doors, and it is also effective in reducing the manufacturing cost.

又,架板480如上所述,對應構成深度大小之左門袋90及右門袋91之形狀而具有大架板部493與一般架板494。亦即,大架板部493具有習知所未有之大的可收納領域。Further, as described above, the shelf 480 has a large shelf portion 493 and a general shelf 494 corresponding to the shape of the left door pocket 90 and the right door pocket 91 constituting the depth. That is, the large slab portion 493 has an arbitrarily large storage area.

大架板部493具有深度長的特徵,能將具有把手之鍋與一公升瓶子等較長的收納物以不妨礙其他收納物之放入或取出而穩定地放置。The large slab portion 493 has a long depth and can stably place a long storage item such as a handle having a handle and a one liter bottle without interfering with the insertion or removal of other storage items.

此情形在區分多量的物而收納於冰箱451的情形下,又,從多量收納物之中取出所希望之收納物的情形,從使用者而論乃便利。In this case, when a large amount of objects are separated and stored in the refrigerator 451, it is convenient for the user to take out the desired storage item from a large amount of the storage items.

如此的效果僅將左門袋90及右門袋91之深度尺寸C及D設得小,而將架板480之深度尺寸E及F設得大的話可獲 得。Such an effect only sets the depth dimensions C and D of the left door pocket 90 and the right door pocket 91 to be small, and the depth dimensions E and F of the shelf 480 are set to be large. Got it.

但是此情形下,對於使用者會減少便利性非常高之門袋的收納量,因此,反之從造成貯藏室之收納性變差而不易使用的情形而論乃不實際。However, in this case, the user can reduce the storage amount of the door pocket having a very high convenience, and therefore, it is not practical from the case where the storage property of the storage compartment is deteriorated and it is not easy to use.

又,以將架板480設成較薄之平板狀的狀態,可將涵蓋達多數段之收納空間設得極大。亦即可增加收納空間。又,可使視覺上最令人在意之架板480前端邊不具壓迫感。Further, in a state in which the shelf 480 is set to a thin flat plate shape, the storage space covering a large number of sections can be made extremely large. It is also possible to increase the storage space. Moreover, the front end of the shelf 480 which is visually most interesting can be made without a sense of pressure.

而且以透明性材質製作架板480,可減少架板480給予人的壓迫感,且不會損及寬徜感。又,也可使冷藏室53內具有清潔感。Moreover, the frame plate 480 is made of a transparent material, so that the pressure of the frame plate 480 can be reduced, and the feeling of looseness is not impaired. Further, it is also possible to provide a feeling of cleanness in the refrigerator compartment 53.

又,本實施樣態之架板480的落差部492非有稜有角而係平滑的波浪狀,例如為R形狀或C圓化形狀等。Further, the falling portion 492 of the shelf 480 of the present embodiment is not ribbed and has a smooth wave shape, and is, for example, an R shape or a C rounded shape.

此情形下,於架板480亦具有可作為防止發生應力集中與歪斜之補強構件的效果。因此,可防止於載置收納物時彎曲與變形,並且一見之下構成美觀且設計性優異者,故為非常有效的構成。In this case, the shelf 480 also has an effect as a reinforcing member for preventing stress concentration and skew. Therefore, it is possible to prevent bending and deformation when the storage object is placed, and it is excellent in design and excellent in design at first sight, and therefore is very effective.

在此說明形成可放入或取出收納物之開口之架板480的前端邊不被任何的支撐的情形為一般者。因此本實施樣態如第54圖所示架板480具有以不銹鋼等形成之金屬板495作為緣材。Here, it is described that the front end side of the shelf 480 which forms an opening into which the storage object can be placed or taken out is not supported by any one. Therefore, in the present embodiment, as shown in Fig. 54, the shelf 480 has a metal plate 495 formed of stainless steel or the like as a rim material.

第54圖係本實施樣態之架板480的立體圖。Figure 54 is a perspective view of the shelf 480 of the present embodiment.

如第54圖所示,架板480於前端面具有金屬板495而能增加強度,且具有可作為化妝板使用的優點。As shown in Fig. 54, the shelf 480 has a metal plate 495 on the front end surface to increase strength and has an advantage that it can be used as a cosmetic board.

又,第7圖中的前端面全幅安裝著金屬板95,然而至少 於包含落差部92的部分具有緣材即可。此乃落差部92附近最易產生應力集中之故。Moreover, the front end surface of Fig. 7 is mounted with the metal plate 95 in its full width, but at least The portion including the drop portion 92 may have a rim material. This is the most likely stress concentration near the drop portion 92.

又,如第54圖所示,於前端面之全寬幅安裝有金屬板495,然而,至少於包含落差部492之部分具有緣材即可。此乃落差部492附近最易發生應力集中之故。Further, as shown in Fig. 54, the metal plate 495 is attached to the full width of the front end surface. However, at least the portion including the step portion 492 may have a rim material. This is the most likely stress concentration near the drop portion 492.

又,如第54圖所示,安裝金屬板495使其夾著架板480上面及下面的情形下,置於架板480上的物品不易從前端部落下。Further, as shown in Fig. 54, in the case where the metal plate 495 is attached so as to sandwich the upper and lower sides of the shelf 480, the articles placed on the shelf 480 are not easily removed from the front end.

又,架板480亦可建構成因應收納物的形狀而於高度方向產生差別,或是將架板480折彎後使深度尺寸可改變。Further, the shelf 480 may be constructed to have a difference in the height direction in response to the shape of the storage object, or to bend the shelf 480 to change the depth dimension.

又,已說明了上述架板480以單一平板狀構成者,惟,可為剛好在前述落差部492附近分割的兩構件構造,祇要是構成大架板部493之架與構成一般架板部494之架來構成,而於其間存在落差部492的話,即可獲得與上述將無效空間設成某程度小同樣的效果。Further, the above-described frame plate 480 has been described as being formed in a single flat plate shape, but may be a two-member structure that is divided just in the vicinity of the above-described step portion 492, and may be a frame constituting the large frame portion 493 and a general frame portion 494. The frame is configured to have the same effect as the above-described invalid space to a certain extent.

在此想定在具透明性且具波浪狀之落差部492之架板480的前端面安裝作為化妝板之金屬板495的情形。Here, a case is considered in which a metal plate 495 as a makeup board is attached to the front end surface of the shelf 480 having a transparent and wavy drop portion 492.

此情形下,若是從貯藏室之前方藉著照明裝置87將光照射於此架板480及金屬板495,則構成可從與使用者之目線方向約相同的方向照射光線。藉此,非常容易看見貯藏室內之收納物,且可更提昇具有波浪狀之落差部492之架板480的設計性。In this case, if the light is irradiated to the shelf 480 and the metal plate 495 by the illumination device 87 from the front of the storage room, the light can be irradiated from the same direction as the eye line direction of the user. Thereby, it is very easy to see the storage contents in the storage compartment, and the design of the shelf 480 having the wavy drop portion 492 can be further improved.

又,架板480之材質為玻璃的話,可增加光的透過性,潔淨且強度亦為優異者,因此為一舉兩得。Moreover, if the material of the shelf 480 is glass, the light transmittance can be increased, and the cleanness and strength are excellent, so that it is a two-pronged one.

又,以利用LED於照明裝置87並埋入內箱70之隔熱壁的構造,較習知主要於冷氣管84或架頂設置照明裝置的情形能達到省空間化。Further, in the structure in which the LED is used in the illuminating device 87 and buried in the heat insulating wall of the inner box 70, it is more convenient to save space in the case where the illuminating device is disposed mainly on the cold air duct 84 or the top of the rack.

又,如上所述,左門袋90為深度長度C較短的構造。因此如第55圖所示,即使在左門60a僅能開啟90度的使用環境下,開口尺寸G亦具有可取出收納物程度的長度。Further, as described above, the left door pocket 90 has a structure in which the depth length C is short. Therefore, as shown in Fig. 55, even in the use environment in which the left door 60a can be opened only by 90 degrees, the opening size G has a length that can be taken out of the storage.

亦即,本實施樣態之冰箱451合併因向前方突出的大架板部493而能使收納物位於較前面的位置,而具有即使左門60a處於無法充分開啟的使用環境下,亦可容易地將已置於架板480之收納物取出的優點。In other words, the refrigerator 451 of the present embodiment can be combined with the large shelf portion 493 protruding forward, so that the storage object can be positioned at a front position, and the storage device can be easily used even if the left door 60a is in a use environment in which the left door 60a is not fully opened. The advantage of having the storage that has been placed on the shelf 480 is removed.

又,本實施樣態之冷藏室53係於冰箱451內配置在最上部。因此將冰箱451設成近年來呈主流之內容積超過400L型態之本體高度1800mm程度之冰箱的情形下,構成冷藏室53之收納物位於與使用者之目線同程度的高度。Further, the refrigerating compartment 53 of the present embodiment is disposed in the uppermost portion of the refrigerator 451. Therefore, in the case where the refrigerator 451 is installed in a refrigerator having a main body having a volume of more than 400 L in a form of a main body having a height of about 1800 mm, the storage unit constituting the refrigerating compartment 53 is located at the same height as the line of sight of the user.

藉此,使用者可簡單地放入或取出收納物。而且,以下功夫於從中向左右對開兩扇式之設於左門60a的左門袋90、設於右門60b之右門袋91、及架板480之形狀的狀態,可飛躍性地增加貯藏室內的收納空間,可實現配合收納物之大小及形狀之效率良好的收納。Thereby, the user can simply put in or take out the storage. Further, in the state in which the left door pocket 90 provided on the left door 60a, the right door pocket 91 provided in the right door 60b, and the shelf 480 are cut out from the center to the right and left, the storage space in the storage room can be dramatically increased. It is possible to achieve efficient storage with the size and shape of the storage.

例如使用者可將調味量或調味漿等較小的瓶類收納於左門袋90,而將保特瓶或牛乳盒等較大物品收納於右門袋91那般的區分收納。For example, the user can store a small bottle such as a seasoning amount or a seasoning pulp in the left door pocket 90, and store a large item such as a bottle or a milk bottle in the right door pocket 91.

而且,就架板480而論,可將深度尺寸長而寬度窄之大架板部493作為收納不經常放入或取出之食材的儲存區使 用,而將深度尺寸較短而寬度較大架板部493寬之大架板部493作為收納經常放入或取出之食材的流動區使用那般的區分收納。Further, in the case of the shelf 480, the large shelf portion 493 having a long depth and a narrow width can be used as a storage area for storing food materials that are not often placed or taken out. In the meantime, the large plate portion 493 having a short depth and a large width of the shelf portion 493 is stored as a flow area for storing the food material that is often placed or taken out.

亦即,使用者可將冷藏室53內大致區分成4個空間,可因應目的而使用各分區。That is, the user can roughly divide the inside of the refrigerating compartment 53 into four spaces, and each partition can be used depending on the purpose.

又,以將冷藏室53之開口部設成最大者,於其下方配置具有抽屜之製冰室54、切換室55、蔬果室56等,能實現使用方便性非常好的貯藏室配置。Further, in order to maximize the opening of the refrigerating compartment 53, the ice making compartment 54, the switching compartment 55, the vegetable compartment 56, and the like having the drawer are disposed below the storage compartment, and the storage compartment arrangement with excellent usability can be realized.

以上說明的實施樣態僅是本發明之一個實施樣態而已,乃能可有各種變更、應用。The embodiment described above is only one embodiment of the present invention, and various modifications and applications are possible.

例如已說明了左門60a較右門60b之左右長度短,亦即橫寬較短的樣態,惟,分割兩門之比率可為任何的比例。For example, it has been explained that the length of the left door 60a is shorter than the right side of the right door 60b, that is, the aspect width is short, but the ratio of dividing the two doors can be any ratio.

即,例如分割兩門之比率可為任何的比例,亦能以使架板480之一般架板部494對向於深度尺寸長的門袋,而使架板480之大架板部493對向於深度尺寸短的門袋的狀態,縱使在收納空間之增加量方面有若干差異,也可獲得約同樣的效果。That is, for example, the ratio of dividing the two doors may be any ratio, and the general shelf portion 494 of the shelf 480 may be opposed to the door pocket having a long depth dimension, and the large shelf portion 493 of the shelf 480 may be opposed. In the state of the door pocket having a short depth, the same effect can be obtained even if there are some differences in the amount of increase in the storage space.

又,雖然將左門袋90之深度尺寸設得小,惟其係主要考慮較多慣用右手之使用者中之使用方便性的結果,當然即使左右門袋之構成相反亦可獲得同樣的效果。Further, although the depth dimension of the left door pocket 90 is set to be small, it is mainly a result of the convenience of use among many right-handed users, and of course, the same effect can be obtained even if the left and right door pockets are reversed.

又,可將左門60a及右門60b之左右方向的長度設成相同,亦即可將左門60a之橫寬與右門60b之橫寬設成相同。Further, the lengths of the left door 60a and the right door 60b in the left-right direction can be set to be the same, and the horizontal width of the left door 60a and the horizontal width of the right door 60b can be set to be the same.

如第53圖所示為左門60a之橫寬較右門60b之橫寬短的情形,而大致上大架板部493之橫寬與一般架板部494之橫 寬相同。As shown in Fig. 53, the horizontal width of the left door 60a is shorter than the horizontal width of the right door 60b, and the lateral width of the large frame portion 493 is substantially the same as that of the general shelf portion 494. The same width.

因此,如第56圖所示,將左門60a之橫寬與右門60b之橫寬設成相同。藉此可將大架板部493之橫寬設得長。因此,大架板部493上可放置更多的食品等。Therefore, as shown in Fig. 56, the horizontal width of the left door 60a and the horizontal width of the right door 60b are set to be the same. Thereby, the lateral width of the large plate portion 493 can be set long. Therefore, more foods and the like can be placed on the large plate portion 493.

又,於本實施樣態以於架板480之前端面安裝作為緣材之金屬板495的狀態,而能提昇架板480之強度及設計性等。Further, in the present embodiment, the metal plate 495 as the edge material is attached to the front end surface of the shelf 480, and the strength and designability of the shelf 480 can be improved.

但是,也可於架板480之全周安裝緣材。例如以樹脂製作架板480時,可將用以設置架板480於內箱70之卡止部等予以一體成形設置。亦即容易於架板480設置突起。However, it is also possible to install the rim material over the entire circumference of the shelf 480. For example, when the shelf 480 is made of resin, the locking portion for arranging the shelf 480 in the inner case 70 or the like can be integrally formed. That is, it is easy to set the protrusions on the shelf 480.

但是,以玻璃製作架板480的情形下,例如為了將卡止部設於架板480,則必要以接著劑將卡止部安裝於玻璃製之架板480。However, in the case of manufacturing the shelf 480 from glass, for example, in order to provide the locking portion to the shelf 480, it is necessary to attach the locking portion to the glass shelf 480 with an adhesive.

因此,例如可考慮以樹脂等來製作可覆蓋玻璃製之架板480的全周,並以一體成形將卡止部設於緣材。Therefore, for example, it is conceivable to form the entire circumference of the shelf plate 480 which can cover the glass with a resin or the like, and to integrally form the locking portion on the edge material.

此情形下,以將該緣材安裝於玻璃製之架板480的狀態下,用以將架板480設置於內箱70的卡止部亦構成被安裝於架板480。In this case, the locking portion for providing the shelf 480 to the inner box 70 is also attached to the shelf 480 in a state where the edge member is attached to the glass frame 480.

第57圖表示於本實施樣態之冰箱451之玻璃製架板480安裝用以覆蓋其全周圍之緣材的狀態。Fig. 57 is a view showing a state in which the glass frame 480 of the refrigerator 451 of the present embodiment is mounted to cover the entire periphery thereof.

第57圖所示之緣材496例如為樹脂製,項在架板480之兩端的部分以一體成形來設置卡止部496a。The edge material 496 shown in Fig. 57 is made of, for example, a resin, and the locking portion 496a is provided integrally with the portion at both ends of the shelf 480.

又,雖然未以圖式顯示,可在頂接於緣材496之架板480的後端位置設置用以被冷藏室53之裹面支撐之突起等卡止部。藉此,架板480不僅被冷藏室53之左右側面支撐,且被 冷藏室53之裹面支撐。Further, although not shown in the drawings, a locking portion such as a projection for supporting the wrap surface of the refrigerating chamber 53 may be provided at a position at the rear end of the shelf 480 that is in contact with the edge member 496. Thereby, the shelf 480 is not only supported by the left and right sides of the refrigerating compartment 53, but also The wrap surface of the refrigerating compartment 53 is supported.

可分別製作玻璃製之架板480與第58圖所示之緣材496,分別完成後組合,亦可以插入成形而將架板480與緣材496一體成形。The glass frame 480 and the edge material 496 shown in Fig. 58 can be separately formed, and the combination can be separately formed, or the frame 480 and the edge member 496 can be integrally formed by insert molding.

為插入成形時,可更快速製作包含緣材496及卡止部496a之架板480。又,可提昇架板80與緣材96的固接力。In the case of insert molding, the frame 480 including the edge member 496 and the locking portion 496a can be produced more quickly. Moreover, the fixing force of the frame plate 80 and the edge material 96 can be improved.

又,以玻璃製作架板480的情形下,也可瞭解在提高強度的目的上,乃有安裝緣材的必要。Further, in the case where the frame plate 480 is made of glass, it is also understood that it is necessary to attach the edge material for the purpose of improving the strength.

但是,安裝於玻璃製之架板的緣材可保護架板480之周緣部分,防止置放於架板480上之物品的掉落,及能達到提昇設計性等功效。However, the edge material mounted on the glass frame can protect the peripheral portion of the shelf 480, prevent the articles placed on the shelf 480 from falling, and can achieve the effects of improving design.

又,金屬板495及緣材496等之緣材如第54圖及第57圖所示,構成夾著架板480之上面及下面的形狀。Further, as shown in Figs. 54 and 57, the metal plate 495 and the edge member 496 have a shape in which the upper surface and the lower surface of the shelf 480 are sandwiched.

但是,緣材可非如此的形狀。例如夾入較架板480之厚度薄之短邊方向之寬度窄的金屬板那般地安裝於樹脂製之架板480的前端面或全周。However, the edge material may not be such a shape. For example, a metal plate having a narrow width in the short side direction of the thin plate 480 is attached to the front end surface or the entire circumference of the resin frame plate 480.

如此的情形亦可提昇例如架板480的強度。Such a situation can also enhance the strength of, for example, the shelf 480.

又,本實施樣態之架板480於左右具有色調不同的領域,惟色調僅係架板480具有之各領域之性狀的一例。例如架板480具有之各領域之性狀亦包含其領域的尺寸。更具體而論,第52圖所示之架板480為玻璃的情形下,藉著接合架板480具有之領域480a與領域480b之尺寸分別不同的玻璃板而構成架板480。Further, the shelf 480 of the present embodiment has fields having different color tones on the right and left sides, but the color tone is only an example of the properties of the respective fields of the shelf 480. For example, the ribs 480 have properties in various fields that also include the dimensions of their field. More specifically, in the case where the shelf 480 shown in Fig. 52 is glass, the shelf plate 480 is constituted by a glass plate having a different size of the field 480a and the field 480b.

如此一來,架板480具有尺寸不同的領域時,例如領域 480b那般將領域之其中至少之一者與其他製品之架板一併使用等情形,能共用構件。因此,可達到降低生產成本。As a result, the shelf 480 has fields of different sizes, such as a field. The 480b can share components by using at least one of the fields together with the shelves of other products. Therefore, it is possible to achieve a reduction in production costs.

(實施樣態15)(Implementation 15)

使用第58圖來說明本發明之實施樣態15的冰箱。The refrigerator of the embodiment 15 of the present invention will be described using Fig. 58.

第58圖為實施樣態之冰箱518之冷藏室部分的橫剖面圖。又,關於與實施樣態14相同構成部分以相同符號表示而省略說明。Fig. 58 is a cross-sectional view showing a portion of the refrigerator compartment of the refrigerator 518 of the embodiment. The same components as those in the embodiment 14 are denoted by the same reference numerals and will not be described.

又,本實施樣態之冰箱518之左右門袋及架板之形狀與實施樣態14之冰箱451不同,其他構成部及其機能等與實施樣態14之冰箱451相同。Further, the shape of the left and right door pockets and the shelf of the refrigerator 518 of the present embodiment is different from that of the refrigerator 451 of the embodiment 14, and the other components and functions thereof are the same as those of the refrigerator 451 of the embodiment 14.

如第58圖所示,本實施樣態之冰箱518具有左門60a、右門60b、左門袋100、右門袋101及架板502。As shown in Fig. 58, the refrigerator 518 of this embodiment has a left door 60a, a right door 60b, a left door pocket 100, a right door pocket 101, and a shelf 502.

又,左門袋100被支撐固定在左門60a,且涵蓋左門60a之上下多數配置著。右門袋101亦同樣地被右門60b支撐固定著,且涵蓋右門60b之上下多數配置著。Further, the left door pocket 100 is supported and fixed to the left door 60a, and covers most of the upper left door 60a. The right door pocket 101 is similarly supported and fixed by the right door 60b, and covers most of the upper door 60b.

架板502以在不干涉此等門袋的位置及形狀,且涵蓋此等門袋與冷氣管84之間的空間上下多數配置著。藉著此等多數架板480而形成有涵蓋達多數段的收納空間。The shelf 502 is disposed in a position that does not interfere with the position and shape of the door pockets, and covers a space between the door pockets and the air duct 84. With these plurality of shelf plates 480, a storage space covering a large number of sections is formed.

本實施樣態之架板502亦與實施樣態14之架板480同樣,在左右具有色調不同的領域。藉著如此的架板480,可達到提昇於打開冰箱之門時的美觀。The shelf 502 of this embodiment is also similar to the shelf 480 of the embodiment 14, and has fields of different hue on the right and left sides. With such a shelf 480, the appearance can be improved when the door of the refrigerator is opened.

左門袋100為不干涉右門60b那般地收納在圖中之左門60a之旋轉軌跡內的大小,底面形狀約呈四角的形狀。The left door pocket 100 has a size that is accommodated in the rotation locus of the left door 60a in the figure without interfering with the right door 60b, and the shape of the bottom surface is approximately four corners.

右門袋101之深度尺寸較左門袋100更長。又,在不干 涉左門60a那般地收納在圖中之右門60b之旋轉軌跡內,因此右門袋101之左端的深度尺寸形成得短。The right door pocket 101 has a longer depth dimension than the left door pocket 100. Again, not doing it Since the left door 60a is housed in the rotation locus of the right door 60b in the drawing, the depth dimension of the left end of the right door pocket 101 is formed to be short.

架板502在左門袋100及右門袋101與冷氣管84之間之貯藏室空間內,以不干涉左門袋100及右門袋101那般隔著某程度的間隙配置著。The shelf 502 is disposed in a storage space between the left door pocket 100 and the right door pocket 101 and the cold air tube 84 so as not to interfere with the left door pocket 100 and the right door pocket 101 with a certain gap therebetween.

具體而言,架板502以載置於一體形成在內箱70之突起等的形態被內箱70支撐固定著,配置成上下方向約呈水平。Specifically, the shelf 502 is supported and fixed by the inner case 70 in such a manner that the protrusions and the like which are integrally formed in the inner case 70 are placed, and are arranged horizontally in the vertical direction.

又,架板502的形狀如第58圖所示,為其左端邊較右端邊之深度尺寸長的形狀。Further, the shape of the shelf 502 is as shown in Fig. 58, and the left end side has a shape having a longer depth dimension than the right end side.

具體而言,將左端邊之長度設成H,將右端邊之長度設為J,則構成H>J的關係。Specifically, the length of the left end side is set to H, and the length of the right end side is set to J, which constitutes a relationship of H>J.

又,左門袋100與右門袋101之間,剛好在間隔體86後方空間設有交界部506,而為從該交界部506起右側之深度漸漸地變短的形狀。Further, between the left door pocket 100 and the right door pocket 101, the boundary portion 506 is provided in the space behind the spacer 86, and the depth from the boundary portion 506 gradually becomes shorter.

又,所謂交界部506係與實施樣態14之架板480之落差部492相同,而為架板之深度尺寸改變之約構成其交界部分。Further, the boundary portion 506 is the same as the drop portion 492 of the shelf 480 of the embodiment 14, and the boundary portion of the shelf plate is changed to constitute the boundary portion.

亦即,從架板502之交界部506起左側相當於實施樣態14之大架板部493,從交界部506起右側相當於實施樣態14之一般架板部494。That is, from the boundary portion 506 of the shelf 502, the left side corresponds to the large shelf portion 493 of the embodiment 14, and the right side corresponds to the general shelf portion 494 of the embodiment 14 from the boundary portion 506.

以下說明實施樣態之架板502以及左門袋100及右門袋101所帶來的效果。The effects of the shelf 502 and the left door pocket 100 and the right door pocket 101 of the embodiment will be described below.

左門袋100如上所述以其底形狀形成約四角形狀且寬度及深度尺寸形成較小的狀態,可極力地將間隔體86之後 方的無效空間設得小。The left door pocket 100 is formed into a shape of a square shape with its bottom shape as described above, and the width and depth dimensions are formed into a small state, and the spacer 86 can be placed as strongly as possible. The invalid space of the square is set small.

又,以將架板502之左側設成突出至左門袋100之近旁的形狀,而可將架板502之左側部分的深度尺寸設得長。Further, the left side of the shelf 502 is formed to protrude to the vicinity of the left door pocket 100, and the depth of the left side portion of the shelf 502 can be set to be long.

又,右門袋101設得比左門袋100大以補助左門袋100的尺寸小。Further, the right door pocket 101 is set larger than the left door pocket 100 to compensate for the small size of the left door pocket 100.

藉此能不減少對使用者便利性非常高之門袋的收納空間,即能飛躍性地增加貯藏室內的收納空間。Thereby, it is possible to drastically increase the storage space in the storage compartment without reducing the storage space of the door pocket which is very convenient for the user.

特別是使架板502之前端邊的交界部506位於左門袋100與右門袋101之間之間隔體86的後方空間,且沿著架板502之前端邊那般地構成右門袋101的形狀,而能將習知以來總是在從中向左右對開兩扇式所特有之間隔體86的後方空間所存在的無效空間設得最小。In particular, the boundary portion 506 at the front end of the shelf 502 is located in the rear space of the spacer 86 between the left door pocket 100 and the right door pocket 101, and the shape of the right door pocket 101 is formed along the front end of the shelf 502. However, it is possible to minimize the ineffective space existing in the rear space of the spacer 86 unique to the left and right sides from the middle.

亦即,本實施樣態之冰箱518以將架板502、左門袋100及右門袋101的形狀設成第58圖所示的形狀,而與實施樣態14之冰箱451同樣以放大貯藏室內之可收納的架底面積,而能提昇冰箱518之收納效率。That is, the refrigerator 518 of the present embodiment has the shape of the shelf plate 502, the left door pocket 100, and the right door pocket 101 in the shape shown in Fig. 58, and is similar to the refrigerator 451 of the embodiment 14 in that the storage compartment is enlarged. The storage area can be accommodated, and the storage efficiency of the refrigerator 518 can be improved.

又,冰箱518亦與實施樣態14之冰箱451同樣,可將冷藏室內之收納空間區分為左門袋100、右門袋101、架板102之左領域及右領域之分別深度尺寸不同的四個領域。Moreover, the refrigerator 518 is also similar to the refrigerator 451 of the embodiment 14 in that the storage space in the refrigerating compartment can be divided into four areas in which the left door pocket 100, the right door pocket 101, the left side of the shelf panel 102, and the right field have different depth dimensions. .

藉此,使用者可達到因應收納物之大小及形狀而作好效率的區分收納。Thereby, the user can achieve the efficiency of the storage according to the size and shape of the storage object.

又,架板502之前端面存在一個交界部506,從上下方向觀看架板502時,前端邊為約以兩條直線構成之簡單的形狀。此情形下,從前端面安裝作為緣材之兼具化妝用之金 屬板(未以圖式顯示)之形狀亦能達到簡單的情形來看,能以廉價的成本製作架板502及緣材。Further, the front end surface of the shelf 502 has one boundary portion 506. When the shelf 502 is viewed from the vertical direction, the front end side has a simple shape formed by two straight lines. In this case, the makeup gold is used as the edge material from the front end surface. The shape of the plate (not shown) can also be made simple, and the frame plate 502 and the edge material can be produced at a low cost.

又,架板502如第58圖所示,也可從上下方向觀看時,前端邊並非約以兩條直線構成的形狀。亦即,架板502之前端面在交界部506可非為彎曲的形狀。Further, as shown in Fig. 58, the shelf 502 may have a shape in which the front end side is not formed by two straight lines when viewed from the top-bottom direction. That is, the front end surface of the shelf 502 may not have a curved shape at the interface portion 506.

例如前端面在交界部506可為緩和地彎曲的形狀。又,祇要不在左門60a及右門60b之旋轉軌跡內,以及非在間隔體86之旋動所必須之領域的範圍內,交界部506可朝向間隔體86側鼓起。For example, the front end surface may have a shape that is gently curved at the boundary portion 506. Further, the boundary portion 506 can be swollen toward the side of the spacer 86 as long as it is not within the rotation locus of the left door 60a and the right door 60b and not within the range necessary for the rotation of the spacer 86.

如此的情形下,雖然多少有些狀況不同,惟可獲得增加收納空間的效果。Under such circumstances, although some conditions are different, it is possible to increase the storage space.

(實施樣態16)(Implementation 16)

使用第59圖及第60圖來說明本發明之實施樣態16的冰箱。The refrigerator of the embodiment 16 of the present invention will be described using Figs. 59 and 60.

第59圖係本實施樣態之冰箱519之冷藏室部分的橫剖面圖。第60圖係打開本實施樣態之冰箱519之左門110a之時的橫剖面圖。又,關於與實施樣態14相同構造部分以相同符號表示而省略說明。Fig. 59 is a cross-sectional view showing a portion of the refrigerator compartment of the refrigerator 519 of the present embodiment. Fig. 60 is a cross-sectional view showing the state in which the left door 110a of the refrigerator 519 of the present embodiment is opened. The same components as those in the embodiment 14 are denoted by the same reference numerals and will not be described.

又,本實施樣態之冰箱519之左右門袋及架板的形狀與實施樣態14之冰箱451不同,惟,其他構造部分及機能等與實施樣態14之冰箱451相同。Further, the shape of the left and right door pockets and the shelf of the refrigerator 519 of this embodiment is different from that of the refrigerator 451 of the embodiment 14, but other structural parts, functions, and the like are the same as those of the refrigerator 451 of the embodiment 14.

如第59圖所示,本實施樣態之冰箱519具有左門110a、右門110b及右門袋111。然而,本實施樣態之冰箱519與實施樣態14及15之各冰箱不同,不具有左門袋。As shown in Fig. 59, the refrigerator 519 of the present embodiment has a left door 110a, a right door 110b, and a right door pocket 111. However, the refrigerator 519 of this embodiment differs from the refrigerators of the embodiment 14 and 15 in that it does not have a left door pocket.

又,本實施樣態之冰箱519更具有架板512,右門袋111涵蓋達右門110b之上下而多數設置。Moreover, the refrigerator 519 of this embodiment further has a shelf 512, and the right door pocket 111 covers a plurality of upper doors 110b.

架板512以在不干涉右門袋111的位置及形狀,於此等右門袋111與冷氣管84之間的空間涵蓋上下多數配置。藉著此等多數架板512而形成涵蓋多數段的收納空間。The shelf 512 is disposed at a position and shape that does not interfere with the right door pocket 111. The space between the right door pocket 111 and the cold air tube 84 covers a plurality of upper and lower configurations. A plurality of shelves 512 form a storage space covering a plurality of sections.

架板512以不干涉右門袋111而配置於右門袋111與冷氣管84之間的貯藏室空間內且形成有某程度的間隙。The shelf 512 is disposed in the storage space between the right door pocket 111 and the cold air pipe 84 without interfering with the right door pocket 111, and is formed with a certain degree of clearance.

具體而言,架板512以載置於一體成形在內箱70之突起等的狀態,被內箱70保持及支撐固定,而配置成上下方向約呈水平。Specifically, the shelf 512 is placed and supported by the inner case 70 in a state in which the protrusions of the inner case 70 are integrally formed, and is placed horizontally in the vertical direction.

又,架板512之形狀如第60圖所示,為覆蓋位於左門110a之冷藏室側之空間之約全領域的形狀,右門110b之冷藏室右側形成在前後方向以不干涉右門袋111的形狀。Further, as shown in Fig. 60, the shape of the shelf 512 is a shape covering the entire area of the space on the side of the refrigerating compartment of the left door 110a, and the right side of the refrigerating compartment of the right door 110b is formed in the front-rear direction so as not to interfere with the shape of the right door pocket 111. .

亦即,本實施樣態之架板512與實施樣態14之架板480同樣於前面端具有落差的形狀。That is, the shelf 512 of this embodiment has the same shape as the shelf 480 of the embodiment 14 at the front end.

具體而言,架板512具有將落差部514之左側深度尺寸設為K,將落差部514之右側深度尺寸設為L的情形下,則構成K>L的關係。Specifically, the shelf 512 has a relationship in which K>L is formed when the depth dimension on the left side of the drop portion 514 is K and the depth dimension on the right side of the drop portion 514 is L.

又,與實施樣態14之架板480同樣,將從架板512之約落差部514之左右方向之中心點向深度方向延伸之直線的左側設為大架板部513、將該直線之右側設為一般架板部515。In the same manner as the shelf 480 of the embodiment 14, the left side of the straight line extending from the center point of the left and right direction of the landing plate 512 in the depth direction is the large plate portion 513, and the right side of the straight line It is set as the general shelf part 515.

以下說明本實施樣態之架板512及右門袋111所帶來的效果。The effects of the shelf 512 and the right door pocket 111 of the present embodiment will be described below.

於冰箱519之冷藏室內之橫剖面如第59圖所示,約以右門袋111與架板512來分配。As shown in Fig. 59, the cross section of the refrigerator 519 in the refrigerating compartment is distributed by the right door pocket 111 and the shelf 512.

又,與右門110b構成一體而旋轉之右門袋111的形狀收納在圖中之右門110b的旋轉軌跡內。Further, the shape of the right door pocket 111 that is integrally rotated with the right door 110b is accommodated in the rotation locus of the right door 110b in the drawing.

而且,架板512存在有不與右門袋111干涉之深度尺寸的一般架板515,大架板部513為突出至左門110a附近的形狀。Further, the shelf 512 has a general shelf 515 having a depth dimension that does not interfere with the right door pocket 111, and the large shelf portion 513 has a shape that protrudes to the vicinity of the left door 110a.

藉此,可將習知從中向左右對開兩扇式之門特有之門袋與架板之間的空間,即存在於間隔體86後方之無效空間,除了間隔體86之旋動所必要最低限的空間之外皆弄成無。Thereby, the space between the door pocket and the shelf which is unique to the two-door door from the middle to the right and left, that is, the invalid space existing behind the spacer 86, except for the minimum necessary for the rotation of the spacer 86 Everything outside the space is made.

亦即,可瞭解架板512及右門袋111為第59圖所示之形狀的理由,在增加收納空間上非常具效果。That is, the reason why the shelf 512 and the right door pocket 111 have the shape shown in Fig. 59 can be understood, and it is very effective in increasing the storage space.

又,本實施樣態之架板512亦與實施樣態14之架板480同樣,在左右具有色調不同的領域。藉著如此的架板480,可達到提昇於打開冰箱之門時的美觀。Further, the shelf 512 of this embodiment is also similar to the shelf 480 of the embodiment 14, and has fields of different hue on the right and left sides. With such a shelf 480, the appearance can be improved when the door of the refrigerator is opened.

又,左門110a不具有作為收納空間的門袋,僅以隔熱壁來構成。藉此,可使架板512朝左門110a突出,可將架板512之深度尺寸設成與左門110a之內門面至貯藏室裹面之長度同程度。Further, the left door 110a does not have a door pocket as a storage space, and is configured only by a heat insulating wall. Thereby, the shelf 512 can be protruded toward the left door 110a, and the depth of the shelf 512 can be set to be the same as the length of the inside of the left door 110a to the storage compartment.

此情形下,可使收納物位於使用者之目視正面,且位於易取出的前面,因此物品之放入取出容易且便利。而且方便於收納長的物品。In this case, the storage object can be placed on the front side of the user's eyes and placed in front of the easy-to-remove, so that the loading and unloading of the articles is easy and convenient. And it is convenient to store long items.

又,如第59圖所示,架板512之上面形成略L字形狀。因 此於打開右門110b時,物品當然可進出一般架板部515之前側領域,且物品可容易進出存在於左門110a之箱內方向之落差部514附近的領域。Further, as shown in Fig. 59, the upper surface of the shelf 512 is formed in a slightly L shape. because Therefore, when the right door 110b is opened, the article can of course enter and exit the front side of the general shelf portion 515, and the article can easily enter and exit the area existing near the falling portion 514 in the direction of the inside of the left door 110a.

此乃因一旦打開右門110b,則對落差部514附近之領域之物品的進出方向,亦即約橫方向的空間形成開放的空間之故。亦即,打開右門110b,從橫方向對該領域之物品可進出之空間的寬度寬之故。This is because when the right door 110b is opened, an open space is formed in the direction in which the articles in the vicinity of the drop portion 514 enter, that is, the space in the lateral direction. That is, the right door 110b is opened, and the width of the space in which the articles in the field can enter and exit from the lateral direction is wide.

又,雖然依存於右門袋111與架板512之貯藏室內的收納空間分配量,但是將架板512之載置領域之左右長度設成同程度,亦即可將第59圖所示之L與大架板部513之前端面之寬度設成同程度。Further, although depending on the storage space allocation amount in the storage compartment of the right door pocket 111 and the shelf 512, the left and right lengths of the mounting area of the shelf 512 are set to the same level, and the L and FIG. The width of the front end face of the large frame portion 513 is set to the same extent.

此情形下,亦具有非常容易以目視確認置於架板512之多數收納物的優點。In this case as well, it is very easy to visually confirm the majority of the storage placed on the shelf 512.

又,如第60圖所示,即使在左門僅能打開90度程度的使用環境下,於打開左門110a時之開口尺寸M亦可獲得大的尺寸。亦即,比較於習知之具有左門者,可特別地提昇物品的進出容易度。Further, as shown in Fig. 60, even in the use environment where the left door can be opened only by 90 degrees, the opening size M when the left door 110a is opened can also be obtained in a large size. That is to say, compared with the conventional one having the left door, the ease of entry and exit of the article can be particularly improved.

而且,想定於架板512之大架板部513放置如第50圖所示之寬度方向之尺寸在M以下的小物品盒83的情形。Further, it is assumed that the large shelf portion 513 of the shelf 512 is placed in the small article case 83 having a size of M or less in the width direction as shown in FIG.

此情形下,使用者可不受左門110a的干擾而能將小物品盒83拉出至前面。而且,有時將小物品盒83抽出於貯藏室外使用的情形亦簡單。In this case, the user can pull the small item box 83 to the front without being disturbed by the left door 110a. Moreover, it is also simple to take out the small item box 83 for use outside the storage room.

又,本實施樣態之冰箱519亦與實施樣態14之冰箱451同樣,以使用區分大架板部513、一般架板部515及右門袋 111而可區分收納。Moreover, the refrigerator 519 of the present embodiment is also similar to the refrigerator 451 of the embodiment 14, in order to distinguish between the large frame portion 513, the general shelf portion 515, and the right door pocket. 111 can be divided into storage.

如上所述,本實施樣態之冰箱519與實施樣態14及15之各冰箱同樣,可有效率地增加收納空間。而且,於冰箱519以於左門110a側之貯藏室空間設置各式各樣的抽屜機構而能提昇物品的進出性。As described above, the refrigerator 519 of the present embodiment can increase the storage space efficiently as in the refrigerators of the embodiment 14 and 15. Further, in the refrigerator 519, various drawer mechanisms are provided in the storage room space on the left door 110a side, and the ingress and egressability of the articles can be improved.

亦即,本實施樣態之冰箱519係較習知收納效率及便利性高的冰箱。That is, the refrigerator 519 of the present embodiment is a refrigerator having a high storage efficiency and convenience.

(實施樣態17)(Implementation 17)

如上所述,實施樣態14~16之各冰箱於冷藏室之開口部具有其具有左右兩片門之從中向左右對開兩扇式門。又,架板之左側及右側之各別的深度尺寸係對應門之內門面的形狀的尺寸。As described above, each of the refrigerators of the embodiment 14 to 16 has a two-door door that is opened to the left and right from the center of the opening of the refrigerator compartment. Moreover, the respective depth dimensions of the left and right sides of the shelf correspond to the dimensions of the shape of the facade within the door.

具體而言,架板之上述各尺寸係可填充冷藏室內之無效空間的尺寸。藉此,可增加貯藏室內之收納空間。又,亦有具效率之區分收納等效果。Specifically, each of the above dimensions of the shelf can fill the size of the ineffective space in the refrigerating compartment. Thereby, the storage space in the storage compartment can be increased. In addition, there are also effects such as efficient storage and storage.

架板設成上述形狀所帶來之此等效果不僅從中向左右對開兩扇式的冰箱,且冷藏室之門為1片之所謂單開式的冰箱亦有效。The effect of the above-described shape of the shelf is not only effective from the middle to the left and right, but also the so-called single-open refrigerator in which the door of the refrigerator compartment is one.

因此本發明之實施樣態17說明應用於單開式的冰箱的情形。Therefore, the embodiment 17 of the present invention illustrates the case of application to a single-open type refrigerator.

第61圖為本實施樣態之冰箱的正面圖。Fig. 61 is a front view of the refrigerator of the embodiment.

如第61圖所示,本實施樣態之冰箱520與實施樣態14之冰箱541相同具有冷藏室53、製冰室54、切換室55、蔬果室56及冷凍室57。As shown in Fig. 61, the refrigerator 520 of this embodiment has a refrigerating compartment 53, an ice making compartment 54, a switching compartment 55, a vegetable compartment 56, and a freezing compartment 57 in the same manner as the refrigerator 541 of the embodiment 14.

又,冷藏室53設置有單開式門65。使用者以打開門65而能對冷藏室53放入或取出物品。Further, the refrigerating compartment 53 is provided with a single-opening door 65. The user can insert or take out the item to the refrigerating compartment 53 by opening the door 65.

第62圖係本實施樣態之冰箱520的橫剖面圖(第61圖所示之B-B剖面圖)。又,關於與實施樣態14相同的構造部分以相同符號表示而省略說明。Fig. 62 is a cross-sectional view of the refrigerator 520 of the present embodiment (B-B sectional view shown in Fig. 61). The same components as those in the embodiment 14 are denoted by the same reference numerals and will not be described.

如第62圖所示,本實施樣態之冰箱520具有門袋97。門袋97被門65支撐固定著,涵蓋達門65之上下多數配置著。As shown in Fig. 62, the refrigerator 520 of this embodiment has a door pocket 97. The door pocket 97 is supported by the door 65 and covers most of the upper and lower doors 65.

又,門袋97之旋動軸88側之深度尺寸R形成較相對側之深度尺寸Q長的形狀。亦即,構成R>Q的關係。Further, the depth dimension R of the side of the rotary shaft 88 of the door pocket 97 is formed to be longer than the depth dimension Q of the opposite side. That is, the relationship of R>Q is formed.

又,冰箱520具有之架板521以不干涉門袋97的位置及形狀,涵蓋於門袋97與冷氣管84之間之空間的上下多數配置著。藉此等多數的架板521而形成涵蓋多數段的收納空間。Further, the shelf 521 of the refrigerator 520 is disposed so as not to interfere with the position and shape of the door pocket 97, and is disposed above and below the space between the door pocket 97 and the cold air duct 84. Thereby, a plurality of shelves 521 are formed to form a storage space covering a plurality of sections.

此架板521與實施樣態14之架板480同樣具有落差部524、深度尺寸長的大架板部522及深度尺寸短的一般架板部523。Similarly to the shelf 480 of the embodiment 14, the shelf 521 has a drop portion 524, a large frame portion 522 having a long depth dimension, and a general shelf portion 523 having a short depth dimension.

具體而言,將大架板部522之深度尺寸設為N,將一般架板部523之深度尺寸設為P,則呈N>P,且N及Q之和與P及R之和約為相等關係。Specifically, the depth dimension of the large shelf portion 522 is N, and the depth dimension of the general shelf portion 523 is P, which is N>P, and the sum of N and Q and the sum of P and R are approximately Equal relationship.

即,架板521與實施樣態14之架板480同樣作成填充貯藏室內之無效空間的形態。That is, the shelf 521 is formed in the same manner as the shelf 480 of the embodiment 14 to fill the ineffective space in the storage compartment.

又,本實施樣態之架板521亦與實施樣態14之架板480同樣,在左右具有色調不同的領域。藉著如此的架板480,可達到提昇於打開冰箱之門時的美觀。Further, the shelf 521 of the present embodiment is similar to the shelf 480 of the embodiment 14, and has fields of different color tones on the right and left sides. With such a shelf 480, the appearance can be improved when the door of the refrigerator is opened.

以下說明本實施樣態之架板521及門袋所帶來的效果。The effects of the shelf 521 and the door pocket of this embodiment will be described below.

如上所述,對使用者而言門袋亦有為必要者,而需要某程度的大型化。又,將門袋大型化的情形下,橫寬度限制至貯藏室之橫寬度,因此要將深度尺寸設得長。As described above, the door pocket is also necessary for the user, and a certain degree of enlargement is required. Further, in the case where the door pocket is enlarged, the lateral width is limited to the lateral width of the storage compartment, so the depth dimension is set to be long.

但是,一旦考量門的開關,則門袋之深度尺寸僅能設長至某程度。However, once the door switch is considered, the depth dimension of the door pocket can only be set to a certain extent.

具體而言,單開式之冰箱為冰箱520的情形下,以門65之旋動中心的旋動軸88為中心,必須將門袋收97納在通過內箱70之與旋動軸88相對側之端部的圓(一點鏈線)內。Specifically, in the case where the single-open type refrigerator is the refrigerator 520, centering on the rotation axis 88 of the rotation center of the door 65, the door pocket must be received by 97 on the opposite side of the inner box 70 from the rotary shaft 88. Inside the circle (a little chain line) at the end.

因此,考量於距離門袋97之旋動軸88遠之側,即於門袋97之左側設置傾斜部分,同時將深度尺寸設得長以不干涉該圓。但是,此情形下如上所述,該深度尺寸愈長則其傾斜部分愈急劇而會增加無效空間。又,門袋97之底面形狀接近三角形,收納性變差。Therefore, it is considered to be farther from the side of the rotary shaft 88 of the door pocket 97, that is, the inclined portion is provided on the left side of the door pocket 97 while the depth dimension is set long so as not to interfere with the circle. However, in this case, as described above, the longer the depth dimension, the sharper the inclined portion increases the dead space. Further, the shape of the bottom surface of the door pocket 97 is close to a triangle, and the accommodation property is deteriorated.

因此,本實施樣態之冰箱520在門袋97之左側的深度尺寸設得較短的狀態,不必設傾斜部分即可關閉門65。Therefore, in the refrigerator 520 of the present embodiment, the depth dimension on the left side of the door pocket 97 is set to be short, and the door 65 can be closed without providing the inclined portion.

又,以將門袋97之右側之深度尺寸設得較長的狀態,可彌補因左側之深度尺寸設得短所造成的收容量減少。Further, by setting the depth dimension of the right side of the door pocket 97 to be long, it is possible to compensate for the reduction in the capacity due to the short depth dimension of the left side.

亦即,門袋97整體看起來形成右側朝貯藏室內突出的形狀。That is, the door pocket 97 as a whole appears to form a shape in which the right side protrudes toward the storage compartment.

因此,可瞭解於門袋97之左側的貯藏室方向產生無效空間。爰此,相對於門袋97之架板521係將其左側以不干涉門袋97的範圍內,朝深度方向設得長以填充該無效空間。Therefore, it can be understood that an invalid space is generated in the direction of the storage compartment on the left side of the door pocket 97. As a result, the frame 521 of the door pocket 97 is set to be long in the depth direction so as not to interfere with the door pocket 97 so as to fill the invalid space.

藉此可抑制無效空間的產生,可放大其合併了門袋97 及架板521之貯藏室整體之可收納的架底面積。Thereby, the generation of the invalid space can be suppressed, and the enlarged door pocket 97 can be enlarged. And the shelf area of the storage compartment of the shelf 521 as a whole.

又,與實施樣態14之冰箱451同樣為可區分收納並對於使用者使用方便性佳的冰箱。Further, similarly to the refrigerator 451 of the first embodiment, the refrigerator 451 can be stored separately and is convenient for use by the user.

如上所述,本實施樣態之冰箱520係與實施樣態14~16之各冰箱同樣為收納效率及便利性高的冰箱。As described above, the refrigerator 520 of the present embodiment is a refrigerator having high storage efficiency and convenience as in the refrigerators of the first to fourth embodiments.

又,上述實施樣態14~17中,於門袋之突出部分下方的冷藏室底面存在有較大且平的空間。Further, in the above-described embodiments 14 to 17, a large and flat space exists in the bottom surface of the refrigerator compartment below the protruding portion of the door pocket.

具體而言,於冷藏室底面,門袋下方且距架板之落差部於架板之深度尺寸短側的空間下方位置存在有該空間。Specifically, in the bottom surface of the refrigerator compartment, the space below the door pocket and below the shelf is located below the space on the short side of the depth dimension of the shelf.

由於此空間係當關閉門時門袋位於正上方位置,因此無法作為食品等之載置領域使用。Since this space is located directly above the door when the door is closed, it cannot be used as a mounting field for foods and the like.

但是,以於此空間設置凹陷部並將收納容器填充於此凹陷部的狀態,可將食品等收納至收納容器。However, in a state where the recessed portion is provided in this space and the storage container is filled in the recessed portion, the food or the like can be stored in the storage container.

第63圖表示實施樣態14~17之冰箱具有之架板的第1變形例。如本圖所示架板具有左右三個不同色調的領域。即,第1領域480c以濃的色所著色,第3領域480e未著色。第2領域480d從第1領域至第3領域構成色調平順地連續的色階。藉著如此的架板而能提昇在打開冰箱之門時的美觀。Fig. 63 is a view showing a first modification of the shelf plate of the refrigerator of the embodiment 14 to 17. As shown in this figure, the shelf has three different shades of field. That is, the first field 480c is colored with a rich color, and the third field 480e is not colored. The second field 480d constitutes a gradation that is smooth in color from the first field to the third field. By such a shelf, the appearance when opening the door of the refrigerator can be improved.

第64圖表示實施樣態14~17之冰箱具有之架板的第2變形例。如本圖所示架板具有前後兩個不同色調的領域。即,第1領域480f未著色。第2領域480g有著色。藉著如此的架板而能提昇在打開冰箱之門時的美觀。Fig. 64 is a view showing a second modification of the shelf plate of the refrigerator of the embodiment 14 to 17. As shown in this figure, the shelf has two fields of different tones before and after. That is, the first field 480f is not colored. The second field 480g has coloration. By such a shelf, the appearance when opening the door of the refrigerator can be improved.

第65圖表示實施樣態14~17之冰箱具有之架板的第3變形例。如本圖所示架板具有前後三個不同色調的領域。 即,第1領域480h以濃的色所著色,第3領域480j未著色。第2領域480i從第1領域至第3領域構成色調平順地連續的色階。藉著如此的架板而能提昇在打開冰箱之門時的美觀。Fig. 65 is a view showing a third modification of the shelf plate of the refrigerator of the embodiment 14 to 17. As shown in this figure, the shelf has three different shades of front and rear. That is, the first field 480h is colored with a rich color, and the third field 480j is not colored. The second field 480i constitutes a gradation that is smooth in color from the first field to the third field. By such a shelf, the appearance when opening the door of the refrigerator can be improved.

(實施樣態18)(Implementation form 18)

第66圖係從前側下方觀看本發明之實施樣態18之冰箱之冷藏室內的立體部分剖面圖,第67圖係同實施樣態之前方架板與後方架板予以一體化之狀態的縱中央剖面圖(表示第66圖之S-S剖面)。第68圖係第67圖之Q部放大圖,第69圖係同實施樣態之前方架板與後方架板的立體圖,第70圖係將同實施樣態之前方架板與後方架板分離之狀態的立體圖,第71圖係第66圖之P-P剖面圖,第72圖係第71圖之R部放大圖,第73圖表示使同實施樣態之前方架板朝後方架板之上方移動之冷藏室內部的立體圖,第74圖係第73圖之T部放大圖,第75圖係將同實施樣態之後方架板拆下之狀態的立體圖。Figure 66 is a perspective view, partly in section, of the refrigerator in the refrigerator of the embodiment 18 of the present invention viewed from the front side, and Fig. 67 is a vertical center in a state in which the square frame and the rear frame are integrated before the embodiment. Sectional view (indicating the S-S section of Figure 66). Figure 68 is an enlarged view of the Q section of Figure 67. Figure 69 is a perspective view of the square frame and the rear frame before the implementation. Figure 70 shows the separation of the square frame and the rear frame before the implementation. Fig. 71 is a perspective view of the P-P section of Fig. 66, Fig. 72 is an enlarged view of the R portion of Fig. 71, and Fig. 73 is a view showing the square frame before the same embodiment. A perspective view of the inside of the refrigerating compartment moved upward, Fig. 74 is an enlarged view of a portion T of Fig. 73, and Fig. 75 is a perspective view showing a state in which the square frame is removed after the embodiment.

與實施樣態5之差異處係可分割前方架板與後方架板之架僅設為冷藏室內之最下段之架的點。又,對於與實施樣態5相同構造部分,賦予相同符號而省略詳細的說明。The difference from the implementation mode 5 is that the frame that can divide the front shelf and the rear shelf is only the point of the lowermost shelf in the refrigerating compartment. The same components as those in the embodiment 5 are denoted by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.

第66圖中,深度尺寸為左右不同的一片架板601配置於冷藏室53內的上部,最下部之架板602由前方架板603與後方架板604構成。In Fig. 66, one of the frame plates 601 having different depths and left and right is disposed in the upper portion of the refrigerator compartment 53, and the lowermost shelf 602 is composed of the front shelf 603 and the rear shelf 604.

於第67圖、第68圖中,前方架板603係將玻璃部605與覆蓋外周之樹脂製之框體606形成一體者,框體606之後方,前架伸出部607形成一體。又,後方架板604係將玻璃 部608與覆蓋外周之樹脂製之框體609形成一體者,框體609之前方,後架伸出部610形成一體。前方架板603與後方架板604之合對面係設成前架伸出部607位於上方而後架伸出部610位於下方,而在上下方向,前架伸出部607與後架伸出部610搭接的構造。又,後方架板604之後部與從冷氣管84突出的突出部611搭接而配置。In FIGS. 67 and 68, the front frame 603 is formed by integrating the glass portion 605 with the resin frame 606 covering the outer periphery, and the front frame extending portion 607 is integrally formed behind the frame 606. Also, the rear shelf 604 is a glass The portion 608 is integrally formed with the resin-made frame body 609 covering the outer periphery, and the rear frame extension portion 610 is integrally formed in front of the frame body 609. The front shelf 603 and the rear shelf 604 are disposed opposite to each other such that the front frame extension portion 607 is located above and the rear frame extension portion 610 is located below, and in the up and down direction, the front frame extension portion 607 and the rear frame extension portion 610 The structure of the lap joint. Further, the rear portion of the rear shelf 604 is placed in contact with the protruding portion 611 protruding from the cold air duct 84.

又,如第69圖所示,將後方架板604之深度尺寸設為L,將前方架板603之最小深度尺寸設為M,將前方架板603之最大深度尺寸設為N時,設定成N>L>M的關係。又,前方架板603之兩面側形成與框體609呈一體的卡止部612,後方架板604之兩面側形成與框體609呈一體的卡止部613,如第66圖所示,嵌合於內箱70之兩側形成一體之架承受部614、615而構成可前後滑動。Further, as shown in Fig. 69, the depth dimension of the rear shelf 604 is set to L, the minimum depth dimension of the front shelf 603 is set to M, and the maximum depth dimension of the front shelf 603 is set to N, and is set to N>L>M relationship. Further, on both sides of the front shelf 603, a locking portion 612 integrally formed with the frame 609 is formed, and on both sides of the rear shelf 604, a locking portion 613 integrally formed with the frame 609 is formed, as shown in Fig. 66, embedded The integrated frame receiving portions 614 and 615 are formed on both sides of the inner box 70 to form a front and rear slide.

又,支撐前方架板603之架承受部614與支撐後方架板604之架承受部615之間具有向橫方向凹陷的凹部616,且於對應凹部616之後方架板604之側面的框體609具有朝下方的凸部617,構成後方架板604來到正規的位置時,凸部617可落入凹部616的構造。因此,構成後方架板604於正規的位置即使被拉向前方也不容易移動的構造。Moreover, the frame receiving portion 614 supporting the front frame 603 and the frame receiving portion 615 supporting the rear frame 604 have a recess 616 recessed in the lateral direction, and a frame 609 on the side of the frame 604 corresponding to the recess 616. When the convex portion 617 facing downward is formed to form the rear shelf 604 to a normal position, the convex portion 617 can fall into the configuration of the concave portion 616. Therefore, the structure in which the rear frame plate 604 is not easily moved even when pulled forward in a normal position is formed.

又,第70圖、第71圖、第72圖中,前方架板603之後部左右具有與框體606一體的爪部618,對應爪部618之後方架板604之前方左右位置具有卡止穴619,以前方架板603連接後方架板604的狀態,爪部618嵌合卡止穴619並卡止。以其狀態,建構成前方架板603與後方架板604之對向面位於約 無間隙的位置。Further, in Fig. 70, Fig. 71, and Fig. 72, the front frame 603 has a claw portion 618 integrally formed with the frame body 606 on the right and left rear portions, and the claw portion 618 has a locking hole in the front left and right positions corresponding to the claw portion 618. In the state where the front shelf 603 is connected to the rear shelf 604, the claw portion 618 is fitted to the locking hole 619 and locked. In its state, the opposite faces of the front frame 603 and the rear frame 604 are located. No gap position.

又,於第73圖、第74圖中,從後方架板604分離並拆下前方架板603情形下之前方架板603的儲存場所,係從後方架板604朝上方或下方分離預定尺寸之位置,即以卡止部612可卡合於一體形成於內箱左右之架承受部620的位置。以載置著架承受部620的狀態收納於最裡部的情形下,前方架板603之後部左右所具有之爪部618嵌合並卡止於一體形成在冷氣管84之突起穴621。即,前方架板603之爪部618建構成可兼用與後方架板604卡止與從後方架板604拆下並收納於冷藏室內的情形下卡止於背面的構造。Further, in the 73rd and 74th drawings, in the case where the front shelf 603 is separated and detached from the rear shelf 604, the storage place of the front shelf 603 is separated from the rear shelf 604 upward or downward by a predetermined size. The position, that is, the locking portion 612 can be engaged with the frame receiving portion 620 integrally formed on the right and left sides of the inner box. When the rack receiving portion 620 is placed in the innermost portion, the claw portion 618 provided on the right and left rear portions of the front frame plate 603 is fitted and locked to the protruding hole 621 integrally formed in the cold air tube 84. In other words, the claw portion 618 of the front shelf 603 is configured to be engageable with the rear shelf 604 and to be detached from the rear shelf 604 and stored in the refrigerator compartment.

又,第75圖係從前側下方觀看冷藏室內的立體部分剖面圖,於第75圖中,要將後方架板604拆下的情形下,為了解除已嵌合於凹部616之凸部617,乃以一面將後方架板604提起而一面朝前方拉出的狀態,而使後方架板604可向前方移動。建構成以卡止部613位於凸部616的狀態且朝上方提起的話,即使後方架板604不移動至架承受部614之最前方,亦可自由地移動的構造。Further, Fig. 75 is a cross-sectional view of the three-dimensional portion of the refrigerating compartment viewed from the lower side of the front side, and in the case of detaching the rear frame 604 in Fig. 75, in order to release the convex portion 617 that has been fitted into the concave portion 616, The rear shelf 604 can be moved forward while the rear shelf 604 is lifted while being pulled forward. When the locking portion 613 is placed in the state of the convex portion 616 and lifted upward, the rear frame plate 604 can be freely moved even if it does not move to the forefront of the frame receiving portion 614.

上述構造中,以於冷藏室53內具有深度尺寸在左右不同之架板601及架板602的狀態,於通常使用時可提高與實施樣態5說明同樣之實質上之架板的收納效率。依據使用條件,於要收納高度高之食品等時,由於最下部之架板602係由前方架板603與後方架板604構成而可分離,因此以拆下前方架板603的狀態而能容易收納高度高的食品等。本實施樣態僅最下部之架板602設成前方架板603與後方架板604 可分離,因此,冷藏室內之收納最下面以壁面、或是具有縱間隔板之載置架板183等來構成,不僅可收納具重量之高度高的收納物例如高度高的鍋等,且可確保穩定性。又,將冰箱151之最上部的貯藏室設成冷藏室53,因此從具重量之高度高的收納物之高度方向的收納性(不必將重的物品提高即可收納於冷藏室內之收納最下面)而論,亦可提昇使用方便性。而且在冷藏室53內之多數架板中,僅最下部之架板602設成將前方架板603與後方架板604可分離的狀態,能以最合理地提高收納性而達到低成本化。In the above-described structure, in the state in which the shelf 601 and the shelf 602 having different depths in the left and right sides of the refrigerator compartment 53 are provided, the storage efficiency of the substantially shelf plate similar to that described in the embodiment 5 can be improved in normal use. Depending on the conditions of use, when the food of a high height is to be stored, the lowermost shelf 602 is separated from the front shelf 603 and the rear shelf 604, so that the front shelf 603 can be removed. Store foods with high heights. In this embodiment, only the lowermost shelf 602 is configured as a front shelf 603 and a rear shelf 604. Since it can be separated, the storage compartment at the bottom of the refrigerating compartment is configured by a wall surface or a mounting plate 183 having a vertical partition plate, and can store not only a storage item having a high weight, for example, a pot having a high height, but also Ensure stability. In addition, since the storage compartment at the uppermost portion of the refrigerator 151 is provided in the refrigerating compartment 53, the storage property in the height direction of the storage item having a high weight is high (it is not necessary to increase the weight of the article, and it can be stored in the storage compartment at the bottom of the refrigerating compartment) In addition, it can also improve the ease of use. Further, among the plurality of shelf plates in the refrigerating compartment 53, only the lowermost shelf 602 is provided in a state in which the front shelf 603 and the rear shelf 604 are separable, and the storage property can be improved to the most reasonable cost.

又,本實施樣態於通常使用時,前方架板603與後方架板604之合對面,係前架伸出部607與後架伸出部610設成搭接構造,因此即使使架板602載置重量物的情形,能以前架伸出部607與後架伸出部610之搭接部來吸收架之彎曲,能以容易的構造提高架板602之整體的強度。Further, in the present embodiment, when the front frame 603 and the rear frame 604 are opposite to each other, the front frame extension portion 607 and the rear frame extension portion 610 are provided in a lap joint structure, so that even the shelf plate 602 is provided. In the case where the weight is placed, the overlap of the front extension portion 607 and the rear frame extension portion 610 can absorb the bending of the frame, and the strength of the entire frame plate 602 can be improved with an easy structure.

又,前方架板603之後部左右具有與框體606一體的爪部618,對應爪部618之後方架板604之前方左右位置具有卡止穴619,且具有以前方架板603連接後方架板604的狀態,爪部618嵌合卡止穴619並卡止之前方架板603與後方架板604的卡止機構,因此前方架板603與後方架板604可確實地固定,能防止前方架板603與後方架板604的錯開,可提昇將前方架板603與後方架板604一體化使用時之確實性。Further, the front frame 603 has a claw portion 618 integrally formed with the frame body 606 on the right and left rear portions, and has a locking hole 619 at a position on the left and right sides of the square frame plate 604 corresponding to the claw portion 618, and has a rear frame plate connected to the front frame plate 603. In the state of 604, the claw portion 618 is fitted with the locking hole 619 and the locking mechanism of the front frame plate 603 and the rear frame plate 604 is locked, so that the front frame plate 603 and the rear frame plate 604 can be surely fixed, and the front frame can be prevented. The staggering of the plate 603 and the rear frame 604 improves the reliability of using the front frame 603 and the rear frame 604 in an integrated manner.

又,具有從後方架板604分離並拆下前方架板603情形下之前方架板603的儲存場所,係從後方架板604朝上方或下方分離預定尺寸之位置,即以卡止部612可卡合於一體形 成於內箱左右之架承受部620,且以載置著架承受部620的狀態收納於最裡部的情形下,前方架板603之後部左右所具有之爪部618嵌合並卡止於一體形成在冷氣管84之突起穴621的卡止機構。因此可確保拆下前方架板603時之前方架板603的收納場所,可提昇使用便利性且能確實防止收納前方架板603時的錯開。此時,前方架板603之爪部618建構成可兼用與後方架板604卡止與從後方架板604拆下並收納於冷藏室內的情形下卡止於背面的構造,因此可達到構造的簡單化而能達到低成本化。Further, in the case where the front shelf 603 is separated from the rear shelf 604 and the front shelf 603 is removed, the storage location of the front shelf 603 is separated from the rear shelf 604 upward or downward by a predetermined size, that is, the locking portion 612 can be used. Engaged in one form When the rack receiving portion 620 is placed on the left and right side of the inner box, and the rack receiving portion 620 is placed in the innermost portion, the claw portions 618 provided on the left and right rear portions of the front frame 603 are fitted and locked in one body. A locking mechanism is formed at the projection 621 of the cold air tube 84. Therefore, it is possible to secure the storage place of the front side frame 603 when the front frame 603 is removed, and it is possible to improve the usability and to prevent the displacement of the front frame 603 from being reliably prevented. At this time, the claw portion 618 of the front frame 603 is configured to be engageable with the rear shelf 604 and locked from the rear shelf 604 and stored in the refrigerator compartment, so that the structure can be achieved. Simplify and achieve low cost.

又,前方架板603距後方架板604於上方或下方設有預定尺寸,例如設有上下架間之約1/2尺寸的話,在前方架板603收納時,前方架板603可收納小物品。Further, the front shelf 603 is provided with a predetermined size above or below the rear shelf 604. For example, if about 1/2 of the size of the upper and lower shelves is provided, the front shelf 603 can accommodate small articles when the front shelf 603 is accommodated. .

又,支撐前方架板603之架承受部614與支撐後方架板604之架承受部615之間具有朝橫方向凹陷的凸部616,且於對應凹部616之後方架板604之側面的框體609具有朝下方的凸部617,構成後方架板604來到正規的位置時,凸部617可落入凹部616的構造。即,具有後方架板604於正規的位置時,即使因前方架板603的移動而被拉向前方也不容易移動的固定機構,因此於前方架板的裝設或拆卸動作時後方架板不會錯開,可確實進行僅前方架板的裝設或拆卸動作而提昇使用便利性。Further, the frame receiving portion 614 supporting the front frame 603 and the frame receiving portion 615 supporting the rear frame 604 have a convex portion 616 recessed in the lateral direction, and a frame on the side surface of the frame plate 604 corresponding to the concave portion 616. The 609 has a convex portion 617 facing downward, and when the rear shelf 604 is formed at a normal position, the convex portion 617 can fall into the configuration of the concave portion 616. In other words, when the rear shelf 604 is in a normal position, even if the front shelf 603 is pulled forward, the fixing mechanism is not easily moved. Therefore, the rear shelf is not installed during the mounting or detaching operation of the front shelf. It will be staggered, and it is possible to carry out the installation or disassembly of only the front shelf to improve the usability.

又,後方架板604之深度尺寸設為L,將前方架板603之最小深度尺寸設為M,將前方架板603之最大深度尺寸設為N時,設定成N>L>M的關係。因此,可確保分割成前 方架板603與後方架板604之際之分別的強度(從玻璃部605、608之寬度尺寸在強度面設定之深度的最低尺寸),且可達到一體化而使用時之左右深度尺寸的最適化。Further, the depth of the rear shelf 604 is set to L, the minimum depth dimension of the front shelf 603 is M, and when the maximum depth dimension of the front shelf 603 is N, the relationship of N>L>M is set. Therefore, it is ensured that the division is before The strength between the square frame 603 and the rear frame 604 (the lowest dimension from the width dimension of the glass portions 605 and 608 at the depth of the strength surface), and the optimum size of the left and right depth dimensions when integrated Chemical.

又,前方架板603及後方架板604由玻璃部605、608及樹脂製之框體606、609(周緣部樹脂構件)所構成,因此,可將前架伸出部607、後架伸出部610、卡止部612、613、凸部617等一體形成於前方架板603及後方架板604之周緣部,可因提昇架之設計性與尺寸精度而達到實際使用時之使用方便性,可達到低成本化。Further, since the front frame 603 and the rear frame 604 are composed of the glass portions 605 and 608 and the resin frames 606 and 609 (peripheral resin members), the front frame extension portion 607 and the rear frame can be extended. The portion 610, the locking portions 612, 613, and the convex portion 617 are integrally formed on the peripheral edge portions of the front shelf 603 and the rear shelf 604, and can be used for practical use due to the design and dimensional accuracy of the lifting frame. It can achieve cost reduction.

又,本實施樣態說明了前方架板603與後方架板604之合對面係設成前架伸出部607位於上方而後架伸出部610位於下方,而在上下方向,前架伸出部607與後架伸出部610搭接的構造,然而,也可設成前架伸出部607位於下方而後架伸出部610位於上方。又,也可前架伸出部與後架伸出部之其中任一者設成凸狀而另一者設成凹狀而使其上下搭接的構造。又,可設成前架伸出部與後架伸出部之搭接部涵蓋達對向面之全範圍而形成,也可將搭接部予以部分地形成於對向面。Moreover, in this embodiment, the front frame 603 and the rear frame 604 are disposed opposite to each other such that the front frame extension portion 607 is located above and the rear frame extension portion 610 is located below, and the front frame extension portion is in the up and down direction. The structure 607 is overlapped with the rear frame extension portion 610. However, the front frame extension portion 607 may be located below and the rear frame extension portion 610 may be positioned above. Further, the front frame extension portion and the rear frame extension portion may be formed in a convex shape and the other may be formed in a concave shape so as to overlap the upper and lower sides. Further, the overlapping portion of the front frame extension portion and the rear frame extension portion may be formed to cover the entire range of the opposing surface, and the overlapping portion may be partially formed on the opposite surface.

又,本實施樣態說明了前方架板603及後方架板604係由玻璃部與樹脂部之框體所構成者,惟並非僅限定於此,當然能以樹脂來將分別的架板予以一體成形者。Further, in the present embodiment, the front frame plate 603 and the rear frame plate 604 are formed of a frame portion of a glass portion and a resin portion. However, the present invention is not limited thereto, and it is of course possible to integrate the respective frame plates with a resin. Former.

(實施樣態19)(Implementation form 19)

使用第76圖來說明本發明之實施樣態19的冰箱。The refrigerator of the embodiment 19 of the present invention will be described using Fig. 76.

第76圖為實施樣態之冰箱718之冷藏室部分的橫剖面 圖。又,關於與實施樣態1相同構成部分以相同符號表示而省略說明。Figure 76 is a cross section of the refrigerating compartment portion of the refrigerator 718 of the embodiment. Figure. The same components as those in the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals and will not be described.

如第76圖所示,實施樣態19之冰箱718具有左門60a、右門60b、左門袋700、方門袋701及架板702。As shown in Fig. 76, the refrigerator 718 of the embodiment 19 has a left door 60a, a right door 60b, a left door pocket 700, a side door pocket 701, and a shelf 702.

又,左門袋700被支撐固定在左門60a,且涵蓋左門60a之上下多數配置著。右門袋701亦同樣地被右門60b支撐固定著,且涵蓋右門60b之上下多數配置著。Further, the left door pocket 700 is supported and fixed to the left door 60a, and covers most of the upper left door 60a. The right door pocket 701 is similarly supported and fixed by the right door 60b, and covers most of the upper door 60b.

架板702以在不干涉此等門袋的位置及形狀,且涵蓋此等門袋與冷氣管84之間的空間上下多數配置著。藉著此等多數架板702而形成有涵蓋達多數段之貯藏品的收納空間。The shelf 702 is disposed in a position that does not interfere with the position and shape of the door pockets, and covers a space between the door pockets and the cold air duct 84. A storage space covering a plurality of sections of the storage is formed by the plurality of shelf plates 702.

左門袋700為不干涉右門60b那般地收納在圖中之左門60a之旋轉軌跡內的大小,因此左門袋700之右端的深度尺寸形成得短。Since the left door pocket 700 is accommodated in the rotation locus of the left door 60a in the figure without interfering with the right door 60b, the depth dimension of the right end of the left door pocket 700 is formed short.

右門袋701之深度尺寸較左門袋700更長。又,在不干涉左門60a那般地收納在圖中之右門60b之旋轉軌跡內,因此右門袋701之左端的深度尺寸形成得短。The right door pocket 701 has a longer depth dimension than the left door pocket 700. Moreover, since it is accommodated in the rotation locus of the right door 60b in the figure without interfering with the left door 60a, the depth dimension of the left end of the right door pocket 701 is formed short.

架板702在左門袋700及右門袋701與冷氣管84之間之貯藏室空間內,以不干涉左門袋700及右門袋701那般隔著某程度的間隙配置著。The shelf 702 is disposed in a storage space between the left door pocket 700 and the right door pocket 701 and the cold air tube 84 so as not to interfere with the left door pocket 700 and the right door pocket 701 with a certain gap therebetween.

具體而言,架板702以載置於一體形成在內箱70之突起等的形態被內箱70支撐固定著,且配置成上下方向約呈水平。Specifically, the shelf 702 is supported and fixed by the inner case 70 in such a manner as to be placed integrally formed with the protrusions of the inner case 70, and is disposed so as to be horizontal in the vertical direction.

又,左門袋700與右門袋701之間,剛好在間隔體86後方空間設有凸部706,形成最大的深度。設置對應左門袋700 之左凹部710、對應右門袋701之右凹部711,以構成從該凸部706起左方兩側之深度漸漸地變短。Further, between the left door pocket 700 and the right door pocket 701, a convex portion 706 is provided in the space behind the spacer 86 to form the maximum depth. Set the corresponding left door pocket 700 The left concave portion 710 corresponds to the right concave portion 711 of the right door pocket 701 so as to gradually become shorter from the left side of the convex portion 706.

此時架板702最好是設成與左門袋700及右門袋701之形狀約相對的形狀。At this time, the shelf 702 is preferably formed in a shape that is opposite to the shape of the left door pocket 700 and the right door pocket 701.

以下說明本實施樣態之架板702以及左門袋700及右門袋701所帶來的效果。The effects of the shelf 702 and the left door pocket 700 and the right door pocket 701 of the present embodiment will be described below.

首先,形成凸部706以配合左門袋700及右門袋701之間產生之對於收納為無效空間的形狀,因此,可將架板702之底面積設成最大。特別是以使兩門袋之形狀配合各個門的旋轉軌跡(一點鏈線),而形成具有沿著該兩門袋之形狀之左凹部710及右凹部711的架板702,而能將貯藏室內之收納空間設得更大。First, the convex portion 706 is formed to match the shape of the left door pocket 700 and the right door pocket 701 which is stored as an invalid space. Therefore, the bottom area of the shelf 702 can be maximized. In particular, the shape of the two-door bag is matched with the rotation trajectory (a little chain line) of each door, and the shelf 702 having the left concave portion 710 and the right concave portion 711 along the shape of the two-door bag is formed, and the storage room can be stored. The storage space is set larger.

又,以一個凸部706構成架板702的前端面,因此架板702之前端面構成較簡單的形狀。此情形下,於前端面安裝可兼具化妝用之作為緣材之金屬板(未以圖式顯示)的形狀亦可簡單化,由此可瞭解能以廉價的成本來製作架板702及緣材。Further, since the convex portion 706 constitutes the front end surface of the shelf 702, the front end surface of the shelf 702 has a relatively simple shape. In this case, the shape of the metal plate (not shown) which can be used as the edge material for the makeup on the front end surface can be simplified, and it can be understood that the frame plate 702 and the edge can be produced at a low cost. material.

以上說明之實施樣態僅為本發明之一個實施樣態而已,而本發明可作各種的變更、應用。The embodiment described above is only one embodiment of the present invention, and the present invention can be variously modified and applied.

例如已說明了於架板702之前端面設置凸部706,而凸部706並非一定為明顯的凸形狀,也可為平順地鼓起的形狀。即使凸部706為平順地鼓起的形狀,雖有效果上的差別,惟仍可獲得增加收納空間如此同樣的效果。For example, it has been explained that the convex portion 706 is provided on the front end surface of the shelf plate 702, and the convex portion 706 is not necessarily a convex shape, and may be a smoothly bulged shape. Even if the convex portion 706 has a shape that is smoothly bulged, although there is an effect difference, the same effect of increasing the storage space can be obtained.

以上說明了各實施樣態之冰箱,然而,本發明不限於 此等實施樣態之記載內。又,也可組合相互不同之實施樣態的構成部。例如以實施樣態4說明之單開式冰箱120及以實施樣態17說明之單開式冰箱520,可具有如實施樣態3之右門袋111那般左右方向之寬度較架板之左右方向之寬度短的門袋,以替換門袋97。The refrigerator of each embodiment has been described above, however, the present invention is not limited to Within the description of these implementations. Further, it is also possible to combine the components of the different embodiments. For example, the single-opening refrigerator 120 described in the embodiment 4 and the single-opening refrigerator 520 described in the embodiment 17 may have a width in the left-right direction as compared with the left-right direction of the shelf as in the right door pocket 111 of the embodiment 3. A short door pocket to replace the door pocket 97.

第77圖係實施樣態4之冰箱120僅具有短門袋之情形的橫剖面圖。第78圖係實施樣態17之冰箱520僅具有短門袋之情形的橫剖面圖。Fig. 77 is a cross-sectional view showing the case where the refrigerator 120 of the embodiment 4 has only a short door pocket. Fig. 78 is a cross-sectional view showing the case where the refrigerator 520 of the embodiment 17 has only a short door pocket.

如第77圖及第78圖所示,門65於旋動軸88側,亦即僅於接近鉸鏈之右側具有門袋99,藉此,門65於右側具有突出部。As shown in Figs. 77 and 78, the door 65 has a door pocket 99 on the side of the rotary shaft 88, that is, only on the right side of the hinge, whereby the door 65 has a projection on the right side.

又,架板112及架板512對向於門袋99之右側之深度尺寸形成得短使架板112及架板512與門袋99不干涉。又,左側之深度尺寸較右側之深度尺寸長,左側之前端面長至構成門65之隔熱壁的近旁。Moreover, the depth dimension of the shelf 112 and the shelf 512 facing the right side of the door pocket 99 is formed so that the shelf 112 and the shelf 512 do not interfere with the door pocket 99. Further, the depth dimension on the left side is longer than the depth dimension on the right side, and the front end surface on the left side is long to the vicinity of the heat insulating wall constituting the door 65.

而且,架板112之落差部114及架板512之落差部514以曲面構成,以不干涉門袋99且將無效空間設得小。Further, the falling portion 114 of the shelf 112 and the falling portion 514 of the shelf 512 are formed in a curved surface so as not to interfere with the door pocket 99 and to set the dead space to be small.

如此一來,即使冰箱120及冰箱520採取如第77圖及第78圖所示之構造,亦能以架板112及架板512來填充原本易形成無效空間之門65之左側的貯藏室側的空間,而構成高收納效率者。In this way, even if the refrigerator 120 and the refrigerator 520 are configured as shown in FIGS. 77 and 78, the shelf 112 and the shelf 512 can be used to fill the storage compartment side of the left side of the door 65 which is likely to form an invalid space. Space, and constitutes a high storage efficiency.

又,第77圖所示之冰箱120具有架板112之大架板部113、一般架板部115及門袋99的三個收納領域,使用者可有效率地區分收納。同樣地,第78圖所示之冰箱520具有架 板512之大架板部513、一般架板部515及門袋99的三個收納領域,使用者可有效率地區分收納。亦即為便利性高的冰箱。Further, the refrigerator 120 shown in Fig. 77 has three storage areas of the large shelf portion 113 of the shelf plate 112, the general shelf portion 115, and the door pocket 99, and the user can efficiently store the components. Similarly, the refrigerator 520 shown in FIG. 78 has a shelf The three storage areas of the large plate portion 513 of the plate 512, the general shelf portion 515, and the door pocket 99 can be efficiently stored by the user. It is also a convenient refrigerator.

又,門65於貯藏室側之面的左側可具有深度淺的收納袋。例如,左側之貯藏室側之面的左側具有使裝有調味料之罐等豎立保持之小物品收納用的立袋。Further, the door 65 may have a storage bag having a shallow depth on the left side of the surface on the storage compartment side. For example, on the left side of the storage compartment side on the left side, there is a vertical pocket for accommodating small items such as cans containing seasonings.

此情形下,架板112之大架板部113及架板512之大架板部513之深度尺寸必須設得較短。但是以門65具有如此的立袋而不相當變更冰箱120及冰箱520整體之可收納量,且可有效率地將不適於收納於架板112及架板512以及門袋99之小物品予以收納。In this case, the depth of the large shelf portion 113 of the shelf 112 and the large shelf portion 513 of the shelf 512 must be set to be short. However, the door 65 has such a standing bag and does not considerably change the storage amount of the refrigerator 120 and the refrigerator 520 as a whole, and can efficiently accommodate small items that are not suitable for being stored in the shelf 112, the shelf 512, and the door pocket 99. .

又,於各實施樣態中已說明了用以提昇冷藏室內之收納效率之架板等形狀。Further, in each of the embodiments, a shape such as a shelf for improving the storage efficiency in the refrigerating compartment has been described.

但是,即使是冷藏室以外之貯藏室也與冷藏室同樣,祇要是架板設置於貯藏室內,而於貯藏室側具有可收納物品之突出部的門存在於貯藏室之開口部的貯藏室的話,均可為本發明所適用,而可發揮與各實施樣態之效果同樣的效果。However, the storage room other than the refrigerating compartment is the same as the refrigerating compartment, as long as the shelf is installed in the storage compartment, and the door having the protruding portion for accommodating the article on the storage compartment side exists in the storage compartment of the opening of the storage compartment. Anything can be applied to the present invention, and the same effects as those of the respective embodiments can be exerted.

例如,以將該架板設成與第6圖所示之架板80同樣的形狀,而將該突出部設成與第6圖所示之左門袋90及右門袋91同樣的形狀的狀態下,該貯藏室之收納效率及便利性可較習知者提昇。For example, in a state in which the shelf is formed in the same shape as the shelf 80 shown in FIG. 6, the protruding portion is formed in the same shape as the left door pocket 90 and the right door pocket 91 shown in FIG. The storage efficiency and convenience of the storage room can be improved compared with the conventional ones.

產業上之可利用性Industrial availability

本發明可將貯藏室內之無效空間設得小,當然可增加 門袋及架板之收納空間,依據構成視收納物之形狀所得之收納空間而能作成效率良好的區分收納,可適用於具有貯藏空間且該貯藏空間具有架及收納袋等的各種冰箱。The invention can set the ineffective space in the storage room to be small, and of course can increase The storage space of the door pocket and the shelf can be efficiently partitioned and stored according to the storage space which is formed by the shape of the storage object, and can be applied to various refrigerators having a storage space and having a shelf and a storage bag.

1‧‧‧冰箱1‧‧‧ refrigerator

2‧‧‧冷藏室2‧‧‧Refrigerator

3‧‧‧蔬果室3‧‧‧Vegetable Room

4‧‧‧製冰室4‧‧‧ Ice making room

5‧‧‧溫度切換室5‧‧‧Temperature switching room

6‧‧‧冷凍室6‧‧‧Freezer

11‧‧‧鉸鏈11‧‧‧ Hinges

12‧‧‧左門12‧‧‧Left door

13‧‧‧右門13‧‧‧The right door

14 ‧‧‧架14 ‧‧‧

15‧‧‧抽屜15‧‧‧Drawers

16‧‧‧照明裝置16‧‧‧Lighting device

16a‧‧‧燈16a‧‧‧lights

16b‧‧‧照明蓋16b‧‧‧Lighting cover

19a‧‧‧凸部19a‧‧‧ convex

20‧‧‧門袋20‧‧‧ door pocket

21‧‧‧門袋21‧‧‧ Door pocket

22‧‧‧後段收納部22‧‧‧The rear section storage department

23‧‧‧前段收納部23‧‧‧The front storage department

25‧‧‧無效空間25‧‧‧Invalid space

51‧‧‧冰箱51‧‧‧ refrigerator

52‧‧‧隔熱箱體52‧‧‧Insulation box

53‧‧‧冷藏室53‧‧‧Refrigerator

54‧‧‧製冰室54‧‧‧ Ice making room

55‧‧‧切換室55‧‧‧Switching room

56‧‧‧蔬果室56‧‧‧Vegetable Room

57‧‧‧冷凍室57‧‧‧Freezer

60a‧‧‧左門60a‧‧‧Left door

60b‧‧‧右門60b‧‧‧right door

61、62、63、64‧‧‧抽屜式門61, 62, 63, 64‧‧‧Drawer doors

70‧‧‧內箱70‧‧‧ inner box

71‧‧‧外箱71‧‧‧Outer box

72‧‧‧發泡隔熱材72‧‧‧Foam insulation

80、102、112、121、123、180、202、212、221、280、480、502、512、521、601、602、702‧‧‧架板80, 102, 112, 121, 123, 180, 202, 212, 221, 280, 480, 502, 512, 521, 601, 602, 702‧‧‧

81‧‧‧鉸鏈81‧‧‧Hinges

82‧‧‧冷藏盒82‧‧‧Refrigerant box

83‧‧‧小物品盒83‧‧‧Small box

84‧‧‧冷氣管84‧‧‧Cold air pipe

85‧‧‧墊片85‧‧‧shims

86‧‧‧間隔體86‧‧‧ spacer

87、387‧‧‧照明裝置87, 387‧‧‧ Lighting devices

88‧‧‧旋動軸88‧‧‧Rotary axis

89‧‧‧門內板89‧‧‧door panel

90、100、700‧‧‧左門袋90, 100, 700‧‧‧ left door pocket

91、101、111、701‧‧‧右門袋91, 101, 111, 701‧‧ ‧ right door pocket

92、114、124、192、214、224、492、514、524‧‧‧落差部92, 114, 124, 192, 214, 224, 492, 514, 524‧‧‧

93、113、122、193、213、222、493、513、522‧‧‧大架板部93, 113, 122, 193, 213, 222, 493, 513, 522‧‧ ‧ large slabs

94、115、123、194、215、223、494、515、523‧‧‧一般架板部94, 115, 123, 194, 215, 223, 494, 515, 523‧‧‧ General shelf department

95、195、495‧‧‧金屬板95, 195, 495‧‧‧Metal plates

96、196、496‧‧‧緣材96, 196, 496‧‧‧

96a、196a、496a、612、613‧‧‧卡止部96a, 196a, 496a, 612, 613‧‧ ‧ locking

97、99‧‧‧門袋97, 99‧‧‧ door pocket

98‧‧‧收納容器98‧‧‧ storage container

106、206、506‧‧‧交界部106, 206, 506‧‧ ‧ Ministry of Borders

180a、604‧‧‧後方架板180a, 604‧‧‧ rear shelf

180b、603‧‧‧前方架板180b, 603‧‧‧ front shelf

183‧‧‧載置架板183‧‧‧Loading shelf

296a‧‧‧卡止片296a‧‧‧ card stop

605、608‧‧‧玻璃部605, 608‧‧ ‧ Glass Department

606、609‧‧‧框體606, 609‧‧‧ frame

60‧‧‧前架伸出部60‧‧‧Front frame extension

610‧‧‧後架伸出部610‧‧‧ Rear frame extension

614、615‧‧‧架承受部614, 615‧‧ ‧ receiving department

616‧‧‧凹部616‧‧‧ recess

617‧‧‧凸部617‧‧‧ convex

618‧‧‧爪部618‧‧‧ claws

619‧‧‧卡止穴619‧‧‧ card stop

620‧‧‧架承受部620‧‧‧Supporting Department

612‧‧‧突起部612‧‧‧Protruding

第1圖係打開習知之冰箱之冷藏室門時的立體圖。Fig. 1 is a perspective view showing the opening of a refrigerator compartment door of a conventional refrigerator.

第2圖係習知之冰箱之冷藏室橫剖面圖。Figure 2 is a cross-sectional view of a refrigerator compartment of a conventional refrigerator.

第3圖係本發明之實施樣態1之冰箱的正面圖。Fig. 3 is a front view of the refrigerator of the embodiment 1 of the present invention.

第4A圖係打開實施樣態1之冰箱之門之狀態的立體圖。Fig. 4A is a perspective view showing a state in which the door of the refrigerator of the embodiment 1 is opened.

第4B圖係實施樣態1之冰箱之冷藏室之部分立體圖。Fig. 4B is a partial perspective view of the refrigerator compartment of the refrigerator of the embodiment 1.

第4C圖係實施樣態1之冰箱之冷藏室具有之小物品盒的立體圖。Fig. 4C is a perspective view of a small item box having a refrigerator compartment of the refrigerator of the embodiment 1.

第4D圖係實施樣態1之冰箱之冷藏室具有之冷藏盒的立體圖。Fig. 4D is a perspective view of the refrigerating case of the refrigerating compartment of the refrigerator of the embodiment 1.

第5圖係實施樣態1之冰箱的縱剖面圖。Fig. 5 is a longitudinal sectional view showing a refrigerator in the first embodiment.

第6圖係實施樣態1之冰箱的橫剖面圖。Figure 6 is a cross-sectional view of the refrigerator in the first embodiment.

第7圖係實施樣態1之架板的立體圖。Figure 7 is a perspective view of the shelf of the embodiment 1.

第8圖係打開實施樣態1之冰箱之左門之狀態的橫剖面圖。Fig. 8 is a cross-sectional view showing the state in which the left door of the refrigerator of the embodiment 1 is opened.

第9圖係將實施樣態1之冰箱之左門與右門的橫寬設成相同情形下的橫剖面圖。Fig. 9 is a cross-sectional view showing the horizontal width of the left door and the right door of the refrigerator in the first embodiment.

第10圖表示於實施樣態1之冰箱之玻璃製架板安裝用以覆蓋全周圍之緣材的狀態。Fig. 10 is a view showing a state in which the glass frame of the refrigerator of the embodiment 1 is installed to cover the entire peripheral edge material.

第11圖係實施樣態2之冰箱的橫剖面圖。Figure 11 is a cross-sectional view of a refrigerator in which the mode 2 is implemented.

第12圖係實施樣態3之冰箱的橫剖面圖。Figure 12 is a cross-sectional view of a refrigerator in which the mode 3 is implemented.

第13圖係打開實施樣態3之冰箱之左門之狀態的橫剖面圖。Figure 13 is a cross-sectional view showing the state in which the left door of the refrigerator of Embodiment 3 is opened.

第14圖係本發明之實施樣態4之冰箱的正面圖。Fig. 14 is a front elevational view showing the refrigerator of the embodiment 4 of the present invention.

第15圖係本發明之實施樣態4之冰箱的橫剖面圖。Fig. 15 is a cross-sectional view showing the refrigerator of the embodiment 4 of the present invention.

第16圖表示於實施樣態4之冰箱之冷藏室底面設置收納容器情形。Fig. 16 is a view showing a state in which a storage container is provided on the bottom surface of the refrigerator compartment of the refrigerator of the embodiment 4.

第17圖係本發明之實施樣態5之冰箱的正面圖。Figure 17 is a front elevational view of the refrigerator of the embodiment 5 of the present invention.

第18圖係打開實施樣態5之冰箱之門之狀態的立體圖。Fig. 18 is a perspective view showing a state in which the door of the refrigerator of the embodiment 5 is opened.

第19圖係實施樣態5之冰箱的縱剖面圖。Fig. 19 is a longitudinal sectional view showing the refrigerator of the embodiment 5.

第20圖係實施樣態5之冰箱的橫剖面圖。Figure 20 is a cross-sectional view of a refrigerator in which the mode 5 is implemented.

第21圖係實施樣態5之冰箱之冷藏室之部分立體圖。Figure 21 is a partial perspective view of the refrigerator compartment of the refrigerator of the embodiment 5.

第22圖表示使實施樣態5之冰箱之前方架板朝後方架板之下方移動之冷藏室內部的立體圖。Fig. 22 is a perspective view showing the inside of the refrigerating compartment in which the square frame of the refrigerator of the fifth embodiment is moved toward the lower side of the rear shelf.

第23圖係實施樣態5之架板的立體圖。Figure 23 is a perspective view of a shelf plate of the embodiment 5.

第24圖係打開實施樣態5之冰箱之左門之狀態的橫剖面圖。Fig. 24 is a cross-sectional view showing the state in which the left door of the refrigerator of the embodiment 5 is opened.

第25圖係將實施樣態5之冰箱之左門與右門的橫寬設成相同情形下的橫剖面圖。Fig. 25 is a cross-sectional view showing the same in the case where the horizontal widths of the left and right doors of the refrigerator of the embodiment 5 are set.

第26圖表示於實施樣態5之冰箱之玻璃製架板安裝用以覆蓋全周圍之緣材的狀態。Fig. 26 is a view showing a state in which the glass frame of the refrigerator of the embodiment 5 is installed to cover the entire peripheral edge material.

第27圖係實施樣態6之冰箱的橫剖面圖。Figure 27 is a cross-sectional view of a refrigerator in which the state 6 is implemented.

第28圖係實施樣態7之冰箱的橫剖面圖。Figure 28 is a cross-sectional view of a refrigerator in which the state 7 is implemented.

第29圖係打開實施樣態7之冰箱之左門之狀態的橫剖面圖。Figure 29 is a cross-sectional view showing the state in which the left door of the refrigerator of Embodiment 7 is opened.

第30圖係本發明之實施樣態8之冰箱的正面圖。Figure 30 is a front elevational view of the refrigerator of the embodiment 8 of the present invention.

第31圖係本發明之實施樣態8之冰箱的橫剖面圖。Figure 31 is a cross-sectional view showing the refrigerator of the embodiment 8 of the present invention.

第32圖表示於實施樣態8之冰箱之冷藏室底面設置收納容器情形。Fig. 32 is a view showing a state in which a storage container is provided on the bottom surface of the refrigerator compartment of the refrigerator of the embodiment 8.

第33圖係本發明之實施樣態9之冰箱的縱剖面圖。Figure 33 is a longitudinal sectional view showing the refrigerator of the embodiment 9 of the present invention.

第34圖表示從架板之下方觀看實施樣態9之冰箱之架板的左端緣部之狀態的立體圖。Fig. 34 is a perspective view showing a state in which the left end edge portion of the shelf of the refrigerator of the embodiment 9 is viewed from the lower side of the shelf.

第35圖表示拆下實施樣態9之冰箱之架板之狀態的縱剖面圖。Fig. 35 is a longitudinal sectional view showing a state in which the shelf of the refrigerator of the embodiment 9 is removed.

第36圖係實施樣態10之冰箱的正面圖。Figure 36 is a front elevational view of the refrigerator of the embodiment 10.

第37圖係打開實施樣態10之冰箱之門之狀態的立體圖。Fig. 37 is a perspective view showing a state in which the door of the refrigerator of the embodiment 10 is opened.

第38圖係實施樣態10之冰箱的縱剖面圖。Fig. 38 is a longitudinal sectional view showing the refrigerator of the embodiment 10.

第39圖係實施樣態10之冰箱的橫剖面圖。Figure 39 is a cross-sectional view of a refrigerator in which the embodiment 10 is implemented.

第40圖係打開實施樣態10之冰箱之左門之狀態的立體圖。Fig. 40 is a perspective view showing a state in which the left door of the refrigerator of the embodiment 10 is opened.

第41圖係將實施樣態10之冰箱之左門與右門的橫寬設成相同情形下的橫剖面圖。Fig. 41 is a cross-sectional view showing the same in the case where the lateral widths of the left and right doors of the refrigerator of the embodiment 10 are set to be the same.

第42圖係實施樣態11之冰箱的橫剖面圖。Figure 42 is a cross-sectional view of the refrigerator in the embodiment 11.

第43圖係實施樣態12之冰箱的橫剖面圖。Figure 43 is a cross-sectional view of the refrigerator in which the embodiment 12 is implemented.

第44圖係打開實施樣態12之冰箱之左門之狀態的橫剖面圖。Figure 44 is a cross-sectional view showing the state in which the left door of the refrigerator of the embodiment 12 is opened.

第45圖係實施樣態13之冰箱的正面圖。Figure 45 is a front elevational view of the refrigerator of the embodiment 13.

第46圖係實施樣態13之冰箱的橫剖面圖。Figure 46 is a cross-sectional view of the refrigerator in the form of Embodiment 13.

第47圖表示於實施樣態13之冰箱之冷藏室底面設置收納容器情形。Fig. 47 is a view showing a state in which a storage container is provided on the bottom surface of the refrigerator compartment of the refrigerator of the embodiment 13.

第48圖係實施樣態13之冰箱僅具有短門袋情形的橫剖面圖。Fig. 48 is a cross-sectional view showing the case where the refrigerator of the embodiment 13 has only a short door pocket.

第49圖係實施樣態14之冰箱的正面圖。Figure 49 is a front elevational view of the refrigerator of the embodiment 14.

第50圖係打開實施樣態14之冰箱之門之狀態的立體圖。Fig. 50 is a perspective view showing a state in which the door of the refrigerator of the embodiment 14 is opened.

第51圖係實施樣態14之冰箱的縱剖面圖。Fig. 51 is a longitudinal sectional view showing the refrigerator of the embodiment 14.

第52圖表示實施樣態14之冰箱451具有之架板。Fig. 52 shows a shelf plate which the refrigerator 451 of the embodiment 14 has.

第53圖係實施樣態14之冰箱的橫剖面圖。Figure 53 is a cross-sectional view of the refrigerator in which the embodiment 14 is implemented.

第54圖係實施樣態14之冰箱的立體圖。Fig. 54 is a perspective view of the refrigerator in which the embodiment 14 is implemented.

第55圖係打開實施樣態14之冰箱之左門之狀態的橫剖面圖。Fig. 55 is a cross-sectional view showing the state in which the left door of the refrigerator of the embodiment 14 is opened.

第56圖係將實施樣態14之冰箱之左門與右門的橫寬設成相同情形下的橫剖面圖。Fig. 56 is a cross-sectional view showing the same in the case where the lateral widths of the left and right doors of the refrigerator of the embodiment 14 are set to be the same.

第57圖表示於實施樣態14之冰箱之玻璃製架板安裝用以覆蓋全周圍之緣材的狀態。Fig. 57 is a view showing a state in which the glass frame of the refrigerator of the embodiment 14 is installed to cover the entire peripheral edge material.

第58圖係實施樣態15之冰箱的橫剖面圖。Figure 58 is a cross-sectional view of a refrigerator in which the mode 15 is implemented.

第59圖係實施樣態16之冰箱的橫剖面圖。Figure 59 is a cross-sectional view of a refrigerator in which the embodiment 16 is implemented.

第60圖係打開實施樣態16之冰箱之左門之狀態的橫剖面圖。Fig. 60 is a cross-sectional view showing the state in which the left door of the refrigerator of the embodiment 16 is opened.

第61圖係實施樣態17之冰箱的正面圖。Figure 61 is a front elevational view of the refrigerator of the embodiment 17.

第62圖係實施樣態17之冰箱的橫剖面圖。Figure 62 is a cross-sectional view of the refrigerator of the embodiment 17.

第63圖表示實施樣態14~17之冰箱具有之架板的第1 變形例。Figure 63 shows the first of the shelves of the refrigerator of the implementation state 14~17. Modification.

第64圖表示實施樣態14~17之冰箱具有之架板的第2變形例。Fig. 64 is a view showing a second modification of the shelf plate of the refrigerator of the embodiment 14 to 17.

第65圖表示實施樣態14~17之冰箱具有之架板的第3變形例。Fig. 65 is a view showing a third modification of the shelf plate of the refrigerator of the embodiment 14 to 17.

第66圖係從前側下方觀看實施樣態18之冰箱之冷藏室內的立體部分剖面圖。Fig. 66 is a perspective view, partly in section, of the refrigerator in which the refrigerator of the embodiment 18 is viewed from the front side.

第67圖係將實施樣態18之前方架板與後方架板予以一體化之狀態的縱中央剖面圖。Fig. 67 is a longitudinal center sectional view showing a state in which the square frame and the rear frame before the embodiment 18 are integrated.

第68圖係第67圖之Q部放大圖。Fig. 68 is an enlarged view of the Q portion of Fig. 67.

第69圖係實施樣態18之前方架板與後方架板的立體圖。Figure 69 is a perspective view of the square frame and the rear frame before the implementation of the mode 18.

第70圖係將實施樣態18之前方架板與後方架板分離之狀態的立體圖。Fig. 70 is a perspective view showing a state in which the square frame and the rear frame are separated before the embodiment 18.

第71圖係第66圖之P-P剖面圖。Figure 71 is a cross-sectional view of the P-P of Figure 66.

第72圖係第71圖之R部放大圖。Figure 72 is an enlarged view of the R portion of Figure 71.

第73圖表示使實施樣態18之前方架板朝後方架板之上方移動之冷藏室內部的立體圖。Fig. 73 is a perspective view showing the inside of the refrigerating compartment in which the square frame is moved toward the upper side of the rear shelf before the embodiment 18.

第74圖係第73圖之T部放大圖。Fig. 74 is an enlarged view of a portion T of Fig. 73.

第75圖係將實施樣態18之後方架板拆下之狀態的立體圖。Fig. 75 is a perspective view showing a state in which the square frame after the state 18 is removed.

第76圖係實施樣態19之冰箱的橫剖面圖。Figure 76 is a cross-sectional view of the refrigerator of the embodiment 19.

第77圖係實施樣態4之冰箱僅具有短門袋之情形的橫剖面圖。Figure 77 is a cross-sectional view showing the case where the refrigerator of the embodiment 4 has only a short door pocket.

第78圖係實施樣態17之冰箱僅具有短門袋之情形的橫剖面圖。Figure 78 is a cross-sectional view showing the case where the refrigerator of the embodiment 17 has only a short door pocket.

51‧‧‧冰箱51‧‧‧ refrigerator

52‧‧‧隔熱箱體52‧‧‧Insulation box

53‧‧‧冷藏室53‧‧‧Refrigerator

60a‧‧‧左門60a‧‧‧Left door

60b‧‧‧右門60b‧‧‧right door

61、62、63、64‧‧‧抽屜式門61, 62, 63, 64‧‧‧Drawer doors

70‧‧‧內箱70‧‧‧ inner box

71‧‧‧外箱71‧‧‧Outer box

80‧‧‧架板80‧‧‧ board

81‧‧‧鉸鏈81‧‧‧Hinges

82‧‧‧冷藏盒82‧‧‧Refrigerant box

83‧‧‧物品盒83‧‧‧Item Box

85‧‧‧墊片85‧‧‧shims

87‧‧‧照明裝置87‧‧‧Lighting device

89‧‧‧門內板89‧‧‧door panel

90‧‧‧左門袋90‧‧‧Left door pocket

91‧‧‧右門袋91‧‧‧Right door pocket

Claims (45)

一種冰箱,包含有:貯藏室,係於前面具有開口部且可貯藏物品者;架板,係從前述貯藏室之左側面至右側面設置成架橋狀且左右之深度尺寸不同者;門,可開閉地閉塞前述貯藏室之前述開口部;及突出部,具有當前述門關閉時按照前述架板之深度尺寸加以對應的深度尺寸,且呈內側突出狀地設於前述門內壁;其中前述門為從中向左右對開兩扇式,前述從中向左右對開兩扇式之門具有左門與右門,且前述左門及前述右門均具有收納袋,並且前述收納袋為前述突出部,而前述左門具有之收納袋的深度尺寸與前述右門具有之收納袋的深度尺寸不同,且前述架板之深度尺寸較短之側的前端面與深度尺寸較長之收納袋相對向,而前述架板之深度尺寸較長之側的前端面與深度尺寸較短之收納袋相對向。 A refrigerator comprising: a storage compartment, which is provided with an opening at the front and storable; the shelf is arranged in a bridge shape from the left side to the right side of the storage compartment, and the left and right depth dimensions are different; the door can be Opening and closing the opening portion of the storage compartment; and the protruding portion has a depth dimension corresponding to a depth dimension of the shelf when the door is closed, and is disposed on the inner wall of the door in a protruding shape inside; wherein the door is In order to open the two-segment type from the middle to the left and right, the two-door door that is opened to the left and right has a left door and a right door, and the left door and the right door each have a storage bag, and the storage bag is the protruding portion, and the left door has the storage. The depth dimension of the bag is different from the depth dimension of the storage bag provided by the right door, and the front end surface of the side of the frame having the shorter depth dimension is opposite to the storage bag having a longer depth dimension, and the depth of the shelf plate is longer. The front end face on the side faces the storage bag having a short depth. 如申請專利範圍第1項之冰箱,其中前述架板具有以曲面連續性地連結前述架板之左側的前端面與右側之前端面的落差部。 The refrigerator according to claim 1, wherein the shelf has a stepped portion that continuously connects the front end surface of the left side of the shelf and the front end surface of the right side with a curved surface. 如申請專利範圍第2項之冰箱,其中前述架板於前端面之至少包含前述落差部的部分具有緣材。 The refrigerator according to claim 2, wherein the frame plate has a rim material at a portion of the front end surface including at least the step portion. 如申請專利範圍第3項之冰箱,其中前述架板更於左端面 與右端面具有緣材,且前述架板藉由前述左端面之緣材與前述右端面之緣材而支撐於前述貯藏室之左側面及右側面。 The refrigerator of claim 3, wherein the aforementioned shelf is further to the left end The edge plate has a rim material on the right end surface, and the frame plate is supported on the left side surface and the right side surface of the storage chamber by the edge material of the left end surface and the edge material of the right end surface. 如申請專利範圍第3項之冰箱,其中前述架板於包含前述前端面之全周圍具有緣材,且前述架板藉由前述緣材而支撐於前述貯藏室之左側面及右側面以及前述貯藏室之內面。 The refrigerator according to claim 3, wherein the shelf has a rim material around the entire front end surface, and the shelf is supported by the left and right sides of the storage compartment by the edge material and the storage Inside the room. 如申請專利範圍第3項之冰箱,其中前述架板由具有透明性之材料構成。 The refrigerator of claim 3, wherein the shelf is made of a material having transparency. 如申請專利範圍第2項之冰箱,其中前述架板為玻璃製。 The refrigerator of claim 2, wherein the shelf is made of glass. 如申請專利範圍第4項之冰箱,其中前述緣材以插入成形而固定於前述架板。 The refrigerator according to claim 4, wherein the edge material is fixed to the frame plate by insert molding. 如申請專利範圍第4項之冰箱,其中前述緣材具有使前述架板支撐在前述貯藏室之左側面、右側面或內面的卡止部。 The refrigerator according to claim 4, wherein the edge material has a locking portion for supporting the frame plate on a left side surface, a right side surface or an inner surface of the storage chamber. 如申請專利範圍第2項之冰箱,其中前述架板為樹脂製,且設於前述架板之前端面的緣材為金屬製。 The refrigerator according to claim 2, wherein the shelf is made of resin, and the edge material provided on the front end surface of the shelf is made of metal. 如申請專利範圍第2項之冰箱,其中前述貯藏室於底面之前述突出部的下方,且係架板之深度尺寸短於前述架板之前述落差部之側之空間的下方位置具有收納容器。 The refrigerator according to claim 2, wherein the storage compartment has a storage container at a position below the protrusion of the bottom surface and a depth dimension of the shelf panel shorter than a space on a side of the shelf portion of the shelf. 如申請專利範圍第11項之冰箱,更具有可產生冰的製冰裝置,且前述收納容器為對前述製冰裝置供應水的供水容器,並且可自由裝卸地安裝於前述貯藏室。 The refrigerator according to claim 11 further includes an ice making device capable of generating ice, and the storage container is a water supply container for supplying water to the ice making device, and is detachably attached to the storage chamber. 如申請專利範圍第2項之冰箱,其中前述架板可在深度 方向中間部分割成前方架板與後方架板。 Such as the refrigerator of claim 2, wherein the aforementioned shelf can be in depth The middle portion of the direction is divided into a front frame and a rear frame. 如申請專利範圍第13項之冰箱,更具有將前述前方架板支撐於前述後方架板之下方而呈架橋狀,並分別呈內側突出狀地設置於前述貯藏室之右側面及左側面的支撐部。 The refrigerator according to claim 13 further comprising a support that supports the front frame plate under the rear frame plate and has a bridge shape, and is respectively protruded inside from the right side surface and the left side surface of the storage room. unit. 如申請專利範圍第13項之冰箱,更具有與前述架板之未分割形狀為相同形狀,且從前述貯藏室之右側面至左側面設置成架橋狀的載置架板。 The refrigerator according to claim 13 is further provided with a mounting frame having the same shape as the undivided shape of the shelf and having a bridge shape from the right side surface to the left side surface of the storage compartment. 如申請專利範圍第2項之冰箱,更具有:導軌狀支撐部,係從下方支撐前述架板之左右端緣,且沿深度方向延伸並呈內側突出狀地設於貯藏室之兩側面者;及卡止片,係突出設置於前述架板之左右兩端緣之中間部,且在將前述架板載置於前述支撐部的狀態下與前述支撐部之下部卡合者,且前述支撐部於深度方向之中間部具有缺口部,該缺口部可解除與前述卡止片之卡合,使卡止片通過上方。 The refrigerator according to the second aspect of the patent application, further comprising: a rail-shaped support portion, which supports the left and right end edges of the shelf plate from below, and extends in the depth direction and is protruded inwardly on both sides of the storage compartment; And the locking piece is protruded from an intermediate portion of the left and right end edges of the frame plate, and is engaged with the lower portion of the support portion in a state where the frame plate is placed on the support portion, and the support portion The intermediate portion in the depth direction has a notch portion, and the notch portion is released from engagement with the locking piece, and the locking piece passes through the upper portion. 如申請專利範圍第16項之冰箱,其中於貯藏室之上下方向並設有多數個前述支撐部,且鄰接之前述支撐部之上方側之缺口部,配置於一面使載置於下方側之支撐部之前述架板之卡止片通過下方側之缺口部,一面提起後端緣地將前述架板傾斜時,前述後端緣可通過的位置。 The refrigerator according to claim 16, wherein a plurality of the support portions are provided in a downward direction of the storage compartment, and a notch portion on an upper side of the adjacent support portion is disposed on one side to support the support on the lower side. The locking piece of the frame of the frame passes through the notch portion on the lower side, and the rear end edge can pass when the frame plate is inclined while lifting the rear end edge. 如申請專利範圍第16項之冰箱,其中前述支撐部係與形成前述貯藏室之內箱一體成形者。 The refrigerator according to claim 16, wherein the support portion is integrally formed with an inner box forming the storage chamber. 如申請專利範圍第1項之冰箱,其中前述落差部具有之曲面係具有弧之曲面,且前述弧對應前述左門及前述右門之中,內門面與前述貯藏室之內面之距離短者之旋轉軌跡之弧,而該內門面係包含前述門之前述突出部之前述貯藏室側之面。 The refrigerator according to claim 1, wherein the curved portion has a curved surface having an arc surface, and the arc corresponds to the rotation of the inner surface of the inner door and the inner surface of the storage chamber. An arc of the trajectory, wherein the inner facade comprises a face of the aforementioned storage portion on the side of the aforementioned protrusion of the door. 如申請專利範圍第1項之冰箱,其中前述左門之左右方向的寬度與前述右門之左右方向的寬度不同,且前述左門及前述右門之中,左右方向之寬度較另一者寬之門具有之收納袋的深度尺寸,較另一收納袋之深度尺寸長。 The refrigerator according to claim 1, wherein a width of the left door in a left-right direction is different from a width of the right door in a left-right direction, and a width of the left door and the right door is wider than a width of the other one of the left door and the right door. The depth of the storage bag is longer than the depth of the other storage bag. 如申請專利範圍第1項之冰箱,更具有對應前述架板之形狀而深度尺寸左右不同的抽屜。 The refrigerator of the first aspect of the patent application has a drawer having a shape corresponding to the shape of the frame and having a different depth dimension. 如申請專利範圍第21項之冰箱,其中前述抽屜具有獨立且深度尺寸不同之左抽屜部與右抽屜部。 A refrigerator according to claim 21, wherein the drawer has a left drawer portion and a right drawer portion which are independent and have different depth dimensions. 如申請專利範圍第1項之冰箱,更具有分別安裝於前述貯藏室之左側面及右側面的照明裝置,且該照明裝置由對應前述架板之形狀於深度方向上不同的位置,以發光二極體作為光源照射前述貯藏室內。 The refrigerator according to claim 1 further has illumination devices respectively mounted on the left side surface and the right side surface of the storage compartment, and the illumination device is illuminated by a position corresponding to the shape of the shelf plate in the depth direction. The polar body is irradiated as a light source into the storage compartment. 如申請專利範圍第1項之冰箱,其中前述架板具有性狀不同的領域。 A refrigerator according to the first aspect of the invention, wherein the aforementioned shelf has fields of different traits. 如申請專利範圍第24項之冰箱,其中前述架板具有色調不同的領域。 A refrigerator according to claim 24, wherein the aforementioned shelf has fields of different color tones. 如申請專利範圍第24項之冰箱,其中前述架板藉著接合大小不同的板而形成。 A refrigerator according to claim 24, wherein the aforementioned shelf is formed by joining plates of different sizes. 如申請專利範圍第1項之冰箱,其中前述架板於前述貯 藏室內的上下方向配置有多數個,且設置成與多數前述架板之前端面在深度方向上的位置相同。 For example, in the refrigerator of claim 1, wherein the aforementioned shelf is in the foregoing storage A plurality of the vertical direction of the storage compartment are disposed, and are disposed at the same position as the front end surface of most of the aforementioned shelf plates in the depth direction. 如申請專利範圍第1項之冰箱,其中前述貯藏室為冷藏室,且位於形成前述冰箱之本體之隔熱箱體的最上部。 The refrigerator according to claim 1, wherein the storage compartment is a refrigerating compartment and is located at an uppermost portion of the heat insulating box forming the body of the refrigerator. 如申請專利範圍第13項之冰箱,其使前述前方架板與後方架板之相對面在上下方向搭接。 The refrigerator according to claim 13 is characterized in that the opposite faces of the front frame and the rear frame are overlapped in the vertical direction. 如申請專利範圍第13項之冰箱,其具有卡止前述前方架板與後方架板之卡止機構。 A refrigerator according to claim 13 which has a locking mechanism for locking the front frame and the rear frame. 如申請專利範圍第13項之冰箱,其具有於拆卸前述前方架板時可將前述前方架板支撐於前述後方架板之上方或下方的支撐部,且更具有卡止前述前方架板的卡止機構。 A refrigerator according to claim 13 which has a support portion for supporting the front frame plate above or below the rear frame plate when the front frame plate is removed, and further having a card for locking the front frame plate Stop the mechanism. 如申請專利範圍第13項之冰箱,其更具有於拆裝前述前方架板時,使前述後方架板不易脫落的固定機構。 The refrigerator according to claim 13 further includes a fixing mechanism that prevents the rear frame from falling off when the front frame is removed. 如申請專利範圍第13項之冰箱,其係在將後方架板之深度尺寸設為L,將前方架板之最小深度尺寸設為M,將前方架板之最大深度尺寸設為N時,構成N>L>M的關係。 The refrigerator of claim 13 is characterized in that the depth dimension of the rear shelf is set to L, the minimum depth dimension of the front shelf is set to M, and the maximum depth dimension of the front shelf is set to N. N>L>M relationship. 如申請專利範圍第13項之冰箱,其中前述前方架板與後方架板分別由玻璃板與周緣部樹脂構件構成。 The refrigerator according to claim 13, wherein the front frame and the rear frame are respectively composed of a glass plate and a peripheral portion resin member. 如申請專利範圍第1項之冰箱,前述門為涵跨前述貯藏室之大約全高並被分割出之左右門,且前述架板配置於較前述突出部更靠近貯藏室內側,並在配置於左右之前述門之前述突出部間產生之空間的箱內側後方形成最大的深度。 The refrigerator according to the first aspect of the invention, wherein the door is a left and right door that is about the full height of the storage compartment and is divided, and the shelf is disposed closer to the storage compartment than the protruding portion, and is disposed on the left and right sides. The inner side of the inside of the box where the space between the protrusions of the aforementioned door is formed forms the maximum depth. 如申請專利範圍第35項之冰箱,其中前述架板於前邊的 前後方向設有落差,使載置收納物之載置面之深度尺寸於寬度方向上不同。 For example, the refrigerator of claim 35, wherein the aforementioned shelf is at the front A drop is provided in the front-rear direction so that the depth dimension of the mounting surface on which the storage object is placed differs in the width direction. 如申請專利範圍第36項之冰箱,其中前述架板於配置在左門、右門之兩突出部間產生之空間的後方設有前述落差,以前述落差為交界而於前後方向上使一側的深度為大,且使另一側的深度為小。 The refrigerator according to claim 36, wherein the shelf is disposed at a rear side of a space disposed between the two protrusions of the left door and the right door, and the depth is one side in the front-rear direction with the drop as a boundary It is large and makes the depth of the other side small. 如申請專利範圍第35項之冰箱,其中分割成左右之前述門係朝向左右兩側旋轉而開啟之從中向左右對開兩扇式門。 The refrigerator according to claim 35, wherein the two doors are divided into left and right sides, and the door is rotated toward the left and right sides to open the two-door door from the middle to the left and right. 如申請專利範圍第36項之冰箱,其相對於左右任何一方之前述突出部的形狀,於前述架板之前邊設置深度方向之凹部而形成前述落差。 A refrigerator according to claim 36, wherein the recess is formed in a depth direction with respect to the shape of the protruding portion of either of the right and left sides before the frame plate. 如申請專利範圍第39項之冰箱,其相對於左右兩門之前述突出部的形狀,於前述架板設置兩個凹部而形成前述落差。 A refrigerator according to claim 39, wherein the recess is formed on the shelf by forming two recesses with respect to the shape of the protruding portion of the left and right doors. 如申請專利範圍第35項之冰箱,其中前述門於左門與右門之寬度方向的尺寸上設成不同,而寬度方向上為小之前述門之前述突出部,與寬度方向上為大之前述門之前述突出部相比,深度尺寸設得較小。 The refrigerator according to claim 35, wherein the door is different in size in a width direction of the left door and the right door, and the aforementioned protrusion of the door is small in the width direction, and the door is larger in the width direction. The depth dimension is set smaller than the aforementioned protrusions. 如申請專利範圍第35項之冰箱,其中前述架板於前述貯藏室之上下方向配置有多數個,且在深度方向上之大約相同位置處構成自上段至下段之架板的前邊。 The refrigerator according to claim 35, wherein the plurality of shelves are disposed in a plurality of upper and lower sides of the storage compartment, and the front side of the shelf from the upper section to the lower section is formed at approximately the same position in the depth direction. 如申請專利範圍第35項之冰箱,其中前述架板係以具有透明性之平板狀材質構成。 The refrigerator according to claim 35, wherein the shelf is made of a flat material having transparency. 如申請專利範圍第42項之冰箱,其中前述架板之左邊、右邊及後邊之中至少一邊支撐於前述貯藏室之左側面、右側面或內面,且前邊部設有涵跨前述架板之大約全寬的補強構件。 The refrigerator according to claim 42, wherein at least one of the left side, the right side and the rear side of the shelf plate is supported on a left side surface, a right side surface or an inner side surface of the storage compartment, and the front side portion is provided with a culvert spanning the frame plate A full width reinforcement member. 如申請專利範圍第35項之冰箱,其中前述貯藏室為冷藏室,且位於形成前述冰箱本體之隔熱箱體之最上部位置。 The refrigerator according to claim 35, wherein the storage compartment is a refrigerating compartment and is located at an uppermost position of the heat insulating box forming the refrigerator body.
TW097101639A 2007-02-13 2008-01-16 Refrigerator TWI416055B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (9)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2007032779A JP2008051483A (en) 2006-07-27 2007-02-13 Refrigerator
JP2007032771A JP2008051481A (en) 2006-07-27 2007-02-13 Refrigerator
JP2007032778A JP5344793B2 (en) 2006-07-27 2007-02-13 refrigerator
JP2007032783A JP4368895B2 (en) 2006-07-27 2007-02-13 refrigerator
JP2007032770A JP2008051480A (en) 2006-07-27 2007-02-13 Refrigerator
JP2007032792A JP2008051487A (en) 2006-07-27 2007-02-13 Refrigerator
JP2007032789A JP2008051486A (en) 2006-07-27 2007-02-13 Refrigerator
JP2007032788A JP2008051485A (en) 2006-07-27 2007-02-13 Refrigerator
JP2007236172A JP2009068748A (en) 2007-09-12 2007-09-12 Refrigerator

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW200842300A TW200842300A (en) 2008-11-01
TWI416055B true TWI416055B (en) 2013-11-21

Family

ID=39689880

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW097101639A TWI416055B (en) 2007-02-13 2008-01-16 Refrigerator

Country Status (4)

Country Link
EP (2) EP2110629A3 (en)
CN (2) CN101672559B (en)
TW (1) TWI416055B (en)
WO (1) WO2008099634A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (22)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104494360A (en) * 2014-12-18 2015-04-08 陈俊 Method and device for making integrated multifunctional drawing toolkit
US9593879B2 (en) 2015-03-17 2017-03-14 Whirlpool Corporation U-shaped tuck shelf
USD808445S1 (en) 2015-03-17 2018-01-23 Whirlpool Corporation Refrigerator shelf
USD807930S1 (en) 2015-03-17 2018-01-16 Whirlpool Corporation Refrigerator shelf
USD810795S1 (en) 2015-03-17 2018-02-20 Whirlpool Corporation Refrigerator
USD808446S1 (en) 2015-10-09 2018-01-23 Whirlpool Corporation Refrigerator shelf
USD809572S1 (en) 2015-10-09 2018-02-06 Whirlpool Corporation Refrigerator shelf
JP6559328B2 (en) * 2016-03-31 2019-08-14 三菱電機株式会社 refrigerator
US10465972B2 (en) * 2016-04-26 2019-11-05 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha Container and refrigerator
US10281197B2 (en) 2016-10-11 2019-05-07 Whirlpool Corporation Quick shelf adjustment mechanism for a refrigerating appliance
USD841059S1 (en) 2016-11-11 2019-02-19 Whirlpool Corporation Door bin
BR102017009967B1 (en) 2017-05-11 2024-02-20 Whirlpool S.A. HOUSEHOLD APPLIANCE EQUIPMENT COMPRISING SHELF ARRANGEMENT
US10655905B2 (en) 2017-06-13 2020-05-19 Whirlpool Corporation Flexible compartment for a refrigerator
US10677514B2 (en) 2017-08-01 2020-06-09 Whirlpool Corporation Door bin with dual material and system lock
US10823480B2 (en) 2017-08-01 2020-11-03 Whirlpool Corporation Air flow mechanism for compartment
BR102017019233B1 (en) 2017-09-08 2022-10-18 Whirlpool S.A. TRANSLATION SYSTEM FOR REFRIGERATOR SHELF
US10371436B2 (en) 2017-11-08 2019-08-06 Whirlpool Corporation Bin assembly
US10808944B2 (en) 2018-01-12 2020-10-20 Whirlpool Corporation Swinging rack
US10551071B2 (en) 2018-05-11 2020-02-04 Whirlpool Corporation Oven rack system with removable support elements
CN108826796A (en) * 2018-06-28 2018-11-16 安徽水都信息技术有限公司 A kind of refrigerator that noise is small
US11073329B2 (en) 2018-10-31 2021-07-27 Whirlpool Corporation Refrigerator shelving frame with snap-in sliding insert
DE102019218238A1 (en) * 2019-11-26 2021-05-27 BSH Hausgeräte GmbH Household refrigeration device with a shelf with a beveled front edge

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS4854175U (en) * 1971-10-19 1973-07-12
CN1487255A (en) * 2002-09-30 2004-04-07 日立家用电器公司 Refrigerator
CN1525123A (en) * 2003-02-25 2004-09-01 ���µ�����ҵ��ʽ���� Refrigerator

Family Cites Families (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE1087623B (en) * 1956-07-31 1960-08-25 Siemens Elektrogeraete Gmbh Fridge
JPH04208383A (en) * 1990-11-30 1992-07-30 Kazuo Ariyoshi Refrigerator easily accessible to food at depth
US5536081A (en) * 1994-09-15 1996-07-16 Pokhis; Naum Refrigerator with mating interleaved shelves
JPH08233439A (en) * 1995-02-28 1996-09-13 Sanyo Electric Co Ltd Cooling storage case
DE29717444U1 (en) * 1997-09-30 1998-01-08 Fischer Fritz Udo Infrared-free and ultraviolet-free lighting of goods cooled in a refrigerator
EP0971186B1 (en) * 1998-07-08 2003-08-20 Liebherr-Hausgeräte Ochsenhausen GmbH Interior lighting for refrigerator
DE29914037U1 (en) * 1999-08-11 2000-12-28 Diehl Ako Stiftung Gmbh & Co Indoor lighting for household appliances
CZ12316U1 (en) * 2002-04-25 2002-06-10 K.T.-Kalttech, S.R.O. Lighting device for refrigerators, particularly for thermoelectric refrigerators
CH696040A5 (en) * 2002-12-16 2006-11-30 Hermann Forster Ag Kuehlen Kue Fridge for drinks or food.
US7163305B2 (en) * 2003-06-25 2007-01-16 Gemtron Corporation Illuminated shelf
DE10338661A1 (en) * 2003-08-22 2005-03-17 Elektromanufaktur Zangenstein Hanauer Gmbh & Co. Kgaa Device for distributing light, in particular as a lighting device for a refrigerator or the like
JP2005282897A (en) 2004-03-29 2005-10-13 Toshiba Corp Refrigerator
JP2005344976A (en) * 2004-06-01 2005-12-15 Toshiba Corp Refrigerator
JP2006292221A (en) * 2005-04-07 2006-10-26 Toshiba Corp Refrigerator

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS4854175U (en) * 1971-10-19 1973-07-12
CN1487255A (en) * 2002-09-30 2004-04-07 日立家用电器公司 Refrigerator
CN1525123A (en) * 2003-02-25 2004-09-01 ���µ�����ҵ��ʽ���� Refrigerator

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN101611281A (en) 2009-12-23
TW200842300A (en) 2008-11-01
EP2124003A4 (en) 2017-05-10
CN101672559B (en) 2013-08-28
CN101611281B (en) 2011-08-10
EP2124003A1 (en) 2009-11-25
CN101672559A (en) 2010-03-17
EP2110629A2 (en) 2009-10-21
WO2008099634A1 (en) 2008-08-21
EP2110629A3 (en) 2011-04-06

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI416055B (en) Refrigerator
KR101067107B1 (en) Refrigerator
US20070029901A1 (en) Built-in refrigerator with a translucent door
JP2001289556A (en) Refrigerator
JP5344793B2 (en) refrigerator
US7334851B2 (en) Transparent top for a refrigerator
CN113260827A (en) Refrigerator with a door
KR101677611B1 (en) Refrigerator with sliding doors
JP2008051483A (en) Refrigerator
JP4368895B2 (en) refrigerator
JP3978487B2 (en) refrigerator
JP2008051486A (en) Refrigerator
JP7390178B2 (en) refrigerator
JP2008051487A (en) Refrigerator
CN113272606B (en) Refrigerator with a refrigerator body
JP2008051485A (en) Refrigerator
JP2009068748A (en) Refrigerator
JP2008151409A (en) Refrigerator
JP2007120906A (en) Refrigerator
JP3978486B2 (en) refrigerator
JP2006242464A (en) Refrigerator
CN219415397U (en) Refrigerating appliance
JP2008151410A (en) Refrigerator
JP2008051481A (en) Refrigerator
JP2008051480A (en) Refrigerator

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees